PHILIPS 15FT9955, 15FT9955/35, 15FT9975/35, 15PF9936/37, 15PF9936/37I Service manual & schematics

Colour Television Chassis

LC03U

AA

Contents Page Contents Page

1 Technical Specifications, Connections,

and Chassis Overview 2
2 Safety Instructions, Warnings, and Notes 5
3 Directions for Use 6
4 Mechanical Instructions 39
5 Service Modes, Error Messages,

and Repair Tips. 44
6 Block Diagrams

Block Diagram (Tuner-IF-Video) 51

Block Diagram (TV Control and Inverter Panel) 52

Block Diagram (Scaler Board) 53

I2C-IC’s and Error Codes Overview 54

Powerlines Overview 55

Testpoint Overview TV Board (15”/17”) 56

Mapping and Waveforms TV/Scaler 57

Testpoint Overview Scaler Board 58

Testpoint Overview TV Board (23”) 59

Wiring Diagram (15 & 17 Inch) 60

Wiring Diagram 23 Inch Wide Screen 61
7 Electrical Diagrams and PWB lay-outs Diagram PWB

TV Board: U_Cont (Diagram A1) 62 73-92

TV Board: Tuner Function (Diagram A3) 63 73-92

TV Board: IF Video Sync Chr. (Diagram A4) 64 73-92

TV Board: SAW Filter (Diagram A5) 65 73-92

TV Board: 3 Line Comb Filter (Diagram A6) 66 73-92

TV Board: Audio Delay Line (Diagram A7) 67 73-92

TV Board: Audio Processing (Diagram A8) 68 73-92

TV Board: Audio Ampl. (15”/17”)(Diagram A9a) 69 73-92

TV Board: Audio Amplifier (23”) (Diagram A9b) 70 73-92

TV Board: Local Supply (Diagram A10) 71 73-92

TV Board: CINCH I/O (Diagram A11) 72 73-92

3D Comb Filter (Diagram B) 93 94

Scaler Panel: Power (Diagram C1) 95

Scaler Panel: I/O & Interface (Diagram C2) 96

©

Copyright 2003 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips.

105-114
105-114

Scaler Panel: Video Decoder (Diagram C3) 97
Scaler Panel: Scaler (Diagram C4) 98
Scaler Panel: Output (LVDS) (Diagram C5) 99
Scaler Panel: SDRAM (Scaler) (Diagram C6) 100
Scaler Panel: PC-In (Diagram C7) 101
Scaler Panel: uP (Diagram C8) 102
Scaler Panel: Video Converter (Diagram C9) 103
Scaler Panel: HDTV Decoder (Diagram C10) 104
Side I/O Panel (Diagram D) 115 116
Top Control (Diagram E) 115 117
Inverter Panel (TN) (Diagram IN) 118 119
Inverter Panel (IPS) (Diagram IN1) 120 122
Inverter Panel (IPS) (Diagram IN2) 121 122

Front LED Panel (Diagram J) 123 123
8 Alignments 125
9 Circuit Descriptions 129

Abbreviation List 141

IC Data Sheets 143
10 Spare Parts List 146
11 Revision List 154

105-114
105-114
105-114
105-114
105-114
105-114
105-114
105-114

Published by RB 0370 Service PaCE Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification EN 3122 785 13611

EN 2 LC03U1.

Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

1.1 Technical Specifications

1.1.1 Reception

Tuning system : PLL
Color systems : 480p, 720p, 1080i

: NTSC 3.58, NTSC

4.43

: NTSC M (3.58 - 4.5)
Sound system : BTSC DBX
Surround Sound : Dolby Virtual

: Incredible Surround
Built-in radio type : FM
Speakers 15”/17” model : Full range

: 2 x 3 W_rms
Speakers 23” model : Full range

: 2 x 5 W_rms
Frequency bands : Full Cable, UHF
IF Freq. : 45.75 MHz
Channel selections : 181 channels

: Full cable, UVSH
Aerial input : 75 ohm, coax

: F-type
Pixel format : 15”: 1024 x 768 (XGA)

: 17”: 1280 x 768

(WXGA)

: 23”: 1280 x 768

(WXGA)

Viewing angle (HxV) : 15” (TN): 120x90 deg.

: 15" (IPS): 176x176

deg.

: 17” (TN): 160x160

deg.

: 17" (IPS): 176x176

deg.

: 23” (IPS): 176x176

deg.

1.1.2 Miscellaneous

Mains voltage 15”/17” : External power

Supply

: Input: 100-240 V_ac,

1.5 A

: Output: 12 V_dc,

: +/- 0.6 V, 60 W

Mains voltage 23” model : External power

Supply

: Input: 100-240 V_ac,

2.5 A

: Output: 24 V_dc,

+/- 1.2 V, 5A
Mains frequency : 50/60 Hz
Operating temperature : + 5 to + 35 deg. C
Storage temp. : -20 to + 60 deg. C.
Maximum humidity : 90 % R.H. max
Power dissipation : 15”: 47 W

: 17”: 51 W
: 23”: 55 W

Standby Power dissipation : 1 W
Weight : 15”: 6.2 kg

: 17”: 6.4 kg
: 23”: 11.5 kg

Dim. 15” model (W x H x D) : 517 x 307 x 65 mm
Dim. 17” model (W x H x D) : 480 x 302 x 65 mm
Dim. 23” model (W x H x D) : 705 x 375 x 80 mm

1.2 Connections

1.2.1 Front + Top Controls

TOP CONTROLS

MENU

P

Light sensor

(23" only)

IR

Red

VOLUME

Figure 1-1 Front + Top Controls.

1.2.2 Rear Connections Part 1

SUBWOOFER

HEADPHONE

MONITOR OUT

AUDIO L OUT

AUDIO R OUT

Figure 1-2 Rear Connections Part 1

Audio

1 - Sub woofer out Var. level 1x kq
2 - Headphone,

stereo 32 - 600 ohm o

Audio Video Out

1 - Monitor out kq
2 - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm kq
3 - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm kq

Audio Video In

1 - SVBS In 1 V_pp/75 ohm jq
2 - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq
3 -Audio - R 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq

PROGRAM

VIDEO IN
AUDIO L IN
AUDIO R IN

S-VIDEO IN

CL 36532037_001.eps

170403

CL 36532023_065.eps

100403

Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

EN 3LC03U 1.

1.2.3 Rear Connections Part 2

S-Video

Video In

L
Audio
R

CL 36532037_005.eps

170403

Figure 1-3 Rear Connections Part 2

S-VID - In Hosiden

1 - Y Ground H
2 - C Ground H
3 - Y 1 V_pp/75 ohm j
4 - C 0.3 V_pp/75 ohm j

Video - In (Cinch)

1 - CVBS 1 V_pp/75 ohm jq

13- H-sync j
14- V-sync j
15- Data clock

Audio - PC/HD In

1 - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq
2 - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq

HD Video Input

1 - Y 1 V_pp/75 ohm jq
2 - Pb 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm jq
3 - Pr 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm jq

Aerial - In (IEC)

1 - IEC type 75 ohm, coax D

FM Ant (IEC)

1 - IEC type 75 ohm, coax D

Comp. Video In

1 - Y 1 V_pp/75 ohm jq
1 - Pb 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm jq
1 - Pr 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm jq

AV1- in

1 - Video CVBS-In 1 V_pp/75 ohm jq
2 - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq
3 - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq

Audio - In (Cinch)

1 - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq
2 - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq

1.2.4 Rear Connections Part 3

Pb YPr

LR

Audio In

DC In

PC Input

(VGA)

L

R

Audio In (PC/HD)

PbY

HD Input

Pr

FM ANT

Figure 1-4 Rear Connections Part 3

DC - In

1 - 12 V_dc/5 A/60 W jr

VGA- in (Sub-D)

1

6

11

5

10

15

CL 16532023_043.eps

210901

Video In

Comp. Video
Input

AV1 In

CL 36532054_023.eps

310703

Figure 1-5 VGA Connector

1 - Red 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm j
2 - Green 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm j
3 - Blue 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm j
4 - Sense Ground H
5 - Ground H
6 - Red Ground H
7 - Green Ground H
8 - Blue Ground H
9- +5V
10- Sync Ground H
11- Sense Ground H
12- Bi-direct. data

EN 4 LC03U1.

1.3 Chassis Overview

1.3.1 15”/17” model

TOP CONTROL PANEL

E

Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

LCD PANEL

TO LCD PANEL

INVERTER PANEL

IN

SIDE I/O PANEL

D

FRONT LED

J

PANEL

SCALER BOARD

C

1.3.2 23” model

Right

Speaker

Figure 1-6 Chassis Overview 15”/17” model

ComPair

Left

Speaker

TV BOARD

CL 36532023_067.eps

140403

A

TOP CONTROL PANEL

E

SCALER BOARD

C

FRONT LED PANEL

J

Speaker assy R

LCD PANEL

T o LCD

T o In v erter

ComPair

Figure 1-7 Chassis Overview 23” model

Speaker assy L

CL 36532044_022.eps

011003

SIDE I/O PANEL

TV BOARD

D

A

Safety Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

2. Safety Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

EN 5LC03U 2.

2.1 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require that during a repair:

• Always connect the set to the mains via an isolation
transformer (≥ 800 VA).

• Replace safety components, indicated by the symbol h,
only by components identical to the original ones.

Safety regulations require that after a repair, the set must be
returned in its original condition. Pay, in particular, attention to
the following points:

• Route the wire trees and HT cables correctly and fix them
with the mounted cable clamps.

• Check the insulation of the mains lead for external
damage.

• Check the cabinet for defects, to avoid touching of any
inner parts by the customer.

2.2 Warnings

• All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to
electrostatic discharges (ESD w). Careless handling
during repair can reduce life drastically. Make sure that,
during repair, you are connected with the same potential as
the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance. Keep
components and tools also at this same potential.
Available ESD protection equipment:
– Complete kit ESD3 (small tablemat, wristband,

connection box, extension cable and earth cable) 4822
310 10671.

– Wristband tester 4822 344 13999.

• Be careful during measurements in the high voltage

section (on the inverter panel).

• Never replace modules or other components while the unit
is switched 'on'.

• When you align the set, use plastic rather than metal tools.
This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a
circuit becoming unstable.

2.3 Notes

2.3.1 General

• Clean the LCD display with a slightly humid cloth.

• Measure the direct voltages and oscillograms with regard

to the chassis ground (H), or hot ground (I) as this is
called.

• The direct voltages and oscillograms shown in the
diagrams are indicative. Measure them in the Service
Default Mode (see section “Service Modes”).

• Where necessary, measure the voltages in the power
supply section both in normal operation (G) and in standby
(F). These values are indicated by means of the
appropriate symbols.

• The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and in
the parts lists, are interchangeable per position with the
semiconductors in the unit, irrespective of the type
indication on these semiconductors.

2.3.2 Schematic Notes

• All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is
often used to indicate the decimal point location (e.g. 2K2
indicates 2.2 kohm).

• Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with
either an 'E' or an 'R' (e.g. 220E or 220R indicates 220
ohm).

• All Capacitor values are expressed in Micro-Farads (µ=

-6

), Nano-Farads (n= x10-9), or Pico-Farads (p= x10

x10

-12

• Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the
decimal point indication (e.g. 2p2 indicates 2.2 pF).

• An 'asterisk' (*) indicates component usage varies. Refer to
the diversity tables for the correct values.

• The correct component values are listed in the Electrical
Replacement Parts List. Therefore, always check this list
when there is any doubt.

2.3.3 Rework on BGA ICs

General

Although (LF)BGA assembly yields are very high, there may
still be a requirement for component rework. By rework, we
mean the process of removing the component from the PWB
and replacing it with a new component. If an (LF)BGA is
removed from a PWB, the solder balls of the component are
deformed drastically so the removed (LF) BGA has to be
discarded.

Device Removal

As is the case with any component, it is essential when
removing an (LF) BGA that the board, tracks, solder lands, or
surrounding components are not damaged. To remove an
(LF)BGA, the board must be uniformly heated to a temperature
close to the reflow soldering temperature. A uniform
temperature reduces the chance of warping the PWB.
To do this, we recommend that the board is heated until it is
certain that all the joints are molten. Then carefully pull the
component off the board with a vacuum nozzle. For the
appropriate temperature profiles, see the IC data sheet.

Area Preparation

When the component has been removed, the vacant IC area
must be cleaned before replacing the (LF)BGA.
Removing an IC often leaves varying amounts of solder on the
mounting lands. This excessive solder can be removed with
either a solder sucker or solder wick. The remaining flux can be
removed with a brush and cleaning agent.
After the board is properly cleaned and inspected, apply flux on
the solder lands and on the connection balls of the (LF) BGA.
Note: Do not apply solder paste, as this has shown to result in
problems during re-soldering.

Device Replacement

The last step in the repair process is to solder the new
component on the board. Ideally, the (LF)BGA should be
aligned under a microscope or magnifying glass. If this is not
possible, try to align the (LF)BGA with any board markers.
To reflow the solder, apply a temperature profile according to
the IC data sheet. So as not to damage neighbouring
components, it may be necessary to reduce some
temperatures and times

2.3.4 Practical Service Precautions

• It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock.
While some sources are expected to have a possible
dangerous impact, others of quite high potential are of
limited current and are sometimes held in less regard.

• Always respect voltages. While some may not be
dangerous in themselves, they can cause unexpected
reactions - reactions that are best avoided. Before reaching
into a powered TV set, it is best to test the high voltage
insulation. It is easy to do, and is a good service precaution.

).

2

HOOKING UP THE TELEVISION

A

combination antenna receives normal broadcast chan­nels (VHF 2–13 and UHF 14–69). Your connection is

easy because there is only one 751 (ohm) antenna plug on
the back of your TV, and that’s where the antenna goes.

1

If your antenna has a round cable (75 ohm) on the end,

then you're ready to connect it to the TV.
If your antenna has flat, twin-lead wire (300 ohm), you
first need to attach the antenna wires to the screws on a
300- to 75-ohm adapter.

2

Push the round end of the adapter (or antenna) onto the

751 (ohm) plug on the bottom of the TV. If the round end
of the antenna wire is threaded, screw it down finger tight.

ANTENNA TV

COMP
VIDEO
INPUT

Audio in (PC/HD)
HD input

751

FM ANT

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

L

R

YPbPr

AVI
in

Pr

Pb Y

RL

Audio in Video in

Antenna Connection:

Jack Panel

Bottom of TV

Round 751

Coaxial Cable
from Antenna

Twin

Lead Wire

300 to 75-ohm

Adapter

Outdoor or Indoor Antenna

(Combination VHF/UHF)

The combination antenna receives normal

broadcast channels 2-13 (VHF) and 14-69 (UHF).

COMP
VIDEO
INPUT

Audio in (PC/HD)
HD input

751

FM ANT

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

L

R

YPbPr

AVI

in

Pr

Pb Y

RL

Audio in Video in

Y

our Cable TV input into your home may be a single (75 ohm)

cable or use a cable box decoder. In either case the connec­tion is very simple. Follow the steps below to connect your cable
signal to your new television.

Direct Cable Connections:

This connection will supply Stereo sound to the TV.

1

Connect the open end of the round Cable Company sup-

plied cable to the 751 input on the bottom of the TV. Screw

it down finger tight.

Cable Box (w/RF In/Outputs):

This connection will NOT supply Stereo sound to the TV. The sound
from the cable box will be mono.

1

Connect the open end of the round Cable Company sup-

plied cable to

the cable signal IN(put) plug on the back of

the Cable Box.

2

Using a separate round coaxial cable, connect one end to the

OUT(put) (TO TV) plug on the back of the Cable Box.

3

Connect the other end of the round coaxial cable to the

751 input on the bottom of the television. Screw it down fin­ger tight.

NOTE: Be sure to set the OUTPUT CHANNEL SWITCH on the
back of the cable box to CH 3 or 4, then tune the cable box on the
TV to the corresponding channel. Once tuned, change channels at
the cable box, not the television.

Cable Box (w/Audio/Video Outputs):

This connection will supply Stereo sound to the TV.

1

Connect the open end of the round Cable Company sup-

plied cable to

the cable signal IN(put) plug on the back of

the Cable Box.

2

Using a RCA type Video Cable, connect one end of the

cable to the Video (yellow) (or ANT, your cable box may be

labeled differently) Out jack on the cable box and the other
end to the Video Input on the bottom of the TV.

3

Using a RCA type Audio Left and Right Cable,connect one

end to the left and right Audio Out L& R jacks (red &
white) on the cable box. Connect the other end to the Audio

L & R Input jacks on the bottom of the TV.

NOTE: Use the SOURCE button on the TV remote control to tune to
the AV1 channel for the cable box signal. Once tuned, change chan­nels at the cable box, not the television. Pressing the SOURCE button
repeatedly will scroll all the AV Input channels, including the present­ly tuned channel.

CABLE/CABLE BOX TV

COMP
VIDEO
INPUT

Audio in (PC/HD)
HD input

751

FM ANT

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

L

R

YPbPr

AVI
in

Pr

Pb Y

RL

Audio in Video in

COMP
VIDEO
INPUT

Audio in (PC/HD)
HD input

751

FM ANT

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

L

R

YPbPr

AVI

in

Pr

Pb Y

RL

Audio in Video in

Direct Cable Connection:

Cable Box with RF Inputs and Outputs Connection:

Cable signal

coming from

Cable Company

(Round 751
coaxial cable)

Jack Panel Bottom of TV

Jack Panel Back

of Cable Box

Cable Signal

IN from the

Cable

Company

Round 751

Coaxial Cable

Jack Panel Bottom of TV

Cable Box with Audio/Video Outputs Connection:

Cable Signal IN

from the Cable

Company

Jack Panel Back

of Cable Box with A/VOutputs

Jack Panel Bottom of TV

Audio Cables
L & R (Red, White)

Video Cable (Yellow)

Output Channel Switch

3139 125 31571

Quick Use and Hookup Guide

Important Notice/Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Basic TV Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Remote Battery Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Remote Control Button Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Hooking up the Television

Basic Cable/Cable Box TV Connections . . . . . . . . .2

Basic Antenna TV Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

AV1 Input Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

Component Video Input Connections . . . . . . . . . . .3

High Definition Input Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

Headphone/Sub-woofer/Data Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

PC (Monitor) Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

AV2 Input Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

AV3 Input Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

Monitor Output Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

IMPORTANT

NOTE: This owner's manual is used with several
different television models. Not all features (and
drawings) discussed in this manual will necessarily
match those found with your television set. This is
normal and does not require that you contact your
dealer or request service.

WARNING: TO PREVENTFIRE OR SHOCK
HAZARD DO NOT EXPOSE THIS UNIT TO
RAIN OR EXCESSIVE MOISTURE.

LCD TV

LCD TV

CONTENTS

BASIC LCD TV

AND REMOTE OPERATION

T

his LCD television has a set of controls located on the top of

the cabinet for use when the remote control is not needed.

1

Press the POWER button on the front of the TV cabinet to
turn the TV ON.

Note: With AutoChron ON, the TVwill search for a PBS chan­nel to set the clock before powering itself on. This can take a
few seconds.

2

Press the VOLUME + button to increase the sound level or
the VOLUME – button to lower the sound level.

Pressing both buttons at the same time will display the

onscreen menu. After you are in the menu, use these buttons to
make adjustments or selections.

3

Press the CHANNEL + or– button to select TV channels.
Use these buttons to make adjustments or selections in the
onscreen menu.

There is also a set of Audio and Video Input jacks located on both sides
and the bottom of the television cabinet. Refer to the Audio/Video
Hookup sections within this Guide.

LCD TELEVISION

Remote Sensor Window

Volume and Channel buttons are located

on the top of the television cabinet.

T

o load the supplied batteries into the remote:

1

Remove the battery compartment door on the back of the

remote.

2

Place the batteries (2-AA) in the remote. Be sure the (+) and

(–) ends of the batteries line up correctly (the inside of the case
is marked).

3

Reattach the battery compartment door.

REMOTE CONTROL BATTERIES

Remote Control

(shown from the bottom)

Battery Compartment Door

2 “AA” Batteries

Battery Compartment

REMOTE CONTROL BUTTONS

Be sure to point the remote at the
Remote Sensor window on the
front of the television when using
the remote control to operate the
television.

PIP Button -

When in the PC Mode, pressing the PIP button will bring up a
smaller second screen window to view programming while using the TV as a com­puter monitor.

Accessory Device 䊴䊴, ■, 䊳, 䊳䊳, II Buttons -

Press to rewind, stop, play,

fastforward, or pause/freeze a videotape, or DVD.

TV/DVD/ACC Mode Switch -

Slide to the TV position to control TV func­tions, to the DVD position to control DVD Player functions, or to the ACC position
to control the functions of accessory devices (a cable converter, DBS, or VCR, for
example).

Program List Button -

Press to display a list of channel numbers and their
names. Each channel will appear as a selectable menu item. Refer to the Program
List section within the Directions for Use manual supplied with the TV for detailed
instructions.

Sleep Button -

Press to set the TV to automatically turn itself OFF at a given

amount of time.

TV/VCR (A/CH) Button -

TV/VCR – Press while in the VCR mode (the VCR

indicator on the front of the VCR will light) to view the playback of a tape. Press
again to place in the TV position (the VCR indicator light will go off) to view one
program while recording another program. A/CH – Press to toggle between the cur­rently viewed channel and the previously viewed channel.

Auto Sound Button -

Press to select an AutoSound™ control. Choose from
three factory-set controls (VOICE, MUSIC, and THEATRE) and a PERSONALto
tailor the TV sound to enhance the particular type of program you are watching.

Menu (Select) Button -

Press for the onscreen menu to appear. Pressing the
menu button after menu selections are made will eliminate the menu from the dis­play.

Active Control Button -

Press repeatedly to toggle the Active Control to ON or

OFF. When ON, the sharpness and noise reduction will be continuously monitored.

Cursor Buttons (Left, Right, Up, Down) -

Press these buttons to highlight,

select, and adjust items on the TV's onscreen menu.

Volume (+) or(–) Buttons -

Press to adjust the TV sound level.

Mute Button -

Press to turn the TV sound OFF. Press again to return the sound to

its previous level.

Status/Exit Button -

Press to see the current channel number on the TV screen.

Also press to clear the TV screen after control adjustments.

Power Button -

Press to turn the TV ON and OFF.

Position Button -

When using the PC Mode and the PIP window is present
on the screen, press the Position button to move the PIP window to any of the
four corners.

CC Button -

Press to select Closed Captioning options within the menu.

(See the Directions for Use manual for details.)

Clock Button -

Press the CLOCK button to access the onscreen Clock

menu.

Format Button -

Press to toggle the different screen format options.

Source Button -

Press to toggle between the different A/VInput jack con-

nections and the currently tuned channel.

Auto Picture Button -

Press to select an AutoPicture™ control. Choose
from four factory-set controls (MOVIES, SPORTS, WEAK SIGNAL, and
MULTI MEDIA) and a PERSONALcontrol that you set according to your
own preferences through the onscreen PICTURE menu. The four factory-set
controls will tailor the TV picture so as to enhance the particular type of pro­gram you are watching, or to improve the picture of a program that has a weak
signal.

Surr. Sound button -

Press to set various factory Incredible Surround
Sound listening modes. (Refer to the Incredible Surround section within the
Directions for Use for detailed instructions.)

Channel (+) or (–) Buttons -

Press to change the tuned channel.

Mode buttons -

Press to directly enter a specific mode, use the PC button to
place the TV in the PC (computer monitor) mode, press the HD button to
place the TV in the HD (high definition) mode, press the Radio button to place
the TV in the FM Radio mode, or the TV button to place the TVback to its
normal TV mode.

Number Buttons -

Press the number buttons to select TV channels. When
selecting single-digit channels, press the number of the desired channel. The
TV will pause for a few seconds and then tune to the selected channel. (Note:
You can press 0, then the number also.) For channels 100and above, first
press 1 then the next two numbers of the desired channel.

Surf Button -

Press to select previously viewed channels. You can place up
to 10 channels in memory. Then by pressing the SURF button you can quickly
view the select channels. (See the “Using the Channel Surf Control” section in
your Instructions for Use manual to see how to select a series of channels
using the Surf button.)

DC Input located on the

bottom jack panel of the TV

Power Cord and Adapter

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

TV HD

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

MENU

VOLUME

2

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

CH

RADIO

23

SURF

0

CHANNEL

1

3

3. Directions for Use

EN 6 LC03U3.

Directions for Use

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

HOOKING UP THE TELEVISION

he audio/video input jacks on the bottom panel of the TV are
for direct picture and sound connections between the TV and

T

a VCR (or similar device) that has audio/video output jacks.

1
2

3
4
5

6
7

C

material, such as with DVD players.

1

2
3

4
5

HD (HIGH DEFINITION) INPUTS

f your using a High Definition receiver that can transmit high
definition programming, the TV can except those signals

I

through the HD Inputs located on the bottom of the TV.

1
2

3
4

Note: The Audio/Video cables needed for this connection are not
supplied with your TV. Please contact your dealer or Philips at
800-531-0039 for information about purchasing the needed
cables.

he left side Jack Panel contains three jacks that can be used

T

for your convenience. They include a Headphone Jack, a Sub-

Woofer Jack, and a Data Jack.

1
2
3

AV1 INPUTS

Connect the VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO AV1 in
jack on the bottom of the TV.

Connect the AUDIO (red and white) cables to the
AUDIO (left and right) AV1 injacks on the bottom of the
TV.

Connect the VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO OUT
jack on the back of the VCR or accessory device being
used.

Connect the AUDIO (red and white) cables to the
AUDIO (left and right) OUT jacks on the rear of the VCR
or accessory device being used.

Turn the VCR oraccessory device and the TV ON.

Press the SOURCE button on the remote control to select

the AV1 channel for the accessory device. AV1 will appear
in the upper left corner on the TV screen when tuned prop­erly.

With the VCR (or accessory device) ON and a prerecorded
tape (CD, DVD, etc.) inserted, press the PLAYbutton to
view the tape on the television.

COMPONENT (CVI) INPUTS

omponent Video inputs provide the highest possible color and
picture resolution in the playback of digital signal source

Connect the Component (Y, Pb, Pr) Video OUTjacks
from the DVD player (or similar device) to the
COMP(onent) VIDEO Input (Y green, Pb blue, Pr red)
jacks on the bottom of the TV. When using the Component
Video Inputs, it is best not to connect a signal to the AV1 in
Video Jack.

Connect the red and white AUDIO CABLES to the
Audio (left and right) output jacks on the rear of the acces­sory device to the Audio (L and R) AV1 in Input Jacks on
the TV.

Turn the TVand the DVD (or digital accessory device)
ON.

Press the SOURCE button to scroll the available chan-

nels until CVI appears in the upper left corner of the TV
screen.

Insert a DVD disc into the DVD player and press the

䊳

button on the DVD Player.

PLAY

Connect the Component (Y, Pb, Pr) Video OUTjacks

from the HD Receiver (or similar device) to the HD (Y, Pb,
Pr) input jacks on the bottom of the TV.

Connect the red and white AUDIO CABLES to the
Audio (left and right) output jacks on the rear of the HD
Receiver to the Audio In (PC/HD) Input Jacks on the bot­tom of the TV.

Turn the TVand the HD Receiver ON.

Press the HD Mode button to set the TV into the HD

Mode and tune to the HD signal.

HEADPHONE/SUB-WOOFER

/DATA JACKS

HEAD PHONE JACK - Used for headphone listening in
any of the available modes. When headphones are connect­ed to this jack the TV speakers will be muted.

SUB-WOOFER JACK - An external Sub-woofer speaker
can be connected to the TV at this jack. This would pro­vide for a deeper bass sound.

DATAJACK - This jack is used in service applications
and should not be used by the customer.

BOTTOM OF TV

Audio in (PC/HD)

L

HD input

R

BOTTOM OF TV

AUDIO CABLES

(RED/WHITE)

S-VIDEO

OUT

3

AUDIO
CABLES

RF

REMOTEPHONE JACK

YPbPr

H

ELPFULHINT

Audio in (PC/HD)

L

HD input

R

YPbPr

AUDIO

VIDEO

OUT

OUT

H

ELPFULHINT

Audio in (PC/HD)

L

HD input

R

YPbPr

AUDIO

AUDIO

Y

L

L

PB

R

R

PR

VIDEO

VIDEO

in 1

in 2

3

751

R

Y

L

1

COMPONENT
VIDEO CABLES
(Green, Blue, Red)

VCR

CONTROL

S-VIDEO

COMP VIDEO

751

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

TUNE TOAV1 CHANNEL

PIP

POSITION

CC

TV

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

SURR.

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

CH

RADIO

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

SURF

0

Note: The Audio/Video cables needed for this connection are not supplied with your TV. Please contact
your dealer or Philips at 800-531-0039 for information about purchasing the needed cables.

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

PIP

POSITION

CC

TV

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

SURR.

MENU SOUND

4

MUTE

VOL

CH

RADIO

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

The description for the component video connectors may differ depending on the DVD player or accessory

789

STATUS/EXIT

digital source equipment used (for example, Y, Pb, Pr; Y, B-Y, R-Y; Y, Cr, Cb). Refer to your DVD or dig­ital accessory owner’s manual for definitions and connection details.

SURF

0

2

HD 1

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

PIP

POSITION

CC

TV

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

SURR.

MENU SOUND

Rear of HD Receiver
(Illustration is for reference only.
Your HD Receiver's jack panel will
look and be labelled different.)

MUTE

4

VOL

CH

RADIO

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

Data

2

3

Sub

woofer

out

VIDEO

VIDEO

1

in

out

L

L

JACKS LOCATED

R

R

ON THE LEFT

REAR OF THE TV

AV2

Monitor

out

in

S-VIDEO

Pr

COMP

FM ANT

751

VIDEO
INPUT

AVI

RL

in

AUDIO IN

(RED/WHITE)

1

Pb Y

Pr

COMP

FM ANT

VIDEO
INPUT

AVI

RL

in

Audio in Video in

2

COMPONENT

VIDEO CABLES

Pr

(Green, Blue, Red)

Pb

EQUIPPED WITH COMPO-

5

NENTVIDEO OUTPUTS.

BOTTOM OF TV

Pb Y

Pr

COMP

FM ANT

VIDEO
INPUT

AVI

RL

in

Audio in Video in

Coaxial Cable

Dish Antenna

OUT TOTV

CH 3
CH 4

DIGITAL

AUDIO OUT

IN FROM ANT SATELLITE IN

Coaxial Cable Lead-in

from Cable Outlet,
Cable Converter Box,
or VHF/UHF Antenna

EQUIPPED WITH COMPONENT

TVVIEWED FROM THE BACK

Pb Y

Audio in Video in

VIDEO IN (YELLOW)

BACK OF VCR

(or Accessory device)

VCR (or accessory device)

(EQUIPPED WITH VIDEO AND

AUDIO OUTPUT JACKS)

The CVI connection
will be dominate over
the AV1 in Video Input.
When a Component
Video Device is con­nected as described, it is
best not to have a video
signal connected to the
AV1 in Video Input
jack.

ACCESSORYDEVICE

Lead-in

from

Satellite

HD RECEIVER

VIDEO OUTPUTS.

3

HOOKING UP THE TELEVISION

PC (MONITOR) INPUTS

his TV can be used as a PC Monitor. Your computer will have
to be equipped with a VGA type video output and VGA cable.

T

Connect one end of the VGA Video cable to the Monitor
(video) output on the computer to the PC Input (VGA) jack

1

on the bottom of the TV.

Although audio connections are not required, the TV can
reproduce the computers audio out by an AUDIO

2

ADAPTER to the Audio output jack on the computer (if
available) while connecting the other ends of the Audio
cables to the Audio In left and right (PC/HD) Input Jacks
on the bottom of the TV.

Turn the TVand the Computer ON.

3

Press the PC Mode button to set the TV into the HD
Mode and tune to the computer’s signal.

4

Note: Please contact your dealer or Philips at 800-531-0039 for
information about purchasing the needed cables.

here are Audio/Video Input Jacks located on both sides of the TV
located under removable panels. These jack allow for extra acces-

T

sory device connections for items such as cameras or gaming stations.

1

2

3
4

5

M

The AV3 Input Jacks are located on the right rear of the TV.

1

2

3
4

5

he Monitor (Audio/Video) out jacks are great for recording with a

T

VCR or used to connect an external audio system for better audio.

For Audio System Connection:

1

2

For Second VCR Connection/Recorder:

The following steps allow you to connect a VCR to record the pro­gram while your watching it.

3
4
5

AV2 INPUTS

Connect the VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO AV2 in
jack on the left rear of the TV. Connect the otherend of the
VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO OUT jack on the back of
the accessory device being used. Note: An S-Video cable can
be used in place of the yellow Video cable if your device is
equiped with an S-Video Output. S-Video provides better video
playback.
Connect the AUDIO (red and white) cables to the AUDIO
(left and right) AV2 injacks on the left rear of the TV. Connect
the other ends of the AUDIO (red and white) cablesto the
AUDIO (left and right) OUT jacks on the rear of the accessory
device being used.

Turn the accessory device and the TVON.

Press the SOURCE button on the remote control repeatedly

to select the AV2 channel for the accessory device. AV2 will
appear in the upper left corner on the TV screen when tuned
properly.
With the accessory device ON, press the PLAYbutton to acti­vate the playback on the television.

AV3 INPUTS

uch like the AV2 jacks, the AV3jacks allow for extra accessory
device connections for items such as cameras or gaming stations.

Connect the VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO AV3 in jack
on the right rear of the TV. Connect the otherend of the
VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO OUT jack on the back of
the accessory device being used. Note: An S-Video cable can be
used in place of the yellow Video cable if your device is equiped
with an S-Video Output. S-Video provides better video playback.
Connect the AUDIO (red and white) cables to the AUDIO
(left and right) AV2 injacks on the right rear of the TV. Connect
the other ends of the AUDIO (red and white) cablesto the
AUDIO (left and right) OUT jacks on the rear of the accessory
device being used.

Turn the accessory device and the TVON.

Press the SOURCE button on the remote control repeatedly to

select the AV3 channel for the accessory device. AV3 will appear
in the upper left corner on the TV screen when tuned properly.
With the accessory device ON, press the PLAYbutton to acti­vate the accessory device (DVD, VCR, CAMERA, etc.) and
view the playback on the television.

MONITOR OUTPUTS

Connect one end of the R(ight) and L(eft) AUDIO (Monitor
Out) jacks located on the right rear of the TV to the R and L

audio input jacks on your sound system. Refer to the AUDIO
OUT control within the Directions for Use for FIXED or VARI­ABLE settings.

Turn the TVand audio system ON. TV sound can be heard
through the audio system

Connect one end of the yellow Video Cable to the Monitor
out VIDEO OUT plug on the left rear of the TV. Connect the

other end to the VIDEO IN plug on the second VCR.

Connect one end of the red and white Audio cable from the
Monitor out L and R plugs on the left rear of the TV to the

AUDIO IN plugs on the VCR.
Turn the VCR ON,insert a black VHS tape and it’s ready to

record what’s being viewed on the TVscreen.

TV

DVD

ACC

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

1

TV

DVD

ACC

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

1

STATUS/EXIT

TV

DVD

ACC

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

Audio System
Connection:

AVOUT

AUDIO L(eft) and R(ight)

Second VCR
Connection/Recorder:

SECOND VCR

4

PC

PIP

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

4

CH

RADIO

TV HD

23

PIP

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

PICTURE

SURR.

4

MUTE

CH

RADIO

TV HD

23

456

789

SURF

0

AN S-VIDEO CABLE CAN BE

YELLOW VIDEO CABLE IF

PIP

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

PICTURE

SURR.

4

MUTE

CH

RADIO

TV HD

23

SURF

0

3

VIDEO CABLE

(Yellow)

5

AUDIO CABLES (Red & White)

L

1

R

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

VGA CABLE

JACK PANEL

BACK LEFT OFTV

Data

Sub

woofer

out

VIDEO

VIDEO

in

out

L

L

R

R

AV2

Monitor

out

in

S-VIDEO

AUDIO CABLES

(Left and Right)

USED IN PLACE OF THE

DESIRED.

JACK PANEL

BACK RIGHT OFTV

S-VIDEO

AN S-VIDEO CABLE CAN BE

USED IN PLACE OF THE

YELLOW VIDEO CABLE IF

DESIRED.

Data

Sub
woofer
out

VIDEO

VIDEO

in

out

L

L

R

R

AV2

Monitor

out

in

S-VIDEO

VIDEO &AUDIO
L(eft) and R(ight)

ANTENNA

OUT OUT

IN

RL

AUDIO

VIDEO

ANTENNA

OUT

IN

IN

Audio in (PC/HD)
HD input

YPbPr

VIDEO

L

AUDIO

R

Monitor OUT

4

AUDIO
CABLES
(Left and

Right)

2

ADAPTER

Audio

1

BOTTOM OF TV

FM ANT

751

AUDIO

VGA/RGB

Out

Out

ACCESSORYDEVICE

(Camera., DVD, VCR, etc.)

5

1

RIGHT LEFT

ACCESSORYDEVICE

JACK PANEL

ACCESSORYDEVICE

(Camera., DVD, VCR, etc.)

1

RIGHT LEFT

ACCESSORYDEVICE

JACK PANEL

2

Data

Sub

woofer

out

VIDEO

VIDEO

in

out

L

L

R

R

AV2

Monitor

out

in

S-VIDEO

Pb Y

Pr

COMP
VIDEO
INPUT

AVI

RL

in

Audio in Video in

3

PC with VIDEOVGA OUT

2

VIDEO CABLE

VIDEOAUDIO

S-VIDEO

5

2

VIDEO CABLE

VIDEOAUDIO

S-VIDEO

AUDIO CABLES

(Red & White)

R

AUX/TV INPUT

PHONO INPUT

Located on the back left of the

L

JACK PANEL

AUDIO SYSTEM

with AUDIO INPUTS

TV

3

Directions for Use

3

EN 7LC03U 3.

EN 8 LC03U3.

4

P

RECAUTIONS

Additional Safety Precautions:

• Do not shift or move the LCD TV around when it is powered on.

• Do not connect any AC/DC adapter to your LCD TV that does not originally come with the television. Only use
the recommended part or parts that are approved by Philips Consumer Electronics.

• Caution: Do not use any cover or enclose the AC/DC adapter with any objects like a cloth or box which might
shorten the life of the equipment.

• Do not touch, push or rub the surface of the LCD screen with any sharp or hard objects.

• When the surface of the LCD screen becomes dusty, wipe it gently with an absorbent cotton cloth or other soft
material like chamois. DO NOT use acetone, toluene or alcohol to clean the surface of the screen. These chemi­cals will cause damage.

• Wipe off water, or saliva as soon as possible. Long exposer time to liquids can cause deformation and color fad­ing of the LCD screen.

• Be careful of condensation when temperature changes occur. Condensation can cause damage to the LCD
screen and electrically parts. After condensation fades, spots or blemishes will be present on the LCD screen.

Positioning the LCD Television:

• Place the LCD TV on a solid, sturdy base or stand. Be sure the stand is strong enough to handle the weight of
the LCD TV.

• Try to leave at least 6” of space around each side of the LCD TV cabinet to allow for proper ventilation.

• Do not place the LCD TV near a radiator or other sources of heat.

• Do not place the LCD TV where it can be exposed to rain or excessive moisture.

Recycling Procedure/End of Life Disposal:

• To minimize harm to the environment, the batteries supplied with the LCD TV do not contain mercury or nickel
cadmium. If possible, when disposing of batteries, use recycling means available in your area.

• The LCD TV uses materials that can be recycled. To minimize the amount of waste in the environment, check
your area for companies that will recover used televisions for dismantling and collection of reusable materials, or
contact your dealer for TV recycling tips.

• Please dispose of the carton and packing material through the proper waste disposal management in your area.

NOTE: It is possible that this owner's manual may be used with several different television mod­els. Not all features (and drawings) discussed in this manual will necessarily match those found
with your television system. While every effort is made to give the consumer the most accurate
information possible regarding this product, normal changes in production could occur effect­ing the images and onscreen menu procedures outlined in this manual. This is normal and does
not require you contacting your dealer or requesting service

.

3

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Read before operating equipment

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in accordance

with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat regis-

ters, stoves, or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce
heat.

9. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized or grounding-

type plug. A polarized plug has two blades with one wider than
the other. Agrounding type plug has two blades and third ground­ing prong. The wide blade or third prong are provided for your
safety. When the provided plug does not fit into your outlet, con­sult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete outlet.

10. Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particu-

larly at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they
exit from the apparatus.

11. Only use attachments/accessories specified by the manufacturer.

12. Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

specified by the manufacturer, or sold with the app­aratus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving

the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over.

13. Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused for

long periods of time.

14. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such
as power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been spilled
or objects have fallen into apparatus, the apparatus has been
exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate normally, or has
been dropped.

15. This product may contain lead and mercury. Disposal of these

materials may be regulated due to environmental considerations.
For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local
authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org

16. Damage Requiring Service - The appliance should be serviced

by qualified service personnel when:

A. The power supply cord or the plug has been damaged; or

B. Objects have fallen, or liquid has been spilled into the appli-

ance; or

C. The appliance has been exposed to rain; or
D. The appliance does not appear to operate normally or

exhibits a marked change in performance; or

E. The appliance has been dropped, or the enclosure damaged.

17. Tilt/Stability - All televisions must comply with recommended

international global safety standards for tilt and stability properties
of its cabinet design.

• Do not compromise these design standards by applying exces­sive pull force to the front, or top, of the cabinet which could ulti­mately overturn the product.

• Also, do not endanger yourself, or children, by placing electron­ic equipment/toys on the top of the cabinet. Such items could
unsuspectingly fall from the top of the set and cause product dam­age and/or personal injury.

18. Wall or Ceiling Mounting - The appliance should be mounted to

a wall or ceiling only as recommended by the manufacturer.

19. Power Lines - An outdoor antenna should be located away from

power lines.

20. Outdoor Antenna Grounding - If an outside antenna is connect-

ed to the receiver, be sure the antenna system is grounded so as to
provide some protection against voltage surges and built up static
charges.

Section 810 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA No. 70­1984, provides information with respect to proper grounding of
the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to
an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding connectors, location
of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and
requirements for the grounding electrode. See Figure below.

21. Object and Liquid Entry - Care should be taken so that objects

do not fall and liquids are not spilled into the enclosure through
openings.

22. Battery Usage CAUTION - To prevent battery leakage that may

result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install all batteries correctly, with + and - aligned as marked on
the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (old and new or carbon and alkaline, etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

Example of Antenna Grounding
as per NEC - National Electric Code

Note to the CATV system installer: This reminder is provided to call the CATV system installer's attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC

that provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the
building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical.

GROUND CLAMP

ELECTRIC SERVICE EQUIPMENT

ANTENNA LEAD IN WIRE

ANTENNA DISCHARGE UNIT

GROUNDING CONDUCTORS

GROUND CLAMPS

POWER SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM

Directions for Use

(NEC SECTION 810-20)

(NEC SECTION 810-21)

(NEC ART 250, PART H)

C

ONTENTS

Introduction

Welcome/Registration of Your TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

Install Menu

How to use the Language Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

How to use the Tuner Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

How to Auto Program TV Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

How to Add or Delete Channels (Channel Edit) . . . . . . . . .9

How to use the AutoChron™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

How to use the Name Control (Channel Label) . . . . . . . . .11

Picture Menu

How to use the Picture Adjustment Controls . . . . .12

Sound Menu

How to use the Equalizer Controls . . . . . . . . . . . .13

How to use the Balance Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

How to use the AVL Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

How to use the Incredible Surround Control . . . . . . . . . . .16

Setting the TV to receive Stereo programming . . . . . . . . .17

Setting the TV to receive SAP (Secondary Audio

Programming) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

How to use the Audio Out Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Turning the TV Speakers on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Features Menu

How to use the Timer Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

How to use the Mode Select Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

How to set the Active Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Understanding the AutoLock™ Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Setting up the AutoLock™ Access Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

How to Block Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

How to Clear All Blocked Channels at the Same Time . . .27

Blocking Programming Based on Movie Ratings . . . . . . .28

Blocking Programming Based on TV Ratings . . . . . . . . . .29

Other AutoLock™ Blocking Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

Using the AutoLock™ Review Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

Remote Control Use

How to use the Closed Captioning Control . . . . . .32

How to use the Widescreen Control (Format) . . . . . . . . . .33

How to use the Program List Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Setting the Sleeptimer Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

Setting the AutoPicture™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Setting the AutoSound™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Using the Surf Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Programming the Remote Control for Accessory Devices

Direct Access Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Code Entry Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Search Code Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Remote Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42-44

Accessory Device Remote Control Buttons . . . . . . . . . . .45

FM Radio Mode

Using FM Mode Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46-52

HD (High Definition) Mode

How to use the HD Mode and it’s Features . . .53-56

PC Mode

How to use the PC Mode Features . . . . . . . . . .57-58

General Information

Troubleshooting Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Cleaning and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

Factory Service Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62-63

Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Here are a few of the features built into your new Television:

Active Control™ continuously measures and corrects all incoming
signals to help provide the best picture quality. This feature moni­tors and corrects both the sharpness control and noise reduction
control.

Audio/Video Jack Panels allows direct connections with VCRs,
DVDs, PCs or other devices, providing quality TV picture and
sound playback.

Audio Volume Leveler (AVL) Control keeps the TV sound at an
even level. Peaks and valleys that occur during program changes or
commercial breaks are reduced, making for a more consistent, com­fortable sound.

AutoChron™ automatically sets the right time of day and main­tains it with digital precision through brownouts, power failures,
and even Daylight Savings Time adjustments.

AutoLock™ allows you to block the viewing of certain channels or
programs with certain ratings if you do not want your children to
view inappropriate materials.

Auto Programming scans (when activated) for all available chan­nels from regular antenna or cable signals and stores only active
broadcast stations in the TV’s memory.

AutoPicture™ allows you to change the picture settings (color,
tint, contrast, etc.) for various types of programming, such as
sports, movies, multimedia (games), or weak signals with the push
of one button.

AutoSound™ allows you to select from three factory-set controls
and a personal control that you set according to your own prefer­ences through the onscreen Sound menu. The three factory-set con­trols (Voice, Music, and Theatre) enable you to tailor the TV sound
so as to enhance the particular programming you are watching.

Closed Captioning allows the viewer to read TV program dialogue
or voice conversations as onscreen text.

Infrared Remote Control works your TV and other remote-con­trolled devices, such as VCRs, DVD players, cable converters, and
satellite receivers.

Surf Button allows you to easily switch among only the channels
that are of interest to you (the ones that you have

programmed into the TV’s Surf control through the onscreen
menu).

Timer allows you to set your TV to turn itself ON and OFF once or
daily like an alarm clock.

are all registered trademarks of Philips Consumer Electronics Company.

5

Active Control, Auto Lock, Auto Picture, Auto Sound,

Copyright © 2003 All rights reserved.

H

OW TOUSE THELANGUAGECONTROL

or or Spanish- and French-speaking TV
owners, an onscreen LANGUAGE option

F

is present. The LANGUAGE control enables
you to set the TV’s onscreen menu to be
shown in either English, Spanish, or French.

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen

1

menu.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until INSTALL is highlight-

2

ed.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to shift the menu to the left and high-

3

light LANGUAGE.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to highlight the LANGUAGE control

4

options.

Press the CURSOR UP or CURSOR
DOWN button to select ENGLISH,

5

ESPANOL (Spanish), or FRANCAIS
(French).

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
clear the menu from the screen.

6

H

Remember, the LANGUAGE control makes
only the TV’s onscreen MENU items appear
in English, Spanish, or French text. It does
not change the other onscreen text features,
such as Closed Captioning (CC), with TV
shows.

ELPFULHINT

1

2
5

6

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

6

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

CC

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

RADIO

SURF

PICTURE
SOUND
FEATURES

INSTALL

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

INSTALL

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

LANGUAGE
TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

2
4

3
4

LANGUAGE
TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL

ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL

˜

Directions for Use

˜

EN 9LC03U 3.

EN 10 LC03U3.

8

Y

our TV can automatically set itself for

local area (or cable TV) channels. This
makes it easy for you to select only the TV
stations in your area by pressing the CHAN­NEL (+) or (–) button.

1

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen
menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until INSTALL is highlight­ed.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to shift the menu to the left. LAN­GUAGE will be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until the AUTO PROGRAM
control is highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to start the Auto Program scanning of
channels.

6

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
clear the menu from the screen.

H

OW TOAUTOPROGRAM

TV C

HANNELS

After you’ve run Auto Program, check out
the results. Press the CHANNEL (+) or (–)
button and see which channels you can
select.
Remember, an antenna or cable TV signal
must first be connected to your TV (see
instructions for making connections on page
1 of this guide).

H

ELPFULHINT

7

T

he TUNER MODE allows you to change

the TV’s signal input to CABLE, ANTEN­NA, or AUTO mode. It’s important for the TV
to know if you want to receive channels from
a cable TV signal or a normal antenna signal.

NOTE: The AUTO mode setting helps the TV
determine the type of signal or channels being
received when AUTO PROGRAM is activat­ed.

1

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen
menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until INSTALL is highlight­ed.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to shift the menu to the left.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button to
highlight the TUNER MODE control.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to highlight the tuner options.

6

Press the CURSOR UP or CURSOR
DOWN button to select CABLE,

ANTENNA or AUTO.

If TUNER MODE is set to AUTO,

Auto Program (see below) will detect
whether or not cable input is present.

7

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
clear the menu from the screen.

H

OW TOUSE THETUNERMODECONTROL

When CABLE is selected, channels 1–125
are available.

When ANTENNA is selected, channels
2–69 are available.

H

ELPFULHINT

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

ACC

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

1

MENU SOUND

VOL

2

PC

1

4

456

6

789

STATUS/EXIT

7

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

PICTURE

MUTE

HD

TV

23

SURF

0

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PICTURE
SOUND
FEATURES

INSTALL

LANGUAGE
TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

PICTURE
SOUND
FEATURES

INSTALL

LANGUAGE
TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

Directions for Use

CC

6

SURR.

CH

3

RADIO

5

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

LANGUAGE
TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL

ANTENNA
AUTO
CABLE

ANTENNA
AUTO
CABLE

6

1

2
4

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

TV HD

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

CH

RADIO

23

SURF

0

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

INSTALL

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

LANGUAGE
TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

3
5

ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL

SEARCH

ANTENNA
PLEASE WAIT

CHANNEL 20

H

OW TO

A

DD ORDELETECHANNELS(CHANNELEDITCONTROL

HANNEL EDIT makes it easy for you to
add or delete channels from the list of

C

channels stored in the TV’s memory.

Press the MENU button on the remote
control to show the onscreen menu.

1

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until INSTALL is highlight-

2

ed.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
shift the menu to the left. LANGUAGE

3

will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until the CHANNEL EDIT

4

control is highlighted.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
access the CHANNEL EDIT menu.

5

Press the CURSOR UP or CURSOR
DOWN button to scroll through the list

6

of available channels. Or press the num­ber buttons on your remote control to
select a specific channel (for example,
press 0 and then 2 to select channel 2).

With the channel you want to edit select­ed, press the CURSOR RIGHT button

7

to mark the channel as SKIPPED. The
channel you’ve marked SKIPPED will
not appear when you are changing from
channel to channel while watching TV.

NOTE: When you want to add a channel that
has been marked SKIPPED, press the CUR-
SOR UP or CURSOR DOWN button to
highlight the channel; then press the CUR-
SOR RIGHT button to remove the word
SKIPPED.

H

The channels available for you to edit are the
ones that the AUTO PROGRAM feature
found through a search of your TV antenna
or cable TV signals. Channels not found dur­ing the search are marked SKIPPED.

ELPFULHINT

1

2
4
6

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

HD

TV

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

9

)

utoChronTMcan automatically set the TV’s
onscreen clock. Because the time is

A

received from a broadcast signal, you must be
sure that a cable TV or antenna signal is pres­ent before you attempt to use the AutoChron
feature.

Press the MENU button on the remote
to show the onscreen menu.

1

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

PICTURE
SOUND
FEATURES

INSTALL

CC

PICTURE

6

SURR.

CH

RADIO

SURF

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

INSTALL

INSTALL

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

LANGUAGE
TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

LANGUAGE
TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

3
5
7

LANGUAGE
TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL

2
3
4
5

2
3
4
5

2
3
4 SKIPPED
5

repeatedly until INSTALL is highlight-

2

ed.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
shift the menu to the left. LANGUAGE

3

will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

until the AutoChron control is highlight-

4

ed.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
start the AutoChron™ feature. Then just

5

follow the onscreen instructions to set
the clock.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
select AUTO. Within a few seconds, a

6

menu for choosing your time zone will
appear.

Press the CURSOR UP or CURSOR
DOWN button to highlight your correct

7

time zone.

With your correct time zone high­lighted, press the CURSOR RIGHT

8

button. Within a few seconds, you will
be given the option to choose whether
you want to select Daylight Savings
Time. If your time zone uses Daylight
Savings, select YES.

Enter your local PBS channel or any
local channel that transmit the current

9

time, and press the CURSOR RIGHT
button to start the searching process. If

the AutoChron™ features finds the cur­rent time you are done. If it doenot find
the current time, re-enter an other chan­nel and search again.

H

When turned ON, the AutoChron™ feature
can affect the start up of your television.
When the power button is press and the
AutoChron™ feature is set to the AUTO
position, the TV will scan the channels for a
PBS channel to set the clock automatically.
It may take SEVERAL seconds before the
TV powers itself ON.

ELPFULHINT

H

OW TOUSE THEAUTOCHRON

BRIGHTNESS

PICTURE

COLOR

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

SHARPNESS

INSTALL

INSTALL

INSTALL

INSTALL

INSTALL

TINT

PIP

POSITION

TV

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

1

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

2

PC

TV HD

23

1

4

456

7

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

9

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL
AutoChron

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL
AutoChron

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL
AutoChron

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL
AutoChron

TIME ZONE?

ATLANTIC
EASTERN
CENTRAL

SEARCH FOR
TIME . . .
(Please wait)

12 PBS

SEARCH FOR
TIME . . .
Time Found

11:00 AM

ENTER TIME

1_ :_ _ AM

Setting AutoChron™ Manually

10

TM

™ C

ONTROL

LANGUAGE

PICTURE

TUNER MODE

SOUND

AUTO PROGRAM

FEATURES

CHANNEL EDIT

INSTALL

MANUAL

CC

7

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

RADIO

SURF

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

INSTALL

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT

3

MANUAL

AutoChron

5
6
8

INSTALL

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM

9

CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL
AutoChron

INSTALL

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL
AutoChron

INSTALL

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL
AutoChron

INSTALL

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL
AutoChron

INSTALL

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL
AutoChron

ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL

SET TIME

AUTO
MANUAL

SET TIME

AUTO
MANUAL

DAYLIGHT
SAVINGS TIME?

YES
NO

SEARCH FOR
TIME . . .
Time Found
END: PRESS STATUS
12 PBS

SET TIME

AUTO
MANUAL

ENTER TIME

11:00 AM

Directions for Use

EN 11LC03U 3.

EN 12 LC03U3.

12

T

o adjust your TV picture controls, select a
channel and follow these steps.

1

Press the MENU button on the remote
control to show the onscreen menu. PIC­TURE will be highlighted.

2

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the menu
will shift to the left. BRIGHTNESS will be
highlighted and an adjustment bar will be
shown to the right.

3

Use the CURSOR LEFT or RIGHT to
adjust the BRIGHTNESS level of the pic­ture.

4

After adjusting the BRIGHTNESS con­trol, press the CURSOR DOWN to
select another picture adjustment:
COLOR, PICTURE, SHARPNESS,
TINT, COLOR TEMP, DNR, or CON­TRAST +. Press the CURSOR LEFT

or RIGHT to adjust the selected control.

NOTE: The menu will show only five items at a

time, so you will need to continue scrolling with
the CURSOR DOWN to adjust the TINT,
COLOR TEMP, DNR, or CONTRAST +.

5

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

H

OW TOUSE THEPICTUREADJUSTMENTCONTROLS

Remember, when the bar scale is centered

, the control settings are at
normal, mid-range levels. Picture adjust­ments are described here.
NOTE: The SHARPNESS and TINT
Controls will not be available for adjust­ments when tuned to the CVI Inputs (CVI
Channel).
BRIGHTNESS – adds or subtracts light
from the darkest part of the picture.

COLOR – adds or eliminates color.
PICTURE – improves the detail of the light-

est parts of the picture.
SHARPNESS – improves the detail in the
picture.
TINT – adjusts the picture to obtain natural
skin tones.
COLOR TEMP – offers NORMAL (keeps
whites, white), COOL (makes whites, bluish),
or WARM (makes whites, reddish) picture
preferences.

DNR – can help eliminate slightly “speck-
led” picture (an indication of signal noise in
the picture).

CONTRAST + – helps to “sharpen” the
picture quality. The black portions of the
picture become richer in darkness and the
whites become brighter.

H

ELPFULHINT

11

T

he channel NAME feature allows you to list

the “call” letters of your favorite stations
beside their channel numbers when they
appear on the screen. The TV has in memory a
list of the 50 most popular channel names (for
example, ABC, NBC, FOX, etc.). You also can
enter a custom name (up to five characters).

Tune to a specific channel that you want to
add a label to, then;

1

Press the MENU button on the remote
control to show the onscreen menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until INSTALL in highlight­ed.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
shift the menu to the left. LANGUAGE
will be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until the NAME control is
highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
highlight the NAME options area.

6

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button
again; then press the CURSOR UP or
CURSOR DOWN button to scroll

through a list of options for the first char­acter (A through Z, 0 through 9). Press
the CURSOR RIGHT button and
repeat for the second, third, fourth, and
fifth characters

7

After you have selected a name for the
channel, press the MENU button to
save the name in the TV’s memory.

8

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
clear the menu from the screen.

H

OW TO

U

SE THENAMECONTROL(CHANNELLABEL

)

The five characters that the channel NAME
feature allows you to input can be letters, a
dash character, or the numbers 0 through 9.

H

ELPFULHINT

The Channel Label or NAME will appear
when ever a channel change is made or
when the STATUS/EXIT button is pressed.

1
7

2
4
6

8

XY _ _

XYZ1

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

BRIGHTNESS

PICTURE

COLOR

SOUND

PICTURE

PICTURE
SOUND
FEATURES

INSTALL

CC

6

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

RADIO

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

INSTALL

AUTO PROGRAM

3
5

CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL
AutoChron

NAME

LANGUAGE
TUNER MODE
AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL

ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL

PERSONAL

6

SURF

XYZ _

XYZ12

INSTALL

INSTALL

12

AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL
AutoChron
NAME

AUTO PROGRAM
CHANNEL EDIT
MANUAL
AutoChron
NAME

X_ _ _ _

OR

ABC
ACTS
AMC
ARTS
BET

BET

FEATURES
INSTALL

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

1

MENU SOUND

3
4

VOL

PC

TV HD

4

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

5

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS

TINT 0

PICTURE

PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT
COLOR TEMP

DNR ON

SHARPNESS
TINT

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

CH

RADIO

23

SURF

0

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS 30

COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR 30

PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR

PICTURE 30

2
3

SHARPNESS
TINT

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE

SHARPNESS 30

TINT

PICTURE

COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

COLOR TEMP NORMAL

PICTURE

PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT
DNR

CONTRAST + ON

Directions for Use

H

OW TOUSE THEEQUALIZERCONTROLS

The Equalizer Controls allow you to adjust the
sound frequencies to suit the type of program­ming be watched.

Press the MENU button on the remote
control to show the onscreen menu.

1

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until SOUND in highlighted.

2

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
shift the menu to the left. EQUALIZER

3

will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
highlight the EQUALIZER options area.

4

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
buttons to highlight any of the frequen-

5

cy options.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or LEFT
buttons to adjust the control slider to the

6

level desired.

Once all the Equalizer controls have
been set, press the STATUS/EXIT but-

7

ton to clear the menu from the screen.

1

6
2

5

7

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

VOL

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

MENU SOUND

MUTE

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

SURF

0

H

OW TOUSE THEBALANCECONTROL

he Balance Control will allow you to adjust
the sound levels between the right and left

T

speaker output.

Press the MENU button on the remote
control to show the onscreen menu. PIC-

1

TURE will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until SOUND in highlighted.

2

120HZ

500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
shift the menu to the left. EQUALIZER

3

will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN to highlight
the BALANCE control.

4

Press CURSOR RIGHT or LEFT but­tons to adjust the sound between the right

5

and left speakers.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

6

H

-11

-2
0
6
3

When the Balance Control slider is at a set­ting of “0”, both left and right speakers
should have equal sound level between them.

ELPFULHINT

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES
INSTALL

CC

5

SURR.

CH

RADIO

SOUND

EQUALIZER

BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

SOUND

3
4

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

1

5
2

4

6

6

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

RADIO

23

SURF

0

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES
INSTALL

SOUND

EQUALIZER

BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

SOUND

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

3
5

AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

0

Directions for Use

13

14

EN 13LC03U 3.

EN 14 LC03U3.

16

T

he Incredible Surround feature adds

greater depth and dimension to both mon­aural (MONO) and stereo TV sound. With
the control set to INCR. SURROUND
(Incredible Surround), the TV’s speakers can
add even wider sound separation to normal
broadcasts.

1

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen
menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN to high­light SOUND.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the
menu will shift to the left. EQUALIZ­ER will be highlighted and an adjust­ment bar will be shown to the right.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated­ly until INCR. SURROUND is high­lighted. (Incredible Surround)

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or
LEFT to toggle the INCR. SUR-

ROUND control settings.

If signal is Stereo: Select STEREO, or
INCR. SURROUND.

If signal is MONO: Select MONO, or
SPATIAL.

6

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

7

You can also change the INCR. SUR­ROUND onscreen menu control set­tings by pressing the SURR. (sur-
round) SOUND button on the remote
control.

H

OW TOUSE THEINCREDIBLESURROUNDCONTROL

SPATIAL – widens the sound, simulating a
broader, fuller sound.

INCR. SURROUND – widens the sound,
simulating a broader, fuller sound.

DOLBY* VIRTUAL (with Virtual Dolby
Surround signals) simulates the surround-

sound experience from two speakers using
Dolby Pro Logic* providing the listener
with the sensation of being surrounded by
additional speakers.

H

ELPFULHINT

15

I

n most cases, the volume levels coming

from broadcast programming or commer­cials are never the same. With the AVL
(Audio Volume Leveler) control turned ON,
you can have the TV level out sound that is
being heard. This makes for a more consis­tent sound by reducing the peaks and valleys
that occur during program changes or com­mercial breaks. To turn the AVL ON, follow
these steps.

1

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen
menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN to high­light SOUND.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the
menu will shift to the left. EQUALIZ­ER will be highlighted and an adjust­ment bar will be shown to the right.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated­ly until AVL is highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or
LEFT to toggle AVL ON or OFF.

6

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

H

OW TOUSE THE

AVL C

ONTROL

1

5
2

4

6

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

VOL

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

MENU SOUND

MUTE

PC

HD

TV

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

SURF

0

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

ACC

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

ACTIVE AUTO

CONTROL

7

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

CONTROL

PICTURE

MUTE

HD

TV

23

SURF

0

PICTURE

SURR.

SOUND

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES
INSTALL

CC

SURR.

CH

RADIO

SOUND

EQUALIZER

BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

SOUND

EQUALIZER

3
5

BALANCE
AVL

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

INCR. SURROUND

INCR. SURROUND

INCR. SURROUND

INCR. SURROUND

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

IF STEREO:

OR

OR

IF MONO:

OR

INCR. SURROUND

Directions for Use

INCR. SURROUND

DOLBY VIRTUAL

STEREO

MONO

SPATIAL

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

EQUALIZER

PICTURE

BALANCE

SOUND

AVL

FEATURES

INCR. SURROUND

INSTALL

STEREO

CC

SURR.

CH

RADIO

SOUND

EQUALIZER

120HZ

BALANCE

500HZ

AVL

1500HZ

INCR. SURROUND

5KHZ

STEREO

10KHZ

SOUND

EQUALIZER
BALANCE

3
5

AVL

INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

AVL

OFF

OR

ON

1

5
2

4

6

H

OW TOSET THETVTORECEIVESTEREOPROGRAMMING

ou can receive broadcast stereo TV pro­grams. The TV has both an amplifier and

Y

twin speakers through which the stereo sound
can be heard.

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen

1

menu.

Press the CURSOR DOWN to high­light SOUND.

2

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the
menu will shift to the left. EQUALIZ-

3

ER will be highlighted and an adjust­ment bar will be shown to the right.

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated­ly until STEREO is highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or
LEFT to toggle the STEREO control

5

to Stereo or Mono.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

6

H

Remember, if stereo is not present on a
selected show and the TV is placed in the
STEREO mode, the sound coming from the
set will remain monaural.

ELPFULHINT

1

5

2
4

6

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

CONTROL

SOUND

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

HOW TO SET THE TVTO RECEIVE SAP (SECONDARY AUDIO PROGRAMMING)

AP is an additional part of the stereo
broadcast system. Sent as a third audio

S

channel, an SAP can be heard apart from the
current TV program sound. TV stations are
free to use SAP for any number of purposes.

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen

1

menu.

Press the CURSOR DOWN to high­light SOUND.

2

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the
menu will shift to the left. EQUALIZ-

3

ER will be highlighted and an adjust­ment bar will be shown to the right.

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated­ly until SAP is highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or
LEFT to toggle the SAP control to On

5

or Off.

Note: If SAP is not broadcasted on the select­ed program your watching, NOT AVAIL­ABLE will appear in the onscreen menu
option.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

6

H

If an SAP signal is not present with a select­ed program, the SAP option cannot be select­ed. Also, if SAP is selected on a channel
(with SAP) and you select another channel,
when you return to the original channel, SAP
will be OFF. You will have to reselect the
SAP feature.

ELPFULHINT

EQUALIZER

BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

STEREO

INCR. SURROUND

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

STEREO

OR

MONO

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES
INSTALL

CC

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

RADIO

SOUND

SOUND

3
5

SURF

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

1

5
2

4

6

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

RADIO

23

SURF

0

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES
INSTALL

SOUND

EQUALIZER

BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

SOUND

BALANCE
AVL

3
5

INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

SAP

SAP

INCR. SURROUND

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

ON

OR

OFF

Directions for Use

17

18

EN 15LC03U 3.

EN 16 LC03U3.

H

OW TOTURN THE

TV S

PEAKERSONOROFF

20

U

sing the TV’s Audio (Monitor) Output

jacks or the External Speaker connec­tions, the TV speakers can be turned off
allowing the television sound to be heard only
from the external audio system or the external
speakers.

1

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen
menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN to high­light SOUND.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the
menu will shift to the left. EQUALIZ­ER will be highlighted and an adjust­ment bar will be shown to the right.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated­ly until TV SPEAKERS is highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or
LEFT to toggle the TV SPEAKERS

On or Off.

6

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

Be sure to first refer to the Quick Use
Guide supplied with your TV to connect an
external audio system to the television’s
Monitor Output (audio) jacks.

H

ELPFULHINT

19

I

f you have connected the TV’s AUDIO

OUTPUT jacks to the AUDIO INPUT jacks
on a stereo receiver (see the Quick Use Guide
for connection instructions), set AUDIO OUT
to either VARIABLE or FIXED to determine
whether you adjust the volume at the stereo
or at the TV. If you select VARIABLE, change
the volume at the TV using the TV’s remote
control. If you select FIXED, adjust the vol­ume at the stereo using the stereo’s controls.
To select FIXED or VARIABLE, follow these
steps.

1

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen
menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN to high­light SOUND.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the
menu will shift to the left. EQUALIZ­ER will be highlighted and an adjust­ment bar will be shown to the right.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated­ly until AUDIO OUT is highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or
LEFT to toggle the AUDIO OUT con-

trol to Fixed or Variable.

6

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

H

OW TOUSE THEAUDIOOUTCONTROL

FIXED – If FIXED is selected, the sound
coming from the TV and being heard
through an external audio system is not
adjustable with the television’s volume
controls. The volume would have to be
adjusted at the audio system.

VARIABLE – If VARIABLE is selected,
the sound coming from the TV and being
heard through an external audio system can
be adjusted at the TV using the Volume +
or – buttons on the television or remote
control.

The connection instructions for an external
audio system can be found in the Quick
Use Guide supplied with your TV.

H

ELPFULHINT

1

5
2

4

6

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

VOL

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

MENU SOUND

MUTE

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

SURF

0

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

RADIO

23

SURF

0

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES
INSTALL

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

Directions for Use

SOUND

EQUALIZER

BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

SOUND

INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

3
5

SAP
AUDIO OUT

TV SPEAKERS

TV SPEAKERS

INCR. SURROUND

OR

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

ON

OFF

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES
INSTALL

CC

SURR.

CH

RADIO

SOUND

EQUALIZER

BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

SOUND

AVL
INCR. SURROUND

3
5

STEREO
SAP

AUDIO OUT

AUDIO OUT

INCR. SURROUND

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

FIXED

OR

VARIABLE

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

1

5
2

4

6

H

OW TO

our television comes with an on-screen
clock. The TV also can be set to turn on or

Y

off at a specific time and tune to a specific
channel when it powers its self on.

Press the CLOCK button on the
remote control to show the TIMER

1

onscreen menu.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the TIMER options will shift to the

2

left. TIME will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
buttons repeatedly to highlight one of

3

the TIMER controls. These controls are
the TIME, START TIME, STOP
TIME, CHANNEL, ACTIVATE, or
DISPLAY.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or
LEFT button to make adjustments or

4

set the control options.

TIME: Enter the current time with the
numbered buttons. Use the Cursor
Right button to move to the AM/PM
area and use the Cursor Left and Right
buttons to toggle AM or PM.

START TIME: Use the Numbered
buttons to enter a start-up time for the
TV to turn on or tune a specific chan­nel.

STOP TIME: Use the Numbered but­tons to enter a time for the TV to shut
itself off.

CHANNEL: Use the Numbered but­tons or the CH + or – buttons to select
a specific channel for the TV to tune to
at the specific Start Time.

ACTIVATE: Set the Timer to preform
it’s function ONCE or DAILY.

DISPLAY: Set to ON or OFF. When
ON, the time will be displayed ALL
the time the TV is ON. When OFF, the
time will only appear when the STA­TUS/EXIT button is pressed.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

5

U

SE THETIMERCONTROLS

FEATURES

TIMER

TIME

START TIME
STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

PIP

1

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

12:03AM

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

3

PICTURE

SURR.

4

MUTE

VOL

3

5

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

SURF

0

CH

2

RADIO

4

FEATURES

FEATURES

FEATURES

FEATURES

FEATURES

TIMER

TIME

START TIME

STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

TIMER

TIME
START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

TIMER

TIME
START TIME
STOP TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

TIMER

TIME
START TIME
STOP TIME
CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

ACTIVATE

TIMER

START TIME
STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

DISPLAY

DISPLAY

H

OW TOUSE THEMODESELECTCONTROL

he Mode Select Control will allow you to
use set the TV into the TV, FM, HD, or PC

T

Modes. Depending on how the TV will be
used, these modes may have their own
onscreen menus controls to optimize there use
when used with computers, radios, or high­definition receivers.

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen

1

menu.

-- --

-- --

8

OFF

OR

ON

OFF

OR

ON

Press the CURSOR DOWN to high­light FEATURES.

2

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the
menu will shift to the left. TIMER will

3

be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated­ly until MODE SELECT is highlight-

4

ed.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to shift the menu to the left. the first

5

option, FM RADIO will be highlight­ed.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN but­tons to highlight the desired mode option

6

(FM RADIO, HD, or PC).

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to change the TV to the desired mode.

7

Please refer to each specific mode later
in this manual.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

8

H

Specific information regarding each of the
MODE SELECT options can be found later
in this manual.

FM RADIO - refer to page 46-49.

HD - refer to page 50-53.

PC - refer to page 54.

ELPFULHINT

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

1

2
4
6

8

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

TV HD

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

6

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

CH

RADIO

23

SURF

0

PICTURE
SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

FEATURE

TIMER

MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
Auto Lock
CLOSED CAP

FEATURE

TIMER

MODE SELECT

3
5

ACTIVE CTRL
Auto Lock
CLOSED CAP

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
Auto Lock
CLOSED CAP

TIME
START TIME
STOPE TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

FM RADIO
HD
PC

Directions for Use

7

FEATURE

MODE SELECT

FM RADIO

HD
PC

FEATURE

MODE SELECT

FM RADIO

HD

PC

FEATURE

MODE SELECT

FM RADIO
HD

PC

2221

EN 17LC03U 3.

EN 18 LC03U3.

24

U

NDERSTANDING THEAUTOLOCK

™ C

ONTROLS

G: General Audience - All ages admitted.
Most parents would find this programming
suitable for all ages. This type of program­ming contains little or no violence, no
strong language, and little or no sexual dia­logue or sexual situations.

PG: Parental Guidance Suggested -

This
programming contains material that parents
may find unsuitable for younger children. It
may contain one or more of the following:
Moderate violence, some sexual situations,
infrequent coarse language, or some sugges­tive dialogue.

PG-13: Parents Strongly Cautioned - This
programming contains material that parents
may find unsuitable for children under the
age of 13. It contains one or more of the fol­lowing: violence, sexual situations, coarse
language, or suggestive dialogue.

R: Restricted -This programming is specifi­cally designed for adults. Anyone under the
age of 17 should view this programming
only with an accompanying parent or adult
guardian. It contains one or more of the fol­lowing: intense violence; intense sexual situ­ations; strong, coarse language; or intensely
suggestive dialogue.

NC-17: No one under the age of 17 will be
admitted. - This type of programming should

be viewed by adults only. It contains graphic
violence; explicit sex; or crude, indecent lan­guage.

X: Adults Only - This type of programming
contains one or more of the following: very
graphic violence, very graphic and explicit or
indecent sexual acts, very coarse and intense­ly suggestive language.

M

OVIERATINGS

(M

OTIONPICTUREASSOCIATION OFAMERICA

)

TV-Y: (All children -- This program is
designed to be appropriate for all chil­dren.) Designed for a very young audi-

ence, including children ages 2-6. This type of
programming is not expected to frighten
younger children.

TV-Y7: (Directed to Older Children --

This program is designed for children
ages 7 and above.) It may be more

appropriate for children who have acquired the
development skills needed to distinguish
between make-believe and reality. This pro­gramming may include mild fantasy and comic
violence (FV).

TV-G: (General Audience -- Most par­ents would find this program suitable for
all ages.) This type of programming

contains little or no violence, no strong lan­guage, and little or no sexual dialogue or sexual
situations.

TV-PG: (Parental Guidance
Suggested -- This program contains

material that parents may find unsuit-

able for younger children.) This type of pro-

gramming contains one or more of the follow­ing: Moderate violence (V), some sexual situa­tions (S), infrequent coarse language (L), or
some suggestive dialogue (D).

TV-14: (Parents Strongly Cautioned -

- This program contains some material

that many parents would find unsuitable

for children under 14 years of age.) This type

of programming contains one or more of the
following: intense violence (V); intense sexual
situations (S); strong, coarse language (L); or
intensely suggestive dialogue (D).

TV-MA: (Mature Audience Only --

This program is specifically designed to
be viewed by adults and therefore may

be unsuitable for children under 17.) This type

of programming contains one or more of the
following: graphic violence (V); explicit sexual
situations (S); or crude, indecent language (L).

TV P

ARENTALGUIDELINES

(TV B

ROADCASTERS

)

T

he AutoLock™ feature receives and

processes data sent by broadcasters or
other program providers that contain pro­gram content advisories. When programmed
by the viewer, a TV with AutoLock™ can
respond to the content advisories and block
program content that may be found objection­able (such as offensive language, violence,
sexual situations, etc.). This is a great feature
to censor the type of programming children
may watch.

In the AutoLock™ section, you’ll learn how
to block channels and programming that is
not rated, is unrated, or has no rating. You
will also find out how to turn these blocking
features ON or OFF. Following are brief
explanations of some terms and ratings relat­ed to the AutoLock™ feature.

AutoLock™ offers various Blocking
Options from which to choose:

BLOCKING: The BLOCKING control is
what can be thought of as the “master switch”
for AutoLock™. This control affects the set­tings you have chosen for blocking programs
according to movie ratings or TV ratings, or
for blocking programs that have no rating or
are unrated. When the BLOCKING control is
OFF, the blocking or censoring of programs is
disabled. When the BLOCKING control is
ON, blocking will occur according to the set­tings you have chosen.

NO RATING: ALL programming with no
content advisory data can be blocked if NO
RATING is set to ON.

Programming that has No Rating is not
encoded with any rating information from the
MPAA or the Parental Guidelines. Any pro­gramming could fall into this category.

You also can block individual channels or
block programming based on ratings of the

MPAA and TV broadcasters. (See a descrip­tion of the ratings on this page.)

23

T

he Active Control monitors and adjusts
incoming video signals to help provide the

best picture quality.

When you choose to turn the Active Control
ON, the picture sharpness and noise reduc­tion are controlled automatically. Active
Control adjusts these picture settings continu­ously and automatically.

1

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen
menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN to high­light FEATURES.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the
menu will shift to the left. TIMER will
be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated­ly until ACTIVE CTRL (control) is
highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button
repeatedly to toggle the control

options. Choose from: ON, ON + DIS­PLAY, or OFF

6

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

7

You can also press the ACTIVE
CONTROL button on the remote

control to toggle the ACTIVE CON­TROL ON, ON + DISPLAY, or OFF
directly.

H

OW TOSET THEACTIVECONTROL

Toggle the ACTIVE CONTROL to ON +
DISPLAY with the remote control and a
screen display will appear showing the Active
Control in work. You will see the sharpness
and noise reduction settings changing to pro­vide the best possible picture quality.

H

ELPFULHINT

When ACTIVE CONTROL is set to ON + DIS­PLAY, this screen will be displayed briefly when­ever a channel change occurs.

1

2
4

6

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PIP

POSITION

TV

DVD

ACC

CC

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

7

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

SURR.

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

CH

3

RADIO

PC

TV HD

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

23

SURF

0

5

PICTURE
SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

FEATURES

TIMER

MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

TIMER
MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

Auto Lock
CLOSED CAP

ACTIVE CTRL

ACTIVE CTRL

ACTIVE CONTROL

SHARPNESS 45
NOISE REDUCTION 38
BLACK EXPANDER ON
WHITE EXPANDER OFF

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
CLOSED CAP

OR

OR

TIME
START TIME

OFF

STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

OFF

ON

ON + DISPLAY

AutoLock

MOVIE RATING

AutoLock

TV

Y

TV RATING

TV-Y

TV-Y7
TV-G
TV-PG
TV-14

ON

G

PG
PG-13
R
NC-17

ON

Directions for Use

TV

Y7

TV

G

TV

PG

TV

14

TV

MA

S

ETTINGUP THE

utoLockTMallows parents to block out or
“censor” any channels they think chil-

A

dren should not watch. A channel blocked by

TM

the AutoLock
a correct access code is used to unlock the
channel for viewing. First, let’s set your
AutoLock access code.

1
2

3
4
5

6
7
8
9

10

Remember that 0711 is the default
AutoLock
been changed by someone other than you (a
child, for example) or you have forgotten the
code, you can always get in by inputting the
default code.

NOTE TO PARENTS: It isn’t possible for
your child to unblock a channel without know­ing your access code or changing it to a new
one. If your code has been changed without
your knowledge, then you will become aware
that blocked channels may have been viewed.

control cannot be viewed until

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen
menu.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

to highlight FEATURES.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.
TIMER will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until AutoLock is highlight­ed.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button
to highlight ACCESS CODE.

Press 0,7,1,1 on the remote control.

INCORRECT will appear on the
screen.

Press 0,7,1,1 on the remote control
again. ENTER NEW CODE will
appear on the screen.

Enter a new four-digit code using the
number buttons. CONFIRM CODE
will appear on the screen.

Enter your new four-digit code again.
CORRECT will flash on the screen
briefly and the highlight bar goes back
to AutoLock.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

H

ELPFULHINT

TM

code. If your access code has

A

UTOLOCK

10

FEATURES

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

1

2
4

25

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

™ A

TV

DVD

ACC

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

1

456

STATUS/EXIT

CCESSCODE

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PIP

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

CH

RADIO

TV HD

23

789

SURF

0

ACCESS CODE
X X X X

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

CONFIRM
CODE

- - - -

H

OW TOBLOCKCHANNELSUSINGAUTOLOCK

fter your personal access code has been

A

set (see the previous page), you are ready

to select the channels or inputs you want to

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE SELECT

SOUND

ACTIVE CTRL

FEATURES

AutoLock

INSTALL

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

3

TIMER

MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
CLOSED CAP

TIME
START TIME

OFF

STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

5

FEATURES

6

FEATURES

7
8
9

FEATURES

FEATURES

FEATURES

FEATURES

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP
CLOSED CAP

ACCESS CODE

----

OFF

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

ACCESS CODE
X X X X
INCORRECT

ENTER
NEW CODE

- - - -

CONFIRM
CODE
X X X X
CORRECT

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

block out or censor.

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen

1

menu.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

to highlight FEATURES.

2

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.

3

TIMER will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until AutoLock is highlight-

4

ed.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button
to highlight ACCESS CODE.

5

Enter your four-digit ACCESS
CODE. CORRECT will flash very

6

briefly and the menu will move to the
left with BLOCK CHANNEL high­lighted.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to highlight the TV’s available chan-

7

nels.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
button to highlight the channel you

8

want to block.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to block the channel. A padlock image

9

appears to the right of the channel
number.

Repeat steps 7 and 8 for any channels you
want to block from viewing.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

10

H

Remember that 0711 is the default
AutoLock
been changed by someone other than you (a
child, for example) or you have forgotten the
code, you can always get in by inputting the
default code.

NOTE: You also can block out the use of the
A/V external inputs on the rear of the TV. This
stops the viewing of VCR, DVD, and other
sources that can be shown through the A/V input
jacks.

ELPFULHINT

TM

code. If your access code has

FEATURES

FEATURES

AutoLock

1

2
4
8

10

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

BLOCK CHANNEL
SETUP CODE
CLEAR ALL
MOVIE RATING
TV RATING

Channel 12
Blocked by AutoLock
CHANNEL BLOCKING
Access code

- - - -

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

26

TV

DVD

ACC

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

ACCESS CODE
X X X X

12
13
14
15
16

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

CC

8

PICTURE

SURR.

RADIO

SURF

3
5
7
9

CH

6

If a channel is blocked by the BLOCK
CHANNEL option, the TV will display
the screen shown to the right. To watch
the channel, enter your access code or
change the BLOCK CHANNEL option
back to off.

FEATURES

FEATURES

FEATURES

FEATURES

FEATURES

PICTURE
SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

TIMER

MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
CLOSED CAP

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

AutoLock

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE
CLEAR ALL
MOVIE RATING
TV RATING

AutoLock

BLOCK CHANNEL
SETUP CODE
CLEAR ALL
MOVIE RATING
TV RATING

™

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
CLOSED CAP

TIME
START TIME

OFF

STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

ACCESS CODE

----

OFF

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

AV2
AV3
ALL
1
2

12
13
14
15
16

Directions for Use

EN 19LC03U 3.

28

A

fter your personal access code has been
set, you can select specific movie ratings

that you want to censor.

1

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen
menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

to highlight FEATURES.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.
TIMER will be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until AutoLock is highlight­ed.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button
to highlight ACCESS CODE.

6

Enter your four-digit ACCESS
CODE. CORRECT will flash very

briefly and the menu will move to the
left with BLOCK CHANNEL high­lighted.

7

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated­ly until MOVIE RATING is highlight­ed.

8

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the
Rating menu shifts to the left with G
highlighted.

9

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN to
highlight each rating you want.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT to turn
the rating ON or OFF. Turning the rat­ing ON will block programs with that
rating from being seen.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

B

LOCKINGPROGRAMS BASED ONMOVIERATINGS

10

When a rating is turned ON, all higher ratings
also will be turned on automatically. For
example, if the R rating is turned on, the NC-
17 and X ratings also will be turned on.

All Movie Ratings can be turned ON or OFF.

Refer to page 23 for Movie Rating defini­tions.

H

ELPFULHINT

11

27

V

arious onscreen messages will appear

when someone tries to view blocked pro­gramming. The message is determined by how
the current programming is blocked. You may
view the blocked programming and turn OFF
the AutoLock™ feature by using the Clear All
control or by entering your access code

1

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen
menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

to highlight FEATURES.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.
TIMER will be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until AutoLock is highlight­ed.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button
to highlight ACCESS CODE.

6

Enter your four-digit ACCESS
CODE and the menu will move to the

left with BLOCK CHANNEL high­lighted.

7

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

until CLEAR ALL is highlighted.

8

Press the CURSOR RIGHT twice.
The CLEAR ALL option will display
the word CLEARED. All blocked chan­nels and programming are now view­able.

9

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

H

OW TOCLEARALLBLOCKEDCHANNELS AT THESAMETIME

If you tune to a specific channel that has been
blocked by BLOCK CHANNEL or any of the
AutoLock™ RATING options, simply enter
your four-digit access code to view the chan­nel.

NOTE: This will unblock ALL channels until
the TV is shut OFF. When powered back ON,
all previously blocked channels will be
blocked again.

H

ELPFULHINT

FEATURES

FEATURES

AutoLock

1

2
4
7

9

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

BLOCK CHANNEL
SETUP CODE

CLEAR ALL

MOVIE RATING
TV RATING

BLOCK OPTIONS

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

ACCESS CODE
X X X X

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

CC

PICTURE

SURR.

RADIO

SURF

EN 20 LC03U3.

BRIGHTNESS

PICTURE

COLOR

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

SHARPNESS

INSTALL

TINT

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE SELECT

SOUND

ACTIVE CTRL

FEATURES

AutoLock

INSTALL

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

TIMER

MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock

3

CLOSED CAP

TIME
START TIME

OFF

STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

5

FEATURES

8

CH

6

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

AutoLock

FEATURES

AutoLock

BLOCK CHANNEL
SETUP CODE

CLEAR ALL CLEARED

MOVIE RATING
TV RATING

BLOCK OPTIONS

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE
CLEAR ALL
MOVIE RATING
TV RATING

ACCESS CODE

----

OFF

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

AV2
AV3
ALL
1
2

FEATURES

FEATURES

AutoLock

AutoLock

MOVIE RATING

11

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

BLOCK CHANNEL
SETUP CODE
CLEAR ALL

MOVIE RATING

TV RATING

G

PG
PG-13
R
NC-17

1

2
4
7
9

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

TV HD

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

ACCESS CODE
X X X X

G
PG
PG-13
R
NC-17

ON
AV3
ALL
1
2

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

9

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

CH

RADIO

23

SURF

0

3
5
8
10

6

FEATURES

FEATURES

FEATURES

FEATURES

AutoLock

AutoLock

MOVIE RATING

PICTURE
SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

TIMER

MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
CLOSED CAP

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE
CLEAR ALL
MOVIE RATING
TV RATING

G

PG
PG-13
R
NC-17

Channel 12
Blocked by AutoLock
MOVIE RATING

Access code

- - - -

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
CLOSED CAP

TIME
START TIME

OFF

STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

ACCESS CODE

----

OFF

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

AV2
AV3
ALL
1
2

OFF
AV3
ALL
1
2

Directions for Use

B

LOCKINGPROGRAMS BASED ON

ou can select specific TV ratings that you
want to censor by following these steps.

Y

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen

1

menu.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

to highlight FEATURES.

2

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.

3

TIMER will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until AutoLock is highlight-

4

ed.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button
to highlight ACCESS CODE.

5

Enter your four-digit ACCESS
CODE. CORRECT will flash very

6

briefly and the menu will move to the
left with BLOCK CHANNEL high­lighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated­ly until TV RATING is highlighted.

7

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the
menu will shift to highlight the TV

8

RATING options.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN to
select a rating.

9

Press the CURSOR RIGHT to turn
the block on the rating ON or OFF.

10

NOTE: More specific subratings (for violence,
sexual content, dialogue, or fantasy violence)
are available for TV-Y7, TV-PG, TV-14, and
TV-MA. (Refer to page 31 for definitions.)

To access these subratings, with the main rating
selected, press the CURSOR RIGHT. Then,
repeat steps 9 and 10 to turn the sub-ratings ON
or OFF.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

11

H

When a rating is turned ON, all higher ratings
also will be turned on automatically. For
example, if the R rating is turned on, the NC-
17 and X ratings also will be turned on.

ELPFULHINT

FEATURES

FEATURES

AutoLock

AutoLock

TV RATING

1

2
4
7
9

11

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

BLOCK CHANNEL
SETUP CODE
CLEAR ALL
MOVIE RATING

TV RATING

TV-Y

TV-Y7
TV-G
TV-PG
TV-14

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

29

TV

DVD

ACC

PIP

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

ACCESS CODE
X X X X

TV-Y
TV-Y7
TV-G
TV-PG
TV-14

ON
AV3
ALL
1
2

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

POSITION

CLOCK

TV R

CC

9

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

RADIO

SURF

ATINGS

3
5
8
10

6

FEATURES

FEATURES

FEATURES

FEATURES

PICTURE
SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

TIMER

MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
CLOSED CAP

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

AutoLock

TV RATING

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE
CLEAR ALL
MOVIE RATING
TV RATING

TV-Y

TV-Y7
TV-G
TV-PG
TV-14

Channel 12
Blocked by AutoLock
TV RATING

Access code

- - - -

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
CLOSED CAP

TIME
START TIME

OFF

STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

ACCESS CODE

----

OFF

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

AV2
AV3
ALL
1
2

OFF
AV3
ALL
1
2

O

THERAUTOLOCK

he BLOCKING control is what can be
thought of as the “master switch” for

T

AutoLock™. This control affects the settings
you have chosen for blocking programs
according to movie ratings or TV ratings, or
for blocking programs that have no rating.
When the BLOCKING control is OFF, the
blocking or censoring of programs is dis­abled. When the BLOCKING control is ON,
blocking will occur according to the settings
you have chosen. Follow these steps to toggle
BLOCKING OFF or ON.

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the onscreen

1

menu.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

to highlight FEATURES.

2

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.

3

TIMER will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until AutoLock is highlight-

4

ed.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button
to highlight ACCESS CODE.

5

Enter your four-digit ACCESS
CODE. CORRECT will flash very

6

briefly and the menu will move to the
left with BLOCK CHANNEL high­lighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated­ly until BLOCK OPTIONS is high-

7

lighted.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT to enter
the BLOCK OPTIONS menu.

8

BLOCKING will be highlighted. Or
choose NO RATING.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or
LEFT to toggle BLOCKING (or NO

9

RATING) ON or OFF.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

10

H

Remember, when the BLOCKING control is
OFF, the blocking or censoring of programs
is disabled. When the BLOCKING control is
ON, blocking will occur according to the set­tings you have chosen.

ELPFULHINT

FEATURES

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

AutoLock

SETUP CODE
CLEAR ALL
MOVIE RATING
TV RATING

BLOCK OPTIONS

AutoLock

BLOCK OPTIONS

BLOCKING

NO RATING

10

1

9

2
4
7

™ B

LOCKINGOPTIONS

BRIGHTNESS

PICTURE

COLOR

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

SHARPNESS

INSTALL

TINT

PIP

POSITION

CC

TV

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

SURR.

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

CH

RADIO

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

SURF

0

ACCESS CODE
X X X X

BLOCKING
NO RATING

ON
AV3
ALL
1
2

30

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE SELECT

SOUND

ACTIVE CTRL

FEATURES

AutoLock

INSTALL

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

TIMER

MODE SELECT

3
5

ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
CLOSED CAP

TIME
START TIME

OFF

STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

8

FEATURES

9

6

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

TIMER
ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
PIP
CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

AutoLock

AutoLock

BLOCK OPTIONS

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE
CLEAR ALL
MOVIE RATING
TV RATING

BLOCKING

NO RATING

ACCESS CODE

----

OFF

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

AV2
AV3
ALL
1
2

OFF
AV3
ALL
1
2

Directions for Use

EN 21LC03U 3.

EN 22 LC03U3.

32

C

losed Captioning (CC) allows you to

read the voice content of television pro­grams on the TV screen. Designed to help the
hearing impaired, this feature uses onscreen
“text boxes” to show dialogue and conversa­tions while the TV program is in progress.

1

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the on-screen
menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

twice to highlight FEATURES.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until the CLOSED CAP
control is highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

again. The menu will shift to the left
and CAPTION MODE will be high­lighted.

6

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to highlight CAPTION MODEs.

7

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
button to select a CAPTION MODE:

CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4, CC MUTE,
TXT1, TXT2, TXT3, or TXT4. CC
DISPLAY turns text OFF or ON if the
TV station broadcasting on the channel
is making CLOSED CAPTIONING
available. With CC DISPLAY high­lighted, press the CURSOR RIGHT to
toggle Closed Captioning ON or OFF.

8

NOTE: You also can press the CC
button on the remote control to turn

the CC option ON or OFF.

9

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

H

OW TOUSE THECLOSEDCAPTIONINGCONTROLS

Not all TV programs and product commer­cials are broadcast with Closed Captioning
(CC). Nor are all Closed Captioning
MODEs (CAPTION 1–4 or TEXT 1–4)
necessarily being used by broadcast stations
during the transmission of a program offer­ing Closed Captioning. Refer to your area’s
TV program listings for the stations and
times of shows being broadcast with Closed
Captioning.

H

ELPFULHINT

CAPTION Mode
Example Display

TEXT Mode Example Display -

The TV screen will be
blocked from viewing.

31

T

o remind you which ratings you have

blocked and which Block Options you
have selected, a review screen is available to
review your AutoLock

TM

settings. To access

this screen follow the steps below.

1

Press the STATUS/EXIT button on
your remote control TWICE. Your
AutoLock

TM

settings will appear on the

screen.

NOTE: If you have blocked specific subrat­ings, such as V for Violence in the TV-PG cat­egory, these blocked subratings will not appear
in the review. The subratings however, are still
blocked according to your selections.

2

After a few seconds, the settings will
leave the screen automatically, or you
can press the STATUS/EXIT button
a third time to remove them from the
screen.

U

SING THE

A

UTOLOCK

™ R

EVIEWSCREEN

The AutoLock™ Status screen will only
appear if the BLOCKING option is set to
ON. For details, see previous page for details.

H

ELPFULHINT

This display will appear after the step 1 above
is completed if the AutoLock™ BLOCKING
option is set to ON.

This display will appear after the step 1 above
is completed if the AutoLock™ BLOCKING
option is set to OFF.

MOVIE RATING -

TV RATING -

-

­R
NC17
X

ON

BLOCKING

NO RATING

ON

MOVIE RATING -

TV

DVD

ACC

VOL

1
2

Y7

­PG
14
MA

-

­R
NC17
X

BLOCKING

NO RATING

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

MENU SOUND

MUTE

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

SURF

0

TV RATING -

ON
ON

CC

SURR.

CH

RADIO

AutoLock DISABLED

BRIGHTNESS

Y7

­PG
14
MA

PICTURE

COLOR

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

SHARPNESS

INSTALL

TINT

PIP

POSITION

TV

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

1

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

2

PC

TV HD

4

23

1

7

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

SURF

0

9

JOHN: Why did they move the meeting up to this week?
MARSHA: I don’t know, but they are pushing to close the deal.

CLOSE CAPTION PROGRAMS ON WXYZ

ALL ITEMS ARE EASTERN STANDARD TIME (EST)

CHECK LOCAL LISTINGS

FOR TIMES IN YOUR AREA

6:00 TOP OF THE MORNING

10:00 THE BEST LITTLE CALL-IN SHOW EVER

12:00 NOONDAY NEWS
1:30 AS YOUR LIFE TURNS MY WORLD AROUND
6:00 WORLD NEWS FOR TODAY

9:00 PLAYHOUSE MOVIE OF THE WEEK

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE SELECT

SOUND

ACTIVE CTRL

FEATURES

Auto Lock

INSTALL

CLOSED CAP

CC

7

SURR.

CH

RADIO

FEATURES

TIMER

MODE SELECT

FEATURES

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

CLOSED CAP

ACTIVE CTRL
AutoLock
CLOSED CAP

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
Auto Lock

CLOSED CAP

CAPTION MODE

CC DISPLAY

CC DISPLAY

8

3
5
6

CAPTION MODE

CC DISPLAY

CAPTION MODE

CC DISPLAY

CAPTION MODE

CC DISPLAY

TIME
START TIME

OFF

STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

CAPTION MODE
CC DISPLAY

OFF

CC1
CC2
CC3
CC4
CC MUTE

CC1
CC2
CC3
CC4
CC MUTE

CC1
CC2
CC3
CC4
CC MUTE

OFF

OFF

OR

ON

Directions for Use

H

OW TOUSE THEWIDESCREEN(FORMAT

ou can change the screen format size to
match the type of program you’re watch-

Y

ing. Select the normal 4:3, or the Zoom 14:9,
Zoom 16:9, Subtitle Zoom, Super Wide,
Widescreen, or Full Screen aspect ratios.

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to show the on-screen

1

menu.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

twice to highlight FEATURES.

2

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.

3

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until the WIDESCREEN

4

control is highlighted.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

repeatedly to toggle among the three

5

screen format sizes; 4:3, ZOOM 14:9,
ZOOM 16:9, SUBTITLE ZOOM,
SUPER WIDE, WIDESCREEN, or
FULL SCREEN.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

6

H

When in the TV Mode and no onscreen
menu displayed, pressing the CURSOR
RIGHT and LEFT buttons will toggle the
FORMAT options.

ELPFULHINT

1

2
4

6

PICTURE

SOUND
FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

) C

ONTROL

he Program List Control will allow you to
quickly overview all the programmed

T

channels that have been placed into the tele­visions memory (see the Auto Programming

PICTURE
SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

CC

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

3

RADIO

5

SURF

MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
Auto Lock
CLOSED CAP

WIDE SCREEN

WIDE SCREEN

WIDE SCREEN

WIDE SCREEN

WIDE SCREEN

WIDE SCREEN

WIDE SCREEN

TIMER
MODE SELECT
ACTIVE CTRL
Auto Lock
CLOSED CAP

OFF

OR

OR

OR

OR

OR

OR

4:3

ZOOM 14:9

ZOOM 16:9

SUBTITLE ZOOM

SUPER WIDE

WIDESCREEN

FULL SCREEN

section of this manual for more details).
Program List will let you easily select the
desired channels your looking for. Program
List will display the channel number, the
name of the channel if you have given it one,
and whether it have AutoLock turn on or off.

Press the PROGRAM LIST button

on the remote control to show the cur-

1

rent list of installed channels (the cur­rent channel will be highlighted).

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
buttons to scroll the list of channel,

2

highlighting the one you want to acti­vate.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to activate the channel. The TV will

3

tune to that channel.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the screen.

4

H

OW TO

U

SE THEPROGRAMLISTCONTROL

PROGRAM LIST

6 ABC
8 NBC

1

2

4

10 CBS

TV

DVD

ACC

VOL

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

MENU SOUND

MUTE

PC

HD

TV

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

SURF

0

CC

SURR.

CH

RADIO

PROGRAM LIST

12 ESPN
13 MTV
14 BET

12

2

3

Directions for Use

4:3

WIDESCREEN

SUPER WIDE

ZOOM 16:9

33

ZOOM 14:9

SUBTITLE ZOOM

34

EN 23LC03U 3.

36

W

hether you’re watching a movie or a

video game, your TV has automatic
video control settings that will match with
your current program source or content.
AutoPicture™ quickly resets your TV’s video
controls for a number of different types of
programs and viewing conditions that you
may have in your home. The Movies, Sports,
Weak Signal, and Multimedia AutoPicture™
controls have been preset at the factory to
automatically adjust the TV’s brightness,
color, picture, sharpness, tint, and color tem­perature levels. The Personal AutoPicture™
settings are the ones that you made through
the PICTURE options within the onscreen
menu

1

Press the PICTURE button on the
remote control. The current
AutoPicture

TM

setting will appear in the

middle of the screen.

2

Press the PICTURE button repeat­edly to select either PERSONAL,

MOVIES, SPORTS, WEAK SIGNAL,
or MULTIMEDIA picture settings.

NOTE: The PERSONAL setting and the
PICTURE options within the onscreen menu
are the same. This is the only option in
AutoPicture

TM

that can be changed. To adjust
these settings, use the PICTURE options
within the onscreen menu. All other settings
are set up at the factory during production and
cannot be adjusted.

H

OW TO

U

SE THEAUTOPICTURE

™ C

ONTROL

NOTE: The values shown in the
diagram above are sample values
only. Your television’s values may
vary and display different numbers.

35

H

ave you ever fallen asleep in front of the

TV, only to have it wake you up at two in
the morning with a test pattern sound
screeching in your ears? Well, your TV can
enable you to avoid that discomfort by auto­matically turning itself off. With the Sleep
Timer feature, you can set a timer to automat­ically switch the TV OFF after a period of
time you choose (15-minute increments up to
60 minutes, then 30-minute increments up to
90 minutes, then 60-minute increments up to
240 minutes).

1

Press the SLEEP button on the
remote control. The SLEEP timer
onscreen display will appear in the
upper part of the screen.

2

Within five seconds, press the
SLEEP button repeatedly to pick the

amount of time (15-minute increments
up to 60 minutes, then 30-minute
increments up to 90 minutes, then 60­minute increments up to 240 minutes)
before the TV will turn itself off.

An onscreen countdown will appear during
the last minute before the TV shuts itself off.

H

OW TO SET THE

S

LEEPTIMER CONTROL

To see how many minutes remain before the
TV shuts itself off, press the STATUS/EXIT
button.

A Sleep Timer setting can be cancelled by
pressing any button during the last minute
of the operation.

H

ELPFULHINT

During the last minute of a SLEEP timer setting an

onscreen countdown will be displayed.

During the last 10 seconds of a SLEEP timer set­ting, an onscreen display will read GOOD BYE.

1
2

SLEEP OFF

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

EN 24 LC03U3.

PERSONAL

PIP

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

CONTROL

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

CH

RADIO

HD

TV

23

456

789

SURF

0

58
58
50
1

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS

MOVIES

32
42
80
1

Directions for Use

1
2

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS

SPORTS

WEAK SIGNAL

MULTIMEDIA

36
34
65
3

34
26
65
1

32
42
80
4

SLEEP 15

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURR.

SLEEP 30

SLEEP 45

CH

RADIO

HD

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS

TV

DVD

ACC

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND

MENU SOUND

SLEEP 60

SURF

SLEEP 90

VOL

PC

1

STATUS/EXIT

SLEEP 120

SLEEP 180

SLEEP 240

SLEEP 49

GOOD BYE

SLEEP 9

H

OW TO

U

SE THEAUTOSOUND

utoSound™ allows you to select from
three factory-set controls and a personal

A

control that you set according to your own
preferences through the onscreen Sound
menu. The three factory-set controls (Voice,
Music, and Theatre) enable you to tailor the
TV sound so as to enhance the particular pro­gram you are watching. Follow these steps to
select any of the options.

Press the SOUND button on the
remote control. The current

1

2

Remember, only the PERSONAL control can
be changed by the viewer. This changes the
settings in the main onscreen menu’s SOUND
controls

AutoSoundTMworks only with the programs
coming through the ANTENNA/CABLE
(ANT) input on the rear of the TV (RF
audio). It will not control the sound levels
for the external connections.

TM

AutoSound
middle of the screen.

Press the SOUND button repeatedly

to toggle among the four settings:
PERSONAL, VOICE, MUSIC, or
THEATRE.

setting will appear in the

H

ELPFULHINT

1
2

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

TV

DVD

ACC

VOL

MENU SOUND

STATUS/EXIT

PERSONAL

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

RADIO

PC

HD

TV

23

1

456

789

SURF

0

-11

- 2
0
6
3

CC

CH

™ C

ONTROL

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

VOICE

MUSIC

THEATRE

H

OW TOUSE THESURFCONTROL

list or series of previously viewed chan­nels can be selected with the SURF button

A

on your remote control. With this feature, you
can easily switch between different TV chan­nels that currently interest you. The SURF
control allows you to set up to ten channels in
its quick viewing list.

Press the CHANNEL(+) or (–) but­ton (or the numbered buttons) to select

1

a channel to add to the SURF list.

Press the SURF button on the remote

20

6
6
9

15

26

6

6
17
19

- 5

- 2
0
6
3

control. The onscreen display may

2

read, “SURF LIST EMPTY.” The num­ber of the current channel will be
shown with “ADD?” to the right.

While the SURF list message or the
SURF channel list appears on the

3

screen, press the CURSOR RIGHT
button to add the present channel to

the SURF list.

If you want to delete the present channel
from the SURF list, press the CURSOR

4

RIGHT button again.

Repeat steps 1 through 3 to add more chan­nels (up to 10) to the SURF list.

H

Along with regularly programmed chan­nels, the external video source connections
can be added to the SURF list. This means
that the external A/V Jacks and their chan­nels can be added to your SURF list. Use
the Source button to tune their channel and
use the same procedure described on this
page.

ELPFULHINT

SURF

5 ADD?

TV

DVD

ACC

VOL

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

SURF

5 DELETE

SURF

SURF

5
3 ADD?

5
3 DELETE

Directions for Use

CC

3

PICTURE

SURR.

4

CH

RADIO

1

SURF

2
3

NOTE: The values shown in the
diagram above are sample values
only. Your television’s values may
vary and display different numbers.

37

38

EN 25LC03U 3.

40

N

ow that you have looked up the three-

digit Remote Code Number for your
brand of device, you are ready to follow the
four simple steps below.

Please read through steps 1-4 before begin­ning.

1

Place the TV/DVD/ACC Mode

Switch in the proper position.

2

Press the • RECORD button on the

remote control and release.

3

Press the AUTO SOUND button on

the remote within 30 seconds, then
release.

4

Enter the FOUR-DIGIT REMOTE

CODE NUMBER (page 42-44) for

your desired device. The remote is now
ready to send commands to the unit.

5

Point the remote at the Device. Press

the POWER button on the remote to
turn the unit ON. If this works you are
finished. If it does not work

the first
time, repeat the steps using a different
remote code number.

R

EMOTECONTROLUSE WITHACCESSORYDEVICES

- C

ODEENTRYMETHOD

After a second try and the remote does not
operate your device, see if there is another
four-digit code number (pages 42-44) listed
for your device and repeat the steps above
using the new number.

If after repeated attempts the code number
method does not work you device, try the

SEARCH METHOD on the next page.

NOTE: Setting up the remote is for use with

external accessory devices only and not for use
with other television brands.

H

ELPFULHINT

Cable Converter

Satellite Receiver

or DBS, DVD

VCR

39

Y

our remote control is set to work your TV

and many infrared remote (IR) control
VCRs, Cable Boxes, Satellite Systems, DBS,
DVD, etc. However, an easy onetime step may
be necessary before the remote will work your
VCR.

Try this initial Direct Access Method to see if
going on to the following section is necessary.

1

Place the TV/DVD/ACC Mode

Switch in the proper position.

2

Point the remote control at the device

and press the POWER button.

Does the remote turn the device ON?

If YES, stop and try other function buttons on
the remote. If they also work the device, then
the remote is ready and no further steps are
needed.

If NO, continue...

3

First look up a FOUR-DIGIT remote

control number for your brand of

Device before going through the simple
steps on the following page.

Find your Four-Digit Code on pages
42-44.

R

EMOTECONTROLUSE WITHACCESSORYDEVICES

- D

IRECTMETHOD

If more than one number is listed, you may
have to try more than the first Four-Digit code
given in order to locate your Device’s remote
code.

NOTE: Setting up the remote is for use with
external accessory devices only and not for use
with other television brands.

H

ELPFULHINT

Cable Converter

Satellite Receiver

VCR

1

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

POSITION

CLOCK

EN 26 LC03U3.

5

PIP

POSITION

CC

TV

DVD

ACC

MENU

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

CONTROL

SOUND

PICTURE

2

CC

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

RADIO

SURF

2

1

3

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

POSITION

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURF

CC

Directions for Use

SURR.

CH

RADIO

4

R

EMOTECONTROLUSE WITHACCESSORYDEVICES

our TV remote can be set to work various
external devices such as VCRs, Cable

Y

Boxes, Satellite Receivers, DBS, DVD, etc. by
what is called the search method of remote
control programming.

If the “Remote Code” number method shown
on the previous page did not set your remote
to work your external device, then follow the
easy steps listed below.

Please read steps 1-4 before beginning.

Press the POWER button on the
device your are attempting to program

1

to turn it ON.

Place the TV/DVD/ACC Mode
Switch in the proper position.

2

Press the • RECORD and the AUTO
SOUND buttons simultaneously and

3

hold them down. The remote will con­tinue to send programming codes, one
ever 1.5 seconds.

The device will begin to change chan­nels after the remote identifies the cor-

4

rect code. When the channels start to
change release the • RECORD and
AUTO SOUND buttons. The remote
should be ready to operate the device.

H

ELPFULHINT

This method can take several minutes to per­form.

Don’t let the device scan up more than five
channels. If you do the remote may pass up
the right code and another search cycle will
have to be repeated.

If no channel change happens within two
minutes, repeat steps 1-4. Should a channel
change still not occur, the remote will not
work the desired device.

NOTE: Setting up the remote is for use with
external accessory devices only and not for use
with other television brands.

1

Satellite Receiver

VCR

3

TV

DVD

ACC

2

3

VOL

41

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

PC

1

STATUS/EXIT

- S

07

08

09

06

07

08

PIP

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

CH

RADIO

TV HD

23

456

789

SURF

0

EARCHMETHOD

Cable Converter

06

07

08

09

09

4

R

EMOTECONTROLDIRECT ENTRYCODES

Admiral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2027, 2052

Adventura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Aiko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059

Aiwa . . . .2001, 2017, 2062, 2070, 2072

Akai . . . . .2021, 2029, 2038, 2060, 2063

Akiba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Alba . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011, 2034, 2052,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059, 2063, 2072

Ambassador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

American Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059

American High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015

Amstrad . . . . . . .2001, 2059, 2067, 2068

Anam . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017, 2042, 2054,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057, 2059, 2082, 2084

Anam National . . . . . .2042, 2054, 2087

Anitech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Asa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017, 2035

Asha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Asuka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Audiovox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Baird . . . . . . . . .2001, 2021, 2037, 2039

Basic Line . . . . . . . . . .2011, 2034, 2059

Beaumark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Bell & Howell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2037

Blaupunkt . . . . .2003, 2005, 2010, 2014,

. . . .2041, 2042, 2048, 2054, 2055, 2075

Brandt . . . . . . . . . . . . .2047, 2064, 2065

Brandt Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021

Broksonic 2002, 2040, 2046, 2052, 2078

Bush . . . . . . . . .2034, 2052, 2059, 2072

Calix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Canon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015

Capehart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Carver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Catron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

CCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034, 2059

CGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Cimline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Cineral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059

Citizen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017, 2059

Clatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Colt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Combitech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072

Condor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Craig . . . .2017, 2026, 2034, 2057, 2058

Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011, 2034, 2059

Curtis Mathes . .2015, 2021, 2032, 2042

Cybernex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Cyrus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Daewoo . .2011, 2024, 2025, 2059, 2083

Dansai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Daytron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

De Graaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022, 2043

Decca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2035

Denon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022

Dual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021

Dumont . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2035, 2037

Dynatech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Elbe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2018

Elcatech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Electrohome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

VCR CODES

Electrophonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Emerex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2012

Emerson . . . . . .2001, 2002, 2017, 2023,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2040, 2046, 2051, 2052,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059, 2078, 2083

ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057, 2059

Ferguson . . . . . .2021, 2039, 2064, 2065

Fidelity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Finlandia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035, 2037

Finlux . . . . . . . .2001, 2022, 2035, 2037

Firstline . .2017, 2023, 2024, 2034, 2052

Fisher . . . . . . . . .2025, 2026, 2030, 2037

Frontech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Fuji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015

Funai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Garrard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

GE . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2027, 2032, 2057

GEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Go Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2077, 2081

Goldhand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Goldstar . . . . . . .2017, 2018, 2053, 2079

Goodmans 2001, 2017, 2034, 2059, 2075

Gradiente . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2008

Graetz . . . . . . . .2005, 2021, 2037, 2057

Granada . . . . . . . . . . . .2025, 2035, 2037

Grandin . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2017, 2034

Grundig . . . . . .2003, 2005, 2007, 2010,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034, 2035, 2048, 2050,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2054, 2069, 2071, 2075

Hanseatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Harley Davidson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Harman/Kardon . . . . . . . . . . .2018, 2035

Harwood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Headquarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2025

Hinari . . . . . . . .2004, 2034, 2057, 2072

Hi-Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2026

Hitachi . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2004, 2021,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022, 2043, 2057

Hughes Network Systems . . . . . . . .2022

Hypson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Imperial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Ingersol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2004

Interfunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

ITT . . . . . . . . . .2005, 2021, 2025, 2037,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2038, 2057, 2074

ITV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017, 2059

Jensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021

JVC . . . . . . . . . .2008, 2021, 2033, 2049,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2050, 2074, 2080

Kaisui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

KEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017, 2059

Kendo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2038, 2052

Kenwood . . . . . . . . . . .2018, 2021, 2033

KLH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Kodak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2017

Korpel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Layco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Lenco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059

LG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2079

42

Lloyd's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2051

Loewe . . . . . . . .2004, 2005, 2017, 2035

Logik . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2004, 2034, 2057

Luxor . . . .2023, 2025, 2027, 2037, 2038

LXI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

M Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Magnasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059

Magnavox . . . . .2001, 2015, 2019, 2035

Magnin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Manesth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2024, 2034

Marantz . . . . . . .2003, 2005, 2015, 2035

Marta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Matsui . . . . . . . . . . . . .2004, 2016, 2036,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2052, 2070, 2072

Matsushita . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2042, 2055

Mei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015

Melectronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2018

Memorex . . . . .2001, 2015, 2017, 2019,

. . . . . . . . .2025, 2026, 2027, 2037, 2052,

. . . . . . . . .2057, 2062, 2085, 2087, 2088

Memphis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Metz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2003, 2005, 2017,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2042, 2048, 2055, 2069

MGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2023, 2057

MGN Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Mincrva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2048

Minerva . . . . . . . . . . . .2005, 2010, 2048

Minolta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022

Mitsubishi 2023, 2027, 2033, 2035, 2045

Motorola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2027

MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2057

Multitech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2034

Murphy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

NAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2031

National . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2054

NEC . . . . .2018, 2020, 2021, 2033, 2037

Neckermann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Nesco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Nikko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Nikon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2014

Noblex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Nokia . . . . . . . . .2025, 2037, 2038, 2057

Nokia . . . .2021, 2025, 2037, 2038, 2057

Nordmende . . . . . . . . .2021, 2061, 2064,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2065, 2074

Oceanic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2021

Okano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2063, 2070

Olympus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2054

Optimus . . . . . . .2017, 2027, 2031, 2037,

. . . . . . . . .2042, 2077, 2086, 2087, 2088

Orion . . . . . . . .2002, 2004, 2016, 2036,

. . . . . . . . .2046, 2052, 2070, 2072, 2078

Osaki . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2017, 2034

Otto Versand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Palladium . . . . .2005, 2017, 2021, 2034

Panasonic . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2042, 2053,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2054, 2055, 2087

Pathe Cinema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2016

Pathe Marconi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021

Penny . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2017, 2018,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2020, 2022, 2057

Directions for Use

EN 27LC03U 3.

44

R

EMOTECONTROLDIRECT ENTRYCODES

PVP Stereo Visual Matrix . . . . . . . .3002

Quasar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001

Radio Shack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

Rembrandt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3004

Runco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001

Salora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3026

Samsung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3014, 3040

Satbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3024

Scientific . . . . . . . . . . .3003, 3032, 3049

Scientific Atlanta . . . . .3003, 3008, 3021

Seawoo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3045

Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3004

Starcom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3002, 3007

Stargate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

Starquest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

STS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3015

Taihan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3043

Tele+1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3028

Teleservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3022

Tocom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3005

Tongkook 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .042, 3048

Toshiba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001

Tudi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3023

Tusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

United Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3002

Videoway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3017

Visicable+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3033

Westminster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3012

Wolsey Gene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3037

Zenith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001, 3034

Absat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4006

Alba . . . . . . . . . .4029, 4034, 4037, 4052

Aldes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4019

Amstrad . . . . . . . . . . .4003, 4016, 4025,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038, 4039, 4042

Ankard . . . . . . . .4013, 4019, 4030, 4044

Anttron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4009, 4034

Armstrong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4015

AST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4027

Astra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4005

Astro . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4008, 4039, 4045

Avalon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4031

Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4030, 4046

Beko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4010

Best . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4030

Blaupunkt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4008

Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4015, 4043

Brain Wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4022

British Sky Broadcasting . . . . . . . . .4058

BT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4053

Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4002

Cambridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4024

Canal Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4059

Canal+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4059

Channel Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4029

CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4045

Comlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4019

Connexions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4031

Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4015

Cyrus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011

D-Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4054

DDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4029

DNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011, 4031

Echostar . . . . . . . . . . . .4031, 4036, 4061

Emanon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4034

Ferguson . . . . . .4002, 4009, 4010, 4023

Fidelity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4016

Finlux . . . . . . . .4005, 4024, 4032, 4037

Fracarro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4061

Freecom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4034

FTE Humax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4060

Fube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4030, 4031, 4034

Galaxis . . . . . . . . . . . . .4019, 4057, 4060

General Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . .4012

Gold Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4059

Gooding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4048

Goodmans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4010

Grundig . . . . . . . . . . . .4008, 4010, 4048

G-sat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4009

Hinari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4009

Hirschimann . . . . . . . .4008, 4032, 4039,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4040, 4049

Hitachi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037

Houston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4053

Huth . . . . . . . . . .4013, 4015, 4019, 4026

Intervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4050

Invideo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4061

ITT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4005

Johansson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4022

JVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4048

Kathrein . . . . . . . . . . .4004, 4006, 4008,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011, 4035, 4041

Kreiselmeyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4008

Kyostar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4034

La Sat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4043, 4045

Lenco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4034

Lennox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4050

Lupus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4030

Luxor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4005, 4049

Manhattan . . . . . . . . . .4037, 4045, 4050

Marantz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011

Maspro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4004, 4023

Matsui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4024, 4048

Mediamarkt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4015

Mediasat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4059

Minerva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4048

Morgan's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4015, 4043

Navex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4022

Neuhaus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4039

Neusat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4057

Newhaus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4013

Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . .4005, 4032, 4037,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4049, 4054, 4063

Nordmende . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4029

Orbitech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4039

Oxford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4024

Pace . . . . . . . . .4002, 4009, 4014, 4023,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037, 4055, 4058

Palladium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4048

Palsat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4039

Panda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037

Philips . . . . . . . . . . . . .4007, 4011, 4020,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037, 4048, 4059

Phonotrend . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4019, 4050

Pioneer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4021, 4059

Planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4061

Promax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037

Prosat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4019

Quadral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4029, 4044

Radiola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011

Radix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4031, 4064

RFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011, 4013, 4019

Saba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4023, 4045

Sabre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037

Sagem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4056

Salora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4005

SAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4027, 4038

Satcom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4026, 4051

Satec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4009

Satmaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4026

Satpartner . . . . .4022, 4034, 4040, 4045

Schwaiger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4009, 4041

Seemann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4031, 4046

SEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4030, 4034

Siemens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4008

Skymaster . . . . . . . . . .4019, 4044, 4051

Sony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4017, 4018

Strong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4062

Sunstar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4043

Tantec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4023, 4037

Techniland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4026

Technisat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4001, 4039

Telefunken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4034

Teleka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4015, 4052

Telesat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4051

Thomson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037, 4059

Tonna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4026, 4053

TPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4056

Triad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4027

Triasat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4040

Unitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4022

Universum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4008, 4049

Ventana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011

Vortec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4034

Vtech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4027

Winersat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4022

Wisi . . . . . . . . . .4008, 4027, 4031, 4037

Xcom Multimedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4065

Xsat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4006, 4065

Zehnder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4033, 4045

CABLE CODES (continued)

SATELLITE CODES

43

R

EMOTECONTROLDIRECT ENTRYCODES

Pentax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022

Perdio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Philco . . . . . . . .2015, 2018, 2052, 2078

Philips . .2015, 2035 (DEFAULT VCR),

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2074, 2075

Phonola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Pioneer . . . . . . . . . . . . .2031, 2033, 2035

Portland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Profex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2066

Profitronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Proline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Proscan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2032

Protec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Pulsar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2019

Pye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2025

Quartz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2025

Quasar . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2042, 2087

Quelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Radio Shack . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2085

Radiola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Radix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

RCA 2015, 2022, 2027, 2032, 2038, 2057

Realistic . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2015, 2017,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2025, 2026, 2027, 2037

REX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021, 2074

RFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2075

Ricoh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2014

Roadstar . . . . . .2017, 2034, 2057, 2059

Runco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2019

Saba . . . . . . . .2021, 2049, 2050, 2061, 2

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .064, 2065, 2074

Saisho . . . . . . . .2004, 2016, 2036, 2052

Salora . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2023, 2025, 2038

Samsung . . . . . .2024, 2057, 2076, 2077

Sanky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2019, 2027

Sansui . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2021, 2033,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2052, 2058, 2078

Sanyo . . . . . . . . .2025, 2026, 2037, 2057

Saville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072

SBR 2035
Schaub Lorenz . .2001, 2005, 2021, 2037

Schneider . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2034, 2035

Scott . . . . . . . . .2023, 2024, 2040, 2046

Sears . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2015, 2017,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022, 2025, 2026, 2037

SEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057, 2066

SEI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2004, 2035

Seleco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021

Semp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2024

Sentra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2027, 2073

Shintom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034, 2037

Shogun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Shorai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2004

Silva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Singer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2024, 2034

Sinudyne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2004, 2035

Solavox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Sonolor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2025

Sontec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Sony . . . .2001, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015

STS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022

Sunkai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2070

Sunstar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Suntronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Sylvania . . . . . . .2001, 2015, 2023, 2035

Symhonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Tashiko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Tatung . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2021, 2035

Teac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2021

TEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Technics . . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2042, 2054

Teknika . . . . . . .2001, 2015, 2007, 2017

Teleavia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021

Telefunken 2021, 2047, 2058, 2064, 2074

Tenosal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Tensai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2066

Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Thomson . . . . . . . . . . .2021, 2064, 2074

Thorn . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2016, 2021, 2037

TMK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051, 2057

Toshiba . .2021, 2023, 2024, 2035, 2074

Totelevision . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017, 2057

Towada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2066

Uher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Unitech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Universum . . . .2001, 2006, 2010, 2017,

. . . . . . . . .2035, 2038, 2048, 2057, 2067

Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2024

Vector Research . . . . . . . . . . .2018, 2020

Victor . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2008, 2021, 2033

Video Concepts . . . . . . . . . . .2020, 2024

Videosonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Wards . . . . . . . .2001, 2015, 2022, 2026,

. . . . . . . . .2027, 2032, 2034, 2035, 2057

White Westinghouse . . . . . . .2052, 2059

XR-1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

XR-1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015

XR-1002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Yamaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2018

Yamishi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Yokan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Yoko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011, 2057

Zenith . . .2001, 2014, 2019, 2052, 2078

Akai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5316

Harman/Kardon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5314

JVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5311, 5318

Kenwood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5307

Magnavox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5302

Mitsubishi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5303

Onkyo . . . . . . . . . . . . .5302, 5317, 5319

Panasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5301, 5322

Philips . . .5302, 5308 (DEFAULT DVD)

Pioneer . . . . . . . . . . . . .5305, 5312, 5321

Proscan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5304

RCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5304

Samsung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5313

Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5320

Sony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5306

Technics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5301

Theta Digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5312

Thomson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5310

Toshiba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5302

Yamaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5301, 5309

VCR CODES (continued)

DIGITAL VIDEO DISC CODES

ABC . . . .3002, 3003, 3004, 3006, 3008

Andover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3037

Bell & Howell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3006

Birgmingham Cable Communication . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3020

British Telecom . . . . . . . . . . .3002, 3012

Cabletime . . . . .3016, 3019, 3025, 3029

Clyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3011

Contec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3009

Cryptovision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3038

Daehan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3043

Daeryung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3003

Decsat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3027

Everquesst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

Filmnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3028

France Telecom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3030

GEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3011

Gemini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

General Instrument . . . . . . . .3004, 3020,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3031, 3046

Goldstar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3014, 3047

Grundig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3035

Hitachi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3004

Jasco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

Jerrold . . . . . . . .3002, 3004, 3005, 3006,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007, 3020, 3031, 3046

LG Alps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3044

Memorex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001

Mnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3009, 3028

Now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3041

Oak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3009

Pacific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3039

Panasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001, 3013

Paragon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001

Pioneer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3014, 3036

Pulsar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001

CABLE CODES

EN 28 LC03U3.

Directions for Use

R

EMOTECONTROLACCESSORYDEVICERELATEDBUTTONS

hen using the TV remote with an acces­sory device, first make certain it is set

W

to control your accessory device (by the
REMOTE CODE or SEARCH method).

Set the TV/DVD/ACC mode switch
to the proper position on the remote.

1

Point the top of the remote toward
the front of the accessory device

2

(remote sensor window) when pressing
the buttons.

1

SYSTEM SWITCH

Set in the proper position to send
remote commands to the accessory
device.

RECORD • BUTTON

Hold the VCR • RECORD button down to
begin a VCR recording.

REWIND BUTTON

Press to rewind tapes. For some VCR’s
the STOP button may have to be
pressed first, then REWIND. May be
used to scan back through chapters or
titles on DVD movies.

FAST FORWARD BUTTON

Press to rapidly advance a tape or
DVD. For some accessory devices, you
may need to press the STOP button
first, then the FAST FORWARD button.
In playback mode hold the button down
to view the picture moving rapidly in
the forward direction.

TV/VCR BUTTON

Press while in the VCR mode (VCR indi­cator on the front of the unit will light) to
view the playback of a tape. Press again to
place in the TV position (VCR indicator
light will go off) to view one program
while recording another program.
When used in the TV mode, the TV/VCR
button will will have no functionality.

䊴䊴

䊳䊳

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

45

POSITION

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURF

SURR.

RADIO

2

POWER BUTTON

Press to turn the accessory device ON
and OFF.

CC

CH

PLAY BUTTON

Press to begin playback of a video
tape, DVD, etc.

STOP BUTTON ■

Press to stop the motion of a tape or to
stop the playback of a DVD.

PAUSE BUTTON II

Press to temporarily stop the tape dur­ing a playback or recording or pause
the playback of a DVD. Press again to
release Pause.

CHANNEL + & – BUTTONS

Press to scan up or down through the
channel numbers if your accessory
device will change channels.

NUMBER BUTTON

Press buttons for direct channel selec­tions. May also be used for direct
number entries in certain onscreen
menu feature settings.

H

ELPFULHINT

The buttons on the remote will not operate your
accessory device if those features are not found
on your accessory’s remote control.

Note: All functions (particularly Search,
Rewind, Fast Forward, etc.) will operate the
same as with the original remote control pro­vided with your accessory device.

S

ETTING UP THE

I

NSTALLCONTROLS

his TV also provides you with an FM
Radio. An FM Radio signal must be con-

T

nected to the FM Antenna 751 Jack located
on the bottom of the TV.

To enter the FM Mode, press the
RADIO button on the remote control.

1

The FM Mode has its own onscreen

䊳

menu options.

Press the MENU button on the
remote control to display the FM Mode

2

onscreen menu.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
buttons to scroll through the available

3

FM Mode onscreen options. These
options include: Language, Auto

Program, Manual Store, Sort, or
Name.

LANGUAGE - Choose to view the

onscreen menu in English, French or
Spanish.

AUTO PROGRAM - The Auto
Program control will search the FM
antenna signal and store any FM chan­nel it finds in the TV’s memory.

MANUAL STORE - This control will
allow you to manually tune any avail­able FM signals.

SORT - The Sort Control will allow
you to rearrange your stored FM sta­tions in the order you prefer.

NAME - You can label or apply a
name to your programmed FM radio
stations. Add your own personal name
or choose one from the predefined list.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to adjust or select items within the

4

highlighted feature sub-menu.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the onscreen menu from the

5

TV screen when finished. Or, let the
display time out and the menu will dis­appear after a few second.

2

3

5

SOUND

FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

VOL

FM M

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

MENU SOUND

MUTE

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

SURF

0

46

CC

SURR.

CH

RADIO

ODE

(FM R

3

4

1

ADIO

INSTALL

INSTALL

INSTALL

INSTALL

INSTALL

)

SOUND
FEATURES

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL STORE
SORT
NAME

LANGUAGE

AUTO PROGRAM

MANUAL STORE
SORT
NAME

LANGUAGE
AUTO PROGRAM

MANUAL STORE

SORT
NAME

LANGUAGE
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL STORE

SORT

NAME

LANGUAGE
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL STORE
SORT

NAME

LANGUAGE
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL STORE
SORT
NAME

ENGLISH
FRANCAIS

˜

ESPANOL

SEARCH

SEARCH
CHANNEL
STORE

FROM
TO
EXCHANGE

PERSONAL

Directions for Use

EN 29LC03U 3.

EN 30 LC03U3.

48

T

o ensure the best sound quality from the FM
Radio feature of this TV, several Sound

Controls are available for adjustment.

1

To enter the FM Mode, press the

RADIO button on the remote control.

The FM Mode has its own onscreen
menu options.

2

Press the MENU button on the remote

control to display the FM Mode
onscreen menu.

3

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

until SOUND is highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

shift the menu to the left, accessing the
SOUND onscreen menu options. these
option include: EQUALIZER, BAL-

ANCE, STORE, AVL, INCREDIBLE
SURROUND, STEREO, AUDIO
OUT, or SPEAKERS.

EQUALIZER - Allows the listener to

change the sound frequencies to their
liking.

BALANCE - This controls the sound

level balance between the right and left
TV speakers.

STORE - Once Sound controls are

adjusted, activating the STORE control
will save those settings in the TV’s
memory.

AV L - Automatic Volume Leveler, when

ON, will keep the volume level at a con­sistent level should there be sudden
peaks and valleys in sound levels during
commercial breaks or channel changes.

INCREDIBLE SURROUND - Allows

the user to select a predefined Incredible
Surround setting or Stereo when the sig­nal is stereo or Spatial and Mono when
the signal is being received in mono.

STEREO - Select Stereo or Mono. If

the signal is being received in Mono the
control cannot be placed in Stereo.

AUDIO OUT - When using an external

stereo for sound reproduction, the Audio
Out control will allow FIXED or VARI­ABLE output options.

SPEAKERS - When using an external

speaker system, the Speaker control will
allow you to turn the TV speakers ON
or OFF.

5

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the onscreen menu from the TV
screen when finished. Or, let the display
time out and the menu will disappear
after a few second.

S

ETTING UP THE

FM M

ODE

(FM R

ADIO

)

S

OUNDCONTROLS

47

T

o Manually search, store and sort FM
channels follow the instructions below:

1

If in the FM Mode, press the MENU

button on the remote control to dis-

play the FM Mode onscreen menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN buttons

to highlight the MANUAL STORE
option.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to shift the menu to the left. SEARCH
will be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to begin the Manual Search of avail­able FM stations. When a station is
found, the search will end until activat­ed again.

5

If the station found is one that you

want to keep, press the CURSOR
DOWN button to highlight CHAN­NEL.

6

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

repeatedly to toggle a list of 40 chan­nel references (FM1 to FM40).

7

Press the CURSOR DOWN button to

highlight STORE. Then, press the
CURSOR RIGHT button to store the
station to the selected channel refer­ence. The onscreen menu will changed
to STORED.

Repeat the process for any other FM Stations.

8

To SORT the channels stored, press

the CURSOR DOWN (while in the

INSTALL menu options) to highlight
the word SORT.

9

Press the CURSOR RIGHT to shift

the menu left. FROM will be highlight­ed.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

repeatedly to select one of the channel
references (FM1 to FM40) you wish to
move.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

to highlight TO. Press the CURSOR

RIGHT button repeatedly to select one
of the channel references (FM1 to
FM40) you want to swap the reference
chosen in the previous step to.

Press the CURSOR DOWN to high-

light EXCHANGE. Press the CUR­SOR RIGHT to swap the channel ref­erence.

S

ETTING UP THE

FM M

ODE

(FM R

ADIO

)

M

ANUALSTORE/SORT

10

11

12

SORT onscreen menu options

SOUND

FEATURES
INSTALL

1

2
5
7

8
11
12

INSTALL
MANUAL STORE

SEARCH

CHANNEL

STORE

INSTALL

LANGUAGE
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL STORE

SORT

NAME

INSTALL
SORT

FROM

TO FM35

EXCHANGE

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

TV HD

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

RADIO

23

SURF

0

FM12

FROM
TO
EXCHANGE

EQUALIZER

SOUND

BALANCE

FEATURES

AVL

INSTALL

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

TV HD

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

RADIO

23

SURF

0

ON

EQUALIZER

SOUND

BALANCE

FEATURES

AVL

INSTALL

INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

SOUND

EQUALIZER

120HZ

BALANCE

500HZ

AVL

1500HZ

INCR. SURROUND

5HZ

STEREO

10KHZ

SOUND

EQUALIZER

CH

4

BALANCE 0

AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

Directions for Use

1

SOUND

EQUALIZER
BALANCE

AVL ON

INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

SOUND

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL

INCR. SURROUND INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

SOUND

BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

AUDIO OUT FIXED

LANGUAGE

SOUND

AUTO PROGRAM

FEATURES

MANUAL STORE

INSTALL

SORT
NAME

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL STORE
SORT
NAME

3

INSTALL

4
6

CH

7
9
10
11
12

LANGUAGE
AUTO PROGRAM

MANUAL STORE

SORT
NAME

INSTALL
MANUAL STORE

SEARCH

CHANNEL
STORE

INSTALL
MANUAL STORE

SEARCH
CHANNEL

STORE

INSTALL
SORT

FROM FM12

TO
EXCHANGE

INSTALL
SORT

FROM
TO

EXCHANGE

ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL

SEARCH
CHANNEL
STORE

88.5 FM

STORED

˜

2

3

5

SOUND

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL

INCR. SURROUND INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

SOUND

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND

STEREO STEREO

SOUND

AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO
AUDIO OUT

SPEAKERS

S

ETTING UP THE

T

IMERCONTROLS

he FM Radio within the TV can be set to

T

turn on and off at a specific time, or tune to
a specific channel when it powers on. The
Timer controls also allows the FM Display to
be turned on or off.

To enter the FM Mode, press the
RADIO button on the remote control.

1

The FM Mode has its own onscreen
menu options.

Press the MENU button on the remote
control to display the FM Mode

2

onscreen menu.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

until TIMER is highlighted.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
shift the menu to the left, accessing the

4

TIMER onscreen menu options. these
option include: TIME, START TIME,

STOP TIME, CHANNEL, ACTI­VATE, or DISPLAY.

TIME - This is simply the Clock set-

ting. Allows you to enter the current
time.

START TIME - This control allows
you to set a specific time you want the
FM Radio to turn ON.

STOP TIME - This control allows you
to set a specific time you want the FM
Radio to turn OFF.

CHANNEL - This controls allows you
to set a specific channel you want the
FM Radio to tune to when it powers on.

ACTIVATE - Once the Time and chan­nel controls have been adjusted, set
Activate to ONCE or DAILY. ONCe
will activate the process one time, while
DAILY will activate the TIMER con­trols every week day.

DISPLAY - If set to ON, the Display
control will display the current time on
the TV screen when in the FM Mode.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the onscreen menu from the TV

5

screen when finished. Or, let the display
time out and the menu will disappear
after a few second.

FM M

SOUND

FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

2

MENU SOUND

VOL

3

STATUS/EXIT

5

FEATURES

TIMER

TIME
START TIME

STOP TIME – – : – –

CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

FEATURES

TIMER

TIME
START TIME
STOP TIME
CHANNEL

ACTIVATE ON

ODE

(FM R

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

PICTURE

MUTE

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

SURF

0

S

ADIO

)

M

ODESELECTCONTROLS

he Mode Select options allow you to move

T

to other operating modes within he TV.
When in the FM Mode, choose from TV, PC, or
HD Modes.

If in the FM mode, press the MENU

TIMER

SOUND

MODE SELECT

FEATURES

SCREENSAVER

INSTALL

CC

SURR.

CH

RADIO

FEATURES

FEATURES

TIMER

4

TIME

TIMER

START TIME

MODE SELECTR

STOP TIME

SCREENSAVER

CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

TIME – – : – –

START TIME
STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

1

FEATURES

TIMER

TIME

START TIME – – : – –

STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

FEATURES

TIMER

TIME
START TIME
STOP TIME

CHANNEL 12

ACTIVATE

FEATURES

TIMER

START TIME
STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

DISPLAY OFF

button on the remote control to display

1

the FM Mode onscreen menu.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

until MODE SELECT is highlighted.

2

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
shift the menu to the left, accessing the

3

Mode Select onscreen menu options.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
buttons to choose TV, PC, or HD.

TV - This will switch the TV back to the

TV Mode of operation.

PC - This control will switch the TV to
the PC Mode of operation. Note a PC
signal must be present for this to work,
or the TV will go into standby mode.

HD - This control will set the TV to the
High Definition Mode.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
activate the selected control and change

4

to the highlighted mode.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the onscreen menu from the TV

5

screen when finished. Or, let the display
time out and the menu will disappear
after a few second.

ETTING UP THE

FEATURES

MODE SELECT

TV

HD

PC

1

2
3

5

SOUND

FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

VOL

FM M

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

PC

HD

TV

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

ODE

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

CC

3

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

RADIO

SURF

(FM R

3
4

ADIO

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

FEATURES

TIMER

MODE SELECT
SCREENSAVER

FEATURES

TIMER

MODE SELECT

SCREENSAVER

FEATURES

MODE SELECT

TV

HD
PC

FEATURES

MODE SELECT

TV
HD

PC

)

TIMER
MODE SELECT
SCREENSAVER

TIME
START TIME
STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

TV
HD
PC

Directions for Use

49

50

EN 31LC03U 3.

EN 32 LC03U3.

52

A

utoSound™ allows you to select from

four factory-set controls and a personal
control that you set according to your own
preferences through the onscreen Sound menu
within the FM Mode. The four factory-set
controls (Classical, Jazz Pop, or Rock) enable
you to tailor the sound so as to enhance the
particular program you are listening to.

1

If in the FM mode, press the AUTO
SOUND button on the remote control

to display the first AutoSound™option
on the screen.

2

Press the AUTO SOUND button

repeatedly to toggle through the factory
pre-defined setting for the following
musical styles: CLASSICAL, JAZZ,
POP, ROCK or PERSONAL (the way
you set the equalizer).

A

UTOSOUND

™ C

ONTROLS

S

ETTING UP THE

FM M

ODE

(FM R

ADIO

)

51

W

hile in the FM Mode, there is a

Screensaver option that can be used. The
Screensaver control, when on, will circulate the
screen station indication around the display.

1

If in the FM mode, press the MENU
button on the remote control to display

the FM Mode onscreen menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

until FEATURES is highlighted.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
shift the menu to the left. TIMER will
be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

until SCREENSAVER is highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or LEFT
button to toggle the Screensaver control

ON or OFF.

With the Screensaver control set to ON,
the display will shift around the screen
pausing in one place for a brief moment.

6

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the onscreen menu from the TV
screen when finished. Or, let the display
time out and the menu will disappear
after a few second.

S

ETTING UP THE

FM M

ODE

(FM R

ADIO

)

S

CREENSAVERCONTROL

1
5

2
4

6

SOUND

FEATURES
INSTALL

TV

DVD

ACC

EQUALIZER
BALANCE
AVL
INCR. SURROUND
STEREO

PIP

POSITION

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

HD

TV

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

CC

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

RADIO

FEATURES

TIMER

MODE SELECT
SCREENSAVER

FEATURES

TIMER

3

MODE SELECT

SCREENSAVER OFF

5

SURF

FEATURES

FM2

TIMER
MODE SELECT
SCREENSAVER

TIME
START TIME
STOP TIME
CHANNEL
ACTIVATE

TIMER
MODE SELECT

SCREENSAVER ON

104.5 FM

1
2

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

TV

DVD

ACC

MENU SOUND

VOL

STATUS/EXIT

SOUND CONTROL

PC

PERSONAL

-11

- 2
0
6
3

PIP

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

CH

RADIO

TV HD

23

1

456

789

SURF

0

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

120HZ
500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ
10KHZ

CLASSICAL

4
0
0
9
4

JAZZ

9
0

12

1
4

POP

4

12

0
1
9

ROCK

13

0
0
1

13

Directions for Use

104.5 FM

104.5 FM

104.5 FM

S

ETTING UP THE

P

ICTURECONTROLS

he HD Mode offers certain Picture, Sound

T

and Blocking options within its onscreen

menu. Below is a list of Picture Menu options.

Press the HD button on the remote
control to place the TV in the HD Mode

1

(HD1).

Press the MENU button on the remote
control to display the HD Mode

2

onscreen menu. The PICTURE option
will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
buttons until PICTURE is highlighted.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
shift the menu to the left, accessing the

4

Picture onscreen menu options.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
buttons to highlight any of the HD

5

Mode Picture Controls. Choose from:

BRIGHTNESS, COLOR, PICTURE,
SHARPNESS, TINT, COLOR TEMP,
or VIEW FORMAT.

BRIGHTNESS - This control will adds

or subtracts light from the darkest part of
the picture.

COLOR - This control adds or elimi­nates color intensity from the picture.

PICTURE - This control improves the
detail of the lightest parts of the picture.

SHARPNESS - This control improves
the detail in the picture.

TINT - This control adjusts the picture
to obtain natural skin tones.

COLOR TEMP - Choose from NOR­MAL (keeps whites, white), COOL
(makes whites, bluish), or WARM
(makes whites, reddish) picture prefer­ences.

VIEW FORMAT - Choose between the
FULL SCREEN or WIDE SCREEN
formats.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or LEFT
buttons to adjust the selected control.

6

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the onscreen menu from the TV

7

screen when finished. Or, let the display
time out and the menu will disappear
after a few second.

HD M

ODE(HIGHDEFINITION

MAIN

PICTURE

SOUND
MODE SELECT
BLOCK CHANNEL

PIP

POSITION

CC

TV

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

2

CONTROL

SOUND

PICTURE

SURR.

MENU SOUND

6

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

SURF

0

CH

RADIO

3
5

7

S

)

S

OUNDCONTROLS

he HD Mode also offers certain Sound con­trol adjustments to fine tune the sound being

T

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS 42

COLOR
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT
COLOR TEMP
VIEW FORMAT

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR 40

PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT
COLOR TEMP

3
5

4
6

1

VIEW FORMAT

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR 40

PICTURE 80

SHARPNESS
TINT
COLOR TEMP
VIEW FORMAT

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR 40

PICTURE 80

SHARPNESS
TINT
COLOR TEMP
VIEW FORMAT

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR 40
PICTURE

SHARPNESS 20

TINT
COLOR TEMP
VIEW FORMAT

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR 40
PICTURE
SHARPNESS

TINT 20

COLOR TEMP
VIEW FORMAT

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR 40
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT

COLOR TEMP NORMAL

VIEW FORMAT

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS
COLOR 40
PICTURE
SHARPNESS
TINT
COLOUR TEMP

VIEW FORMAT WIDE SCREEN

heard when in the HD Mode.

Press the HD button on the remote
control to place the TV in the HD Mode

1

(HD1).

Press the MENU button on the remote
control to display the HD Mode

2

onscreen menu. The PICTURE option
will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
buttons until SOUND is highlighted.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
shift the menu to the left, accessing the

4

SOUND onscreen menu options.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
buttons to highlight any of the HD

5

Mode Sound Controls. Choose from:

EQUALIZER, BALANCE, or AVL.

EQUALIZER - Allows the listener to

change the sound frequencies to their
liking.

BALANCE - This controls the sound
level balance between the right and left
TV speakers.

AV L - Automatic Volume Leveler, when
ON, will keep the volume level at a con­sistent level should there be sudden
peaks and valleys in sound levels during
commercial breaks or channel changes.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or LEFT
buttons to adjust the selected control.

6

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the onscreen menu from the TV

7

screen when finished. Or, let the display
time out and the menu will disappear
after a few second.

ETTING UP THE

HD M

2
6

3
5

7

ODE(HIGHDEFINITION

MAIN

PICTURE

SOUND
MODE SELECT
BLOCK CHANNEL

PIP

POSITION

PROG. LIST

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV HD

23

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

CC

CLOCK

3

PICTURE

5

SURR.

4

CH

RADIO

6
1

SURF

TV

DVD

ACC

)

MAIN

PICTURE

SOUND

MODE SELECT
BLOCK CHANNEL

SOUND

EQUALIZER

120HZ

500HZ
1500HZ
5KHZ

10KHZ
BALANCE
AVL

SOUND

EQUALIZER

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

5KHZ

10KHZ

BALANCE 0

AVL

SOUND

EQUALIZER

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

5KHZ

10KHZ
BALANCE

AVL OFF

-12

Directions for Use

53

54

EN 33LC03U 3.

56

T

he HD Mode channel can be blocked to

censor the viewing of programming not
suitable for children. To block the HD Mode
channel, follow the steps below.

1

Press the HD button on the remote
control to place the TV in the HD Mode
(HD1).

2

Press the MENU button on the remote
control to display the HD Mode
onscreen menu. The PICTURE option
will be highlighted.

3

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
buttons until BLOCK CHANNEL is

highlighted.

4

Press the NUMBERED buttons and
enter your four digit Access Code that
was setup for the TV AutoLock feature.
The Block Channel Control will be
available for adjustment

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
toggle the control ON or OFF. If set to
ON, the HD1 channel (mode) will not
allow viewing of programs. This control
would have to be set to OFF to make the
HD1 channel (mode) viewable.

6

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the onscreen menu from the TV
screen when finished.

S

ETTING UP THE

HD M

ODE(HIGHDEFINITION

)

B

LOCKCHANNELCONTROL

55

S

ETTING UP THE

HD M

ODE(HIGHDEFINITION

)

T

he HD Select Control will allow you to
quickly change from the HD Mode of oper-

ation to the TV, FM Radio, or PC Modes.

1

If in the HD Mode, press the MENU

button on the remote control to display

the HD Mode onscreen menu. The PIC­TURE option will be highlighted.

2

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

buttons until MODE SELECT is high-

lighted.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

shift the menu to the left displaying the
MODE SELECT options. Choose from

TV MODE, FM RADIO MODE, or
PC MODE.

4

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

activate the highlighted mode control.

HD S

ELECTCONTROL

1

4

2

PICTURE
SOUND

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

TV

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

MAIN

POSITION

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

RADIO

HD

23

SURF

0

EN 34 LC03U3.

MAIN

PICTURE

SOUND
MODE SELECT
BLOCK CHANNEL

MODE SELECT

TV MODE

FM RADIO MODE
PC MODE

CC

MODE SELECT

TV MODE

FM RADIO MODE

2

3

CH

PC MODE

TV MODE
FM RADIO MODE

PC MODE

MODE SELECT

2

3

4

6

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

MUTE

VOL

PC

TV

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURR.

CH

RADIO

HD

23

SURF

0

3

5

1

PICTURE
SOUND

HD INSTALLATION

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

PICTURE
SOUND

HD INSTALLATION

HMODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

PICTURE
SOUND

HD INSTALLATION

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

PICTURE
SOUND

HD INSTALLATION

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

PICTURE
SOUND

HD INSTALLATION

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

MAIN

ACCESS CODE

_ _ _ _

MAIN

ACCESS CODE

X X X X

MAIN

CORRECT

MAIN

OFF

MAIN

ON

Directions for Use

S

ETTING UP THE

PC M

ODECONTROLS

he TV can be used as a PC Monitor. APC
video signal must be present or the TV will

T

go into standby mode.

Follow the steps below to access and adjust the
onscreen PC Menu controls.

Press the PC button on the remote con­trol to place the TV in the PC Mode.

1

Press the MENU button on the remote
control to display the PC Mode onscreen

2

menu. The AUDIO SELECTION option
will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN
buttons to highlight any of the listed

3

onscreen menu options.

PC M

Choose from:
AUDIO SELECTION - Will allow the

Audio Source to come from the PC, the
TV, or the FM Radio.

BRIGHTNESS & CONTRAST ­Allows you to adjust the Brightness and
Contrast picture levels.

ADJUST COLOR - This control allow
you to set the Color Temperature of the
picture. Choose between the Normal,
Cool or Warm pre-defined settings.

VIDEO NOISE - Will allow you to
remove any flickering Vertical or
Horizontal bars that may appear on the
screen.

ADJUST POSITION - This control
will allow you to move the onscreen pic­ture horizontally or vertically for better
viewing pleasure.

AUTO ADJUST - The Auto Adjust will
automatically adjust the control based on
the signal being received to give the best
possible picture.

PIP CONTROLS - change the Size and
Position of the PIP window on the
screen when the PIP button is used.

MODE SELECT - Enter the TV or FM
Mode using this control.

RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS ­Will reset all setting to the factory
default values.

VIEW FORMATS - Choose between
the NATIVE (the format that is dictated
by the type of accessory device being
used) and WIDE SCREEN formats.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to
enter the sub-menu of any of the high-

4

lighted onscreen menu controls.

Use the CURSOR UP, DOWN,
RIGHT or LEFT buttons to navigate,

5

adjust or activate the specific controls.
Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the onscreen menu from the TV

6

screen when finished.

ODE(PERSONALCOMPUTERMONITOR

MAIN CONTROLS

AUDIO SELECTION

BRIGHTNESS & CONTRAST
ADJUST COLOR
VIDEO NOISE
ADJUST POSITION
AUTO ADJUST

2
5

3
5

1

6

PIP CONTROLS
MODE SELECT
LANGUAGE
RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS

PIP

TV

PROG. LIST

DVD

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

PC

TV HD

1

456

789

STATUS/EXIT

ADJUST POSITION

HORIZONTAL 5 1

VERTICAL

PIP CONTROLS

PIP SWITCH ON

SIZE

POSITION
HORIZONTAL

VERTICAL

RESET OT FACTORY SETTINGS

RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS ?

NO

YES

57

POSITION

CC

CLOCK

PICTURE

SURR.

MUTE

CH

RADIO

23

SURF

0

3
5

4
5

MAIN CONTROLS

PC

TV/SOURCE

BRIGHTNESS & CONTRAST

BRIGHTNESS 5 0

CONTRAST

ADJUST COLOR

BRIGHTNESS USER PRESET 50

RED
GREEN
BLUE

VIDEO NOISE

PHASE 3 8

CLOCK

AUTO ADJUST

YES

NO

MODE SELECT

TV MODE

FM MODE
HD MODE

VIEW FORMAT

NATIVE

WIDE SCREEN

)

S

ETTING UP THE

PC M

ODE(PERSONALCOMPUTERMONITOR

)

No. Resolution Refresh Vertical Horizontal Horizontal Pixel

Rate Sync Sync Polarity Frequency

1 640 x 480 60 Hz N 31,500 kHz N 25,175 MHz

2 67 Hz N 35,000 kHz N 30,240 MHz

3 72 Hz N 37,900 kHz N 31,500 MHz

4 75 Hz N 37,500 kHz N 31,500 MH

5 85 Hz N 43,300 kHz N 36,000 MHz

6 720 x 400 70 Hz P 31,469 kHz N 28,322 MHz

7 800 x 600 56 Hz P 35,100 kHz P 36,000 MHz

8 60 Hz P 37,900 kHz P 40,000 MHz

9 72 Hz P 48,100 kHz P 50,000 MHz

10 75 Hz P 46,900 kHz P 49,500 MHz

Directions for Use

11 85 Hz P 53,700 kHz P 56,250 MHz

12 832 x 624 75 Hz P 49,700 kHz P 57,300 MHz

13 1024 x 768 60 Hz N 48,400 kHz N 65,000 MHz

14 70 Hz N 56,500 kHz N 75,000 MHz

15 75 Hz P 60,000 kHz P 78,750 MHz

16 85 Hz P 68,700 kHz P 94,500 MHz

17 1152 x 864 75 Hz P 67,500 kHz P 108,000 MHz

18 1280 x 960 60 Hz P 60,000 kHz P 108,000 MHz

19 1280 x 1024 60 Hz P 64,000 kHz P 108,000 MHz

20 75 Hz P 80,000 kHz P 135,000 MHz

58

EN 35LC03U 3.

60

G

LOSSARY OFTERMS

Active Control • Active Control continuously measures and cor­rects the incoming signals to provide the best picture possible.

Audio/Video Inputs • Jacks (standard RCA), located on the
back of the TV, used for external accessory devices. These jacks
are designed to receive higher picture resolution and offer
sound-connection options.

Auto Programming • When activated, this feature scans for all
available channels from regular antenna or cable signals and
stores only active broadcast stations in the TV’s memory.

Channel Edit • The feature that allows you to add or delete
channels from the list of channels stored in the TV’s memory.

Closed Captioning • The broadcast standard feature that allows
you to read the voice content of television programs on the TV
screen. Designed to help the hearing impaired, Closed
Captioning shows dialogue and conversations while a TV pro­gram is in progress.

Coaxial Cable • A single solid wire normally matched with a
metal plug (F-type) end connector that screws (or pushes) direct­ly onto a 75-ohm input found on the television or VCR.

Component Video Inputs • Inputs that allow the separate recep­tion of blue, red, and luminance signals. These inputs provide
the highest possible color and picture resolution in the playback
of digital signal-source material, such as the kind available from
DVD players.

Composite Video Input • An input in which all the components
required for displaying the onscreen image are combined in one
signal.

High-definition Television (HDTV) • High-resolution digital
television.

Incredible Surround • False acoustic management of the audio
signal that produces a dramatic expansion of the wall of sound
that surrounds the listener and heightens overall viewing pleas­ure.

Menu • An onscreen list of feature controls available for you to
adjust or set.

Onscreen Displays (OSD) • The wording or messages generat­ed by the television (or VCR) to help you with specific feature
controls (color adjustment or programming, for example).

Remote Control Sensor Window • The window or opening
found on the television control panel through which infrared
remote control command signals are received.

Second Audio Program (SAP) • An additional audio channel
provided for in the Multichannel Television Sound (MTS)
broadcast standard. A monaural soundtrack included within the
recorded or video signal (usually containing a second language
translation for the displayed programming).

Status/Exit Button • The remote control function that allows
you to quickly confirm what channel number you are watching.
Status/Exit can also be used to clear the television of onscreen
displays or information. You can use Status/Exit rather than hav­ing to wait for the displays to “time out,” or automatically disap­pear from the screen.

S-Video Input • Signal input that allows direct connection of
high-resolution video sources, such as a satellite receiver, DVD
player, S (Super)-VHS videocassette recorder, or video games.
Provides improved picture resolution, sharpness, and clarity.

Tint • TV function that allows you to change the general color
balance between cool and warm. Adjust tint according to your
personal preference.

59

T

ROUBLESHOOTINGTIPS

C

LEANING ANDCARE

No Power

• Check the TV power cord. Unplug the TV, wait 10 seconds,
then reinsert the plug into the outlet and push the POWER
button again.

• Check that the outlet is not on a wall switch.

• Be sure the fuse is not blown on the AC power strip, if one is
being used.

No Picture

• Check antenna/cable connections. Are they properly secured
to the TV's ANT 751 plug?

• Check the TUNER MODE control for the correct tuner set­ting.

• Try running the Auto Program feature to find all available
channels.

• Press the SOURCE button on the remote to make sure the
correct signal source is selected.

• If using an accessory device, be sure that it is functioning
properly.

• If in PC Mode, a video signal MUST BE present or the TV
will turn off.

No Sound

• Check the VOLUME buttons.

• Check the MUTE button on the remote control.

• If you’re attempting to hook up auxiliary equipment, check
the audio jack connections.

TV Only Produces MONO Sound

• If using a cable box with RF only type connections, the signal
coming from the cable box will be produced in MONO only.

• Check Sound control setting. Change setting to Stereo.

Remote Does Not Work

• Check the batteries. If necessary, replace them with AA
Heavy Duty (Zinc Chloride) or Alkaline batteries.

• Clean the remote control and the remote control sensor win­dow on the TV.

• Check the TV power cord. Unplug the TV, wait 10 seconds,
then reinsert the plug into the outlet and push the POWER
button again.

• Be sure the fuse is not blown on the AC power strip, if one is
being used.

• Check to be sure the TV outlet is not on a wall switch.

• Be sure that the remote is in the correct operating mode.

• Be sure the remote is pointed at the Remote Sensor Window
on the TV. See page 1 of the Quick Use Guide for details.

TV Displays Wrong Channel or No Channels Above 13

• Repeat channel selection.

• Add the desired channel numbers (using the CHANNEL
EDIT control) into the TV’s memory.

• Check to be sure the TUNER MODES are set to the CABLE
option and run the Auto Program feature to find all available
channels.

WARNING Concerning Stationary Images on the TV
Screen:

Do not leave stationary or letterbox images on screen
for extended periods of time. This can cause uneven
display aging.

Normal use of the TV should involve the showing of pictures
that contain constantly moving and changing images that fill the
screen. Be careful not to leave nonmoving images on screen for
extended periods of time, or to display the same images on
screen too frequently, because subtle ghost images can be left
on the picture tubes. Sources of stationary images may be DVD
disks, laser disks, video games, CD-i disks, videotapes, digital
television boxes, broadcast channels, cable channels, satellite
channels, and others. Here are some examples of stationary

images (this is not an all-inclusive list; you may encounter
others in your viewing):

• DVD menus—listings of DVD disk content

• Letterbox black bars—shown at the top and bottom of the

TV screen when a wide screen (16:9) movie is viewed on a
TV with standard (4:3) aspect ratio.

• Video-game images and scoreboards

• Television station logos—present a problem if they are

bright and stationary; moving or low-contrast graphics are
less likely to cause uneven aging of the picture tube

• Stock-market tickers—presented at the bottom of the TV

screen

• Shopping channel logos and pricing displays—bright

and shown constantly or repeatedly in the same location on
the TV screen.

P

LACEMENT OF THE TV

• To avoid cabinet warping, cabinet color changes, and
increased chance of set failure, do not place the TV where
temperatures can become excessively hot; for example, in
direct sunlight or near a heating appliance.

• Be sure to allow a free flow of air to and from the perforated
back cover of the set.

C

LEANING

• To avoid possible shock hazard, be sure the TV is unplugged
from the electrical outlet before cleaning.

• Regularly dust the TV with a dry, nonscratching duster to
keep the TV clean.

• When cleaning the TV, take care not to scratch or damage the
screen surface. Avoid wearing jewelry or using anything
abrasive. Do not use household cleaners. Wipe the front
screen with a clean cloth dampened with water. Use even,
easy, vertical strokes when cleaning.

• Gently wipe the cabinet surfaces with a clean cloth or sponge
dampened in a solution of cool, clear water and a mild soap
or detergent. Use a clean, dry cloth to dry the wiped surfaces.
Do not use acetone, toluene, or alcohol to clean the screen.

• Occasionally vacuum the ventilation holes or slots in the back
cover of the set.

• Never use thinners, insecticide sprays, or other chemicals on
or near the cabinet, as they might cause permanent marring
of the cabinet finish.

EN 36 LC03U3.

Directions for Use

I

NDEX

Cleaning and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Factory Service Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62-63

FM Radio Mode Controls

AutoSound™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Install Menu Controls

Auto Program Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Language Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Manual Store Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46-47

Name (FM Channel Label) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Sort Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46-47

Mode Select Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Screensaver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Sound Adjustment Controls

Audio Out Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

AVL (Auto Volume Leveler) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Balance Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Equalizer Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Incredible Surround Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Speaker Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Stereo Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Timer Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

HD Mode Controls

Block Channel Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

HD Installation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Mode Select Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Picture Adjustment Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Sound Adjustment Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

PC Mode Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-58

Registration Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

Safety/Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4

Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

Troubleshooting Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

TV Mode Controls

Active Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Audio Out Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

AutoChron™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

AutoLock Controls

Access Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

Block Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

Blocking Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

Clear All Blocked Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Movie Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Review Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

TV Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

Understanding the AutoLock™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

AutoSound™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Auto Program Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

AutoPicture™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

AVL (Auto Volume Leveler) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

Balance Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

Channel Edit (Add or Delete Channels) Control . . . . . . . . . .9

Closed Captioning Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Equalizer Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Incredible Surround Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

Language Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

Mode Select Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

Name (Channel Label) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Picture Adjustment Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Program List Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Remote Control Programming for Accessory Devices

Accessory Device Remote Control Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Code Entry Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42-44

Direct Access Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Search Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

SAP (Secondary Audio Programming) Control . . . . . . . . . .18

Sleeptimer Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

Stereo/Mono Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

Surf Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Timer Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

Tuner Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

TV Speaker Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Widescreen (Screen Format) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

F

ACTORYSERVICELOCATIONS

NOTE: If you reside in one of our Philips Factory Service Branch areas (see directory on back), you can contact the nearest Service Branch to obtain
efficient and expedient repair for your product. If your product is In-Warranty, you should have proof-of-purchase to ensure No Charge Service. For
Out-of-Warranty service, call the location nearest you.

NOTA: Si vous résidez dans une des régions desservies par une succursale de service après vente du fabricant Philips (voir liste ci-dessous), vous
pourrez contacter la branche de service après vente la plus près de chez vous pour obtenir un service après vente rapide et efficace. Si le produit est
sous garantie, il suffira de présenter une preuve d`achat pour bénéficier d'un service sans frais. Pour les produits non couverts par la garantie, con­tactez le centre le plus près de chez vous.

NOTA: Si Ud. reside en una de nuestras zonas para sucursales Philips de servicio al de fábrica (ver directorio más abajo), Ud. puede comunicarse con
la sucursal de servicio más cercana para obtener una reparación oportuna y eficaz de su producto. Si su producto está todavía bajo garantía, Ud.
debe presentar comprobante de compra para no ocasionar ningunos cargos por servicio. Para servicio después del vencimiento de la garantía, llame
al lugar más cercano de los abajo indicados.

How you can obtain efficient and expedient carry-in, mail-in, or in-home service for your product
Please contact Philips at 1-800-661-6162 (French speaking)

Comment obtenir le service après-vente pour les produits apportés ou envoyés par la poste à notre centre de service ou le service à domicile
Veuillez contacter philips á: 1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

Cómo recibir servicio efficiente para su producto, en persona, por correo o a domicillo
Favor de comunicarse con Philips al: 1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

Rev. GG - 11/20/2002

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglais ou Espagnol)

1-800-531-0039 (Inglés o Español))

In Canada

Au Canada

En el Canadá

Directions for Use

61

62

EN 37LC03U 3.

64

L

IMITEDWARRANTY

LCD COLOR TELEVISION

One Year Free Labor

One Year Free Replacement of Parts

This product must be carried in for service.

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to receive warranty service. A sales
receipt or other document showing that you purchased the product is
considered proof of purchase.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year
thereafter, all parts will be repaired or replaced free, and labor is free.

From one year from the day of purchase, all parts will be repaired or
replaced free, and for all labor charges. After one year from the day of
purchase, you pay for the replacement or repair of all parts, and for
all labor charges.

All parts, including repaired and replaced parts, are covered only for
the original warranty period. When the warranty on the product
expires, the warranty on all replaced and repaired parts also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

• labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of
customer controls on the product, and installation or repair of
antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, acci­dent, unauthorized repair or other cause not within the control of
Philips Consumer Electronics Company.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna
systems outside the unit.

• a product that requires modification or adaptation to enable it to
operate in any country other than the country for which it was
designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized, or repair of
products damaged by these modifications.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product.
(Some states do not allow the exclusion of incidental or consequen­tial damages, so the above exclusion may not apply to you. This
includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copy­righted or not copyrighted.)

• a product used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS SERVICE AVAILABLE?

Warranty service is available in all countries where the product is offi­cially distributed by Philips Consumer Electronics Company. In coun­tries where Philips Consumer Electronics Company does not distribute
the product, the local Philips service organization will attempt to pro­vide service (although there may be a delay if the appropriate spare
parts and technical manual(s) are not readily available).

MAKE SURE YOU KEEP...

Please keep your sales receipt or other document showing proof of
purchase. Attach it to this owner’s manual and keep both nearby.
Also keep the original box and packing material in case you need to
return your product.

BEFORE REQUESTING SERVICE...

Please check your owner’s manual before requesting service.
Adjustments of the controls discussed there may save you a service
call.

TO GET WARRANTY SERVICE IN U.S.A.,
PUERTO RICO OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact a Philips factory service center (see enclosed list) or author­ized service center to arrange repair.

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties,
including implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a partic­ular purpose, are limited in duration to the duration of this express
warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how
long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to
you.)

TO GET WARRANTY SERVICE IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 if calling from Canada (French speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No
other warranties are expressed or implied, including any implied war­ranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Philips is
not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special, inci­dental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notified
of the possibility of such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record the model and serial numbers found on the product
below. Also, please fill out and mail your warranty registration card
promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if necessary.

MODEL # ________________________________________________

SERIAL # ________________________________________________

This warranty gives you specific legal rights. You may have other rights which vary from state/province to state/province.

Philips Consumer Electronics, P.O. Box 520890, Miami, FL 33152, [phone]

Printed in China.

63

F

ACTORYSERVICELOCATIONS

Q

UALITY SERVICE IS AS CLOSE AS YOUR TELEPHONE

! S

IMPLY LOOK OVER THE LIST BELOW FOR THE NUMBER OF AFACTORYSERVICECENTER

NEAR YOU

. Y

OUR PRODUCT WILL RECEIVE EFFICIENT AND EXPEDIENT CARRY-IN,MAIL-IN,OR IN-HOME SERVICE,AND YOU WILL RECEIVE PEACE OF MIND

,

KNOWING YOUR PRODUCT IS BEING GIVEN THE EXPERT ATTENTION OFPHILIPS

’ F

ACTORYSERVICE

.

COMMENT OBTENIR NOTRE SERVICE APRÈS VENTE RAPIDE ET EFFICACE SOIT PAR COURRIER, À DOMICILE, OU EN SE PRÉSENTANT À UN CENTRE DE SERVICE PHILIPS. PLUS DE 600 CENTRES DE

RÉCEPTION DE PRODUITS À RÉPARER À TRAVERS LE PAYS: CONTACTER LE CENTRE DE SERVICE AUX CONSOMMATEURS LE PLUS PROCHE POUR SAVOIR L’EMPLACEMENT DE CES DÉPÔTS DANS

UN RAYON DE 50 À 75 MILES (80 KM À 120 KM) DU CENTRE DE SERVICE LOCAL.

CÓMO OBTENER UN SERVICIO OPORTUNO Y EFICIENTE POR CORREO, EN CASA O EN PERSONA PARA SU PRODUCTO A TRAVÉS DE UN CENTRO PHILIPS DE SERVICIO. MAS DE 600 SITIOS POR

TODO EL PAIS PARA LA RECEPCION DE PRODUCTOS NECESITADOS DE REPARACIONES: COMUNICARSE CON EL CENTRO DE SERVICIO DE FABRICA MAS CERCANO PARA ESTOS LUGARES DENTRO

DE UN RADIO DE 80 A 120 KM (50 A 75 MILLAS) DEL CENTRO DE SERVICIO LOCAL.

ATLANTA

Philips Factory Service
550 Franklin Road., Suite F
Marietta, GA 30067
800-273-1501

TAMPA

Philips Factory Service
1911 US Highway 301 North, Suite 100
Tampa, FL 33619
800-442-2027

SAN FRANCISCO

Philips Factory Service
681 East Brokaw Rd.
San Jose, CA 95112
800-300-9013

HOUSTON

Philips Factory Service
1110 N. Post Oak Rd., Suite 100
Houston, TX 77055
800-952-3254

CLEVELAND

Philips Factory Service
950 Keynote Circle
Brooklyn Heights, OH 44131
800-331-7037

DETROIT

Philips Factory Service
25173 Dequindre
Madison Heights, MI 48071
800-438-1398

DALLAS

Philips Factory Service
415 N. Main Street, #107
Euless, TX 76040
800-952-3254

LOS ANGELES

Philips Factory Service
20930 Bonita, Ste. V
Carson, CA 90746
800-300-9013

CHICAGO

Philips Factory Service
1279 W. Hamilton Pkwy.
Itasca, IL 60143
800-531-2922

KNOXVILLE

Philips Factory Service
One Philips Drive
Knoxville, TN 37914
800-821-1767

PHILADELPHIA

Philips Factory Service
352 Dunks Ferry Rd.
Bensalem, PA 19020
800-847-9320

EN 38 LC03U3.

Directions for Use

4. Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter:

1. Service Position

2. Stand Removal

3. Rear Cover Removal

4. Shield Removal

5. I/O Assy Removal

6. LED/Remote Control Board Removal

7. TV Board Removal

8. Scaler Board Removal

9. Inverter Board Removal

10. Top Control Assy Removal

11. LCD Panel Removal

12. Re-assembly

Note: Figures below can deviate from the actual situation, due
to different set executions.

Mechanical Instructions

EN 39LC03U 4.

4.1 Service Position

First, put the TV in its service position. Therefore place it upside
down on a tabletop (use a protection sheet or a foam cushion).
Take care that this is flat and free from obstacles like screws,
to prevent damaging the fragile LCD screen.
ESD protective service buffers, as shown below, can be used
(3122 785 90580).

Figure 4-1 ESD protective service buffers

4.2 Stand Removal

4.2.1 For 15/17 inch model

Use a Torx screwdriver to remove the stand from the backside
of the monitor housing by unscrewing and removing the four
M4x12 mounting screws and next, take away the stand.

Figure 4-2 TV stand removal 15”/17” model

4.2.2 For 23 inch model

1. Use a Torx screwdriver to remove the stand from the
backside of the monitor housing by unscrewing the four
M4x12 mounting screws.

2. Remove the four mounting screws out of their mounting
holes.

3. First push the stand in horizontal direction to the monitor
bottom side, then lift the stand and take it away.

Figure 4-3 TV stand removal 23” model

4.3 Rear Cover Removal

4.3.1 For 15/17 inch model

Manually unlock and remove both corner cover caps.

CL 36532044_001.eps

160503

EN 40 LC03U4.

Figure 4-4 TV rear cover removal 15”/17” model

Continue with the paragraph 4.3.3.

4.3.2 For 23 inch model

Manually unlock and remove the IO connector cover cap.

Mechanical Instructions

Figure 4-7 Bottom side connector plate

• Use a 5 mm socket screwdriver to remove both connector
distance bolts from the “PC input / VGA-in” socket.

• Remove all shield mounting screws.

Connector cover cap

Figure 4-5 TV rear cover removal 23” model

Continue with the paragraph 4.3.3.

4.3.3 For all models

1. Make sure all power-, audio-, video- and coax- cables are
unplugged.

2. Remove the five Torx screws securing the monitor rear
cover.

3. Carefully remove the rear cover and store it on a safe
place.

4.4 Shield Removal

• Remove, at the “TV-panel plug side”, the mounting screw
between the cinch sockets.

• Remove the connector plate.

CL 36532044_002.eps

160503

Figure 4-8 Shield with mounting screws

• Bend, at the “TV-panel plug side”, the thin metal
electrostatic shield away from the sockets, so the complete
shield can be lifted later on.

Electrostatic shield

CL 36532044_007.eps

Figure 4-9 Shielding

• Unlock the shield by carefully moving it a few millimetres to
the bottom side of the monitor. The topside of the shield
has to detach from underneath the two lock clamps, which
secure the shield at topside. Carefully lift the shield with
respect for the cables and/or connector sockets. Take out
the shield and store it on a safe place.

031003

Figure 4-6 Connector plate mounting screw

• Unscrew, at the bottom side, the connector plate screw and
remove this plate.

Mechanical Instructions

EN 41LC03U 4.

4.5 I/O Removal

4.5.1 Side I/O assy removal for 15/17 inch model

Figure 4-10 Side I/O assy removal for 15”/17” model

1. Disconnect the cable connector [0240] from the side I/O
assy.

2. Unlock this unit by shifting it one centimetre to the outside
direction of the monitor.

3. Take out this side I/O assy.

To completely remove the Front LED panel incl. Lens), remove
the assy screw.

4.7 TV Board Removal

4.7.1 For 15 /17inch model

Disconnect all five TV board connectors out of the regarding
sockets [3225], [1234], [1231], [1902], and [1732].
Continue with the paragraph 4.7.3.

4.7.2 For 23 inch model

Disconnect all six TV board connectors out of the regarding
sockets [3225], [1233], [1231], [1902], [1732] and [1734].
Continue with the paragraph 4.7.3.

4.7.3 For all models

1. Pull the thin flat cable out of its special shaped connector,
[1010].

2. Unscrew and remove the three TV board mounting screws.

3. Take out the TV board.

4.5.2 Side I/O assy removal for 23 inch model

Side I/O Assy

Figure 4-11 Side I/O assy removal for 23” model

1. Disconnect the cable connector [0240] from the
side I/O assy.

2. Unlock this unit by pushing it one centimetre in horizontal
direction (to bottom side) of the monitor.

3. Take out this side I/O assy.

4.6 Front LED Panel Removal

CL 36532044_008.eps

021003

CL 36532044_012.eps

160503

Figure 4-12 TV board

Note: Sometimes it is necessary to place the TV board in its

service position, for easy signal measuring. See picture below.

4.6.1 Only for the 23 inch model

To gain access to the Front LED panel unscrew and remove
the three mounting screws from the loudspeaker box covering
the panel. Release cables and take out the loudspeaker box.
Continue with the paragraph 4.6.2.

4.6.2 For all models

Unlock the transparent securing clip, which holds the Front
LED panel in place, and take out the Front LED panel. (See
previous figure: “Side IO assy removal for 15”/17” model).

CL 36532044_010.eps

CL 36532044_010.eps

Figure 4-13 TV board in service position

160503

160503

EN 42 LC03U4.

4.8 Scaler Board Removal

Mechanical Instructions

1. Carefully disconnect the cable connector in the centre of

the Scaler board [1506]. Take care not to damage the
fragile cables.

2. Disconnect the cable connectors at the edge of the Scaler
board [1402] and [1003].

3. Pull the thin flat cable out of its special shaped connector
[1681].

4. Unscrew and remove two Scaler board mounting screws.

5. Take out the Scaler board.

CL 36532044_013.eps

Figure 4-14 Scaler board

160503

2

1

Heat sink

CL 36532044_014.eps

Figure 4-16 Heat sink Removal

4.9 Inverter Board Removal (only for 15/17 inch model)

Note: The Inverter board is available in two versions: one

model for TN-displays and another model for IPS-displays. The
(dis)assembly procedure is the same for both versions.

1. Disconnect the cable from the Inverter board.

2. Disconnect at top and bottom side all the black/white and

pink cable connectors.

3. Use a pair of pliers to bend the metal securing clamp in

such a way that the Inverter board can be taken out.

4. Remove the Inverter board and store it on a safe place.

160503

Note: Sometimes it is necessary to place the Scaler board in a
service position. In this case it is necessary to use the specific
“Repair kit scaler board” including two extra long cables (order
nr. 3122 785 90490).

CL 36532044_011.eps

Figure 4-15 Scaler board in service position

Important: Video converter chip heat sink.

1. Before you de-solder the video converter chip SAA7118
from the board, the heat sink must be removed from the
chip. Use a pair of pliers to remove the heat sink by means
of a twist- and pull movement (see figure). Store the heat
sink on a safe place, adhesive side up!

2. Place the self-adhesive heat sink back in place after the
chip exchange action has been finished.

160503

Figure 4-17 Inverter board

4.10 Top Control Assy Removal

1. Remove the cable from the Top control assy [1500].

2. Remove both mounting screws that secure the Top control

assy to the monitor frame.

3. Take out the Top control assy.

Mounting screw(2x)

Figure 4-18 Top control assy

CL 36532044_015.eps

160503

Mechanical Instructions

EN 43LC03U 4.

4.11 LCD Panel Removal

4.11.1 For 15 /17 inch model

Note: the LCD Panel is available in two versions: a TN-display
and an IPS-display. The (dis)assembly procedure is the same
for both versions.

1. Unscrew and remove the four LCD frame mounting
screws, which secure the panel frame to the monitor front.

2. Disconnect at both sides the speaker cable plugs and
remove the speaker cable assy.

3. Lift and take out the LCD panel (including its frame).

Figure 4-19 LCD frame mounting screws 15”/17” model

2. Unscrew the four screws, securing the panel frame to the
LCD panel (see figures: “LCD panel mounting screws”).

3. Take off the panel frame while leading the panel connector
through the access hole in the frame

Figure 4-21 LCD panel mounting screws 15”/17” model

LCD frame screws (4x)

Continue with the paragraph 4.11.3

4.11.2 For 23 inch model

1. To gain access to whole LCD panel, unscrew and remove
the mounting screws from both Loudspeaker boxes.
Release cables and take out both Loudspeaker boxes.
Note: Avoid unscrewing screws from the Loudspeaker
boxes sockets, if you don’t want to disassemble the
Loudspeaker boxes.

2. Unscrew and remove the eight LCD frame mounting
screws, which secure the panel frame to the monitor front.

3. Lift and take out the LCD panel (including its frame).

CL 36532044_016.eps

160503

Figure 4-22 LCD panel mounting screws 23” model

4.12 Re-Assembly

To re-assemble the whole set, do all processes in reverse
order.

Notes:

• When you secure the panel frame (with the LCD panel) in
the monitor front, do not mount the fifth screw in the middle
of the bottom side. You will need this screw position for
mounting the TV rear cover.

• Take extra care when fixing the connector bracket screw.
You can easily damage the TV board when you use too
much force.

• Do not forget to re-place the ground cable of the Scaler
board when mounting the screw at topside.

• Take extra care when reconnecting the Inverter board
backlight connectors (black/white/pink). Connect them
properly to avoid “high voltage sparking”

CL 36532044_017.eps

011003

Figure 4-20 LCD frame mounting screws 23” model

Continue with the paragraph 4.11.3

4.11.3 For all models

1. Remove the plastic monitor front from the protection sheet
and place the LCD panel, including the panel frame, back
on the protection sheet or foam cushion. Make sure again
that there are no screws or other parts left behind on the
protection sheet, that can damage the fragile panel screen
surface.

EN 44 LC03U5.

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

5. Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

Index of this chapter:

1. Test Points

2. Service Modes

3. Errors

4. The “Blinking LED” Procedure

5. ComPair

6. Trouble Shooting Tips

5.1 Test Points

This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing.
In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box
around Fxxx or Ixxx. On the PCB, test points are specifically
mentioned in the service manual as “half moons” with a dot in
the centre.

Measurements are performed under the following conditions:

• Video: colour bar signal.

• Audio: 3kHz left, 1kHz right.

5.2 Service Modes

SDM Menu

TYPE: 17PF9945/37 HRS:0029
SWID: LC03U21-1.11 S317 1.03
ERR : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OPT : 79 254 14 56 128 000

Figure 5-1 SDM Menu

Deactivating SDM:

• Press the “EXIT”-button on the DST, or

• Press 0-0 on the standard RC, or

• Switch the set to Standby (the error buffer is NOT cleared).

SDM

CL 36532037_010.eps

280403

5.2.1 Limited DST Support

This chassis does still have some limited Dealer Service Tool
(DST) support, although this remote is not for sale anymore.
The set can be put in two service modes via the DST (RC7150).
These are the Service Default Mode (SDM) and the Service
Alignment Mode (SAM).

Installation Features Dealer

For easy installation and diagnosis the DST can be used.
When there is no picture (to access the error code buffer via the
OSD), DST can enable the functionality of displaying the
contents of the entire error code buffer via the blinking LED
procedure.

5.2.2 Service Default Mode (SDM)

Purpose of SDM:

• To provide a situation with predefined settings to get the
same measurements as in this manual.

• To start the “Blinking LED” procedure.

• To have the possibility to override the 5V protection

Activating SDM:

• By transmitting the "DEFAULT" command with the RC7150
Dealer Service Tool (this works both while the set is in
normal operation mode or in the SAM).

• Standard RC sequence 0-6-2-5-9-6 followed by pressing
the “MENU”-button (this works both while the set is in
normal operation mode or in the SAM).

• By shorting pins 5 and 6 of connector 1170 of LED/RC
panel. Then apply DC supply from the AC-DC adaptor (not
required to remove the metal shielding).

Note: By temporarily shorting pins 5 and 6 of connector 1170
and then applying DC supply from the AC-DC adaptor, the 5V
protection is disabled.
Caution: Overriding the 5V protection should only be used for
a short period of time. In case of S/W protections (error 4) the
set will shutdown after 15 sec.

For recognition, “SDM” is displayed at the upper right corner of
the screen.

Note: When the mains power is switched off while the set is in
SDM, the set will switch to SDM immediately when the mains
is switched on again.

The SDM sets the following pre-defined conditions:

• PAL/SECAM sets: tuning at 475.25 MHz PAL.

• NTSC sets: tuning at channel 3 (61.25 MHz).

• Volume level is set to 25% (of the maximum volume level).

Other picture and sound settings are set to 50%.

The following functions are switched off in SDM (and after
leaving SDM):

• Timer.

• Sleep timer.

The following functions are disabled during SDM (and enabled
after leaving SDM)

• Parental lock.

• Blue mute.

• Hospitality Mode.

• No-ident Timer (normally the set is automatically switched

off when no video signal (IDENT) was received for 15
minutes).

All other controls operate normally.

Special Functions SDM

Access to normal user menu

Pressing the “MENU” button on the remote control switches
between the SDM and the normal user menus (with the SDM
mode still active in the background).

Channel search

Pressing the “P+” button of the remote control will select the
next available channel in the preset list.

Type nr, Error buffer, etc

Pressing the “OSD” or “info+” button of the remote control
shows/hides the type nr, error buffer, SW ID, Hours and option
codes. OSD can be hidden to prevent interference with
waveform measurements.

Access to SAM

By pressing 0-6-2-5-9-6 “info+” (or OSD) in sequence on the
standard RC will switch from SDM to SAM.

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

EN 45LC03U 5.

5.2.3 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

Purpose of SAM:

• To do alignments.

• To change option settings.

• To display/clear the error code buffer values.

Activating SAM:

• By transmitting the "ALIGN" command with the RC7150
Dealer Service Tool (this works both while the set is in
normal operation mode or in the SDM).

• Standard RC sequence 0-6-2-5-9-6 followed by pressing
the “STATUS”-button (this works both while the set is in
normal operation mode or in the SDM).

Deactivating SAM:

• Press the “EXIT”-button on the DST, or

• Press 0-0 on the standard RC, or

• Switch the set to Standby (the error buffer is NOT cleared).

•

Note: When the AC-DC adaptor power is switched off while the
set is in SAM, the set will go back to normal mode of operation
when the AC-DC adaptor is switched on again.

In SAM the following information is displayed on the screen:

SAM Menu

TYPE: 17PF9945/37 HRS:0029
SWID: LC03U21-1.11 S317 1.03
ERR : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OPT : 79 254 14 56 128 000

CLEAR ERRORS
OPTIONS

TUNER
WHITE TONE
GEOMETRY
SMART SETTING

Figure 5-2 SDM Menu

• Operation hours timer (hexadecimal).

• Software identification of the main micro controller of TV-

board (LC03BBC-X.YY), and (S3DD E.FF) is the software
identification for micro-P of Scaler board:
– LC03 is the chassis name for LCD-TV launched in

2003.

– BBC is 1 letter and 2 digit combination to indicate the

regional software type and the supported languages.

– X = main version number.
– YY= subversion number.
– S3 = Scalar board used in 2003.
– DD = screen size of the LCD panel.
– E = main version number.
– FF = subversion number.

• Error buffer (7 errors possible).

• Option bytes (8 codes possible), summary of options are

explained below.

• Sub menus are listed in a scroll-menu.

SAM

CL 36532037_011.eps

280403

• To return to the main menu / previous menu, press “MENU”
keys on the remote control

Access to Normal User Menu

Pressing the “MENU” button on the remote control switches
between the SAM and the normal user menus (with the SAM
mode still active in the background). Pressing the “MENU” key
in a submenu will go to the previous menu.

Menus and Submenus

CLEAR ERRORS: Erasing the contents of the error buffer.
Select the CLEAR ERRORS menu item and press the MENU
RIGHT key. The content of the error buffer is cleared.

The functionality of the OPTIONS and ALIGNMENTS (TUNER,
WHITE TONE, GEOMETRY, SOUND and SMART SETTING)
sub menus are described in chapter 8.

5.2.4 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

This chassis is equipped with the “Customer Service Mode”
(CSM, like in the A10-chassis). CSM is a special service mode
that can be activated and deactivated by the customer, upon
request of the service technician/dealer during a telephone
conversation in order to identify the status of the set. This CSM
is a 'read only' mode therefore modifications in this mode are
not possible.

Activating Customer Service Mode.

The Customer Service Mode can be switched on:

• By pressing RC button is sequence “1-2-3-6-5-4” or,

• By pressing simultaneously the MUTE button on the

remote control and any key on the TV control buttons (P+,
P-, VOL +, VOL -) for at least 4 seconds.

When the CSM is activated:

• Picture and sound settings are set to nominal levels.

• Modes that interfere with the behaviour of the set are

switched off (sleep timer, auto standby, etc.).

• Pressing cursor DOWN “v” on the RC will switch to CSM2
screen if it is in CSM1 screen. Likewise pressing cursor UP
“^” will switch to previous CSM1 screen.

• Pressing “P+” or “P-“ on RC will select next available
channel to be displayed.

• Pressing channel numeric keys on RC will select the
desired channel to be displayed.

Deactivating Customer Service Mode.

The Customer Service Mode will be switched off after:
– Pressing any key on the remote control handset (except

“P+”, “P-” and cursor up/down)

– Switching off the TV set with the mains switch.

All settings that were changed during activation of CSM are
restored to the initial values.

Customer Service Mode Information Screen

After activating the Customer Service Mode the following
screen will appear.

SAM Menu Control

Menu items can be selected with the cursor UP/DOWN key.
The selected item will be highlighted. When not all menu items
fit on the screen, moving the cursor UP/DOWN will display the
next/previous menu items.
With the cursor LEFT “<” / RIGHT “>” keys, it is possible to:

• Activate the selected menu item (e.g. GEOMETRY).

• Change the value of the selected menu item (e.g.

HOR.SHIFT).

• Activate the selected submenu (e.g. ASBY ON/OFF).

EN 46 LC03U5.

1 TYPE: 17PF9945/37 HRS:0029 CSM1
2 SWID: LC03U21-1.11 S317 1.03
3 ERR : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 OPT : 79 254 14 56 128 000
5
6
7 NO SIGNAL
8 TIMER ON
9 CHANNEL BLOCKED
10 NOT PREFERRED

11 SOURCE : EXT1
12 SOUND : MONO
13 VOLUME : 26
14 BALANCE: 1
15 COLOUR : 50

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

CL 36532037_012.eps

Figure 5-3 CSM 1

The Customer Service Menu (CSM1) shows the following
information:

• Line 1: “TYPE: 99XX9999/99XHRS: nnnn”. TYPE: type­version/model of the set (i.e. 17PF9945/12). HRS:
Hexadecimal counter of operating hours. (Standby hours
are counted as operating hours).

• Line 2: “SWID: AAAABBC-X.YYS3DDE.FF”. SWID:
(Software identification of the main micro controller on TV­Board and Scaler board) See paragraph “Service
Alignment Mode (SAM)”. Details on available software
versions can be found in the chapter “Software Survey” of
the publication “Product Survey - Colour Television”.

• Line 3: “CODES: xx xx xx xx xx xx xx ”. Error code buffer
(see paragraph “Errors”). Displays the last 7 errors of the
error code buffer.

• Line 4: “OPT xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx”. Option
bytes. Option bits control the software and hardware
functionality of the chassis. An option byte or option
number represents 8 of those bits. Each option number is
displayed as a decimal number between 0 and 255. The
set may not work correctly when an incorrect option code
is set. See chapter 8 for more information on correct option
settings

• Line 6: “SYSTEM: BLANK (not applicable to NAFTA.
Default is NTSC)

• Line 7: “NO SIGNAL”. Indicates that the set is not receiving
an “ident” signal on the selected source.
– No or bad antenna signal; connect a proper antenna

signal

– Antenna not connected; connect the antenna
– No channel / preset is stored at this program number;

go to the INSTALL menu and store a proper channel at
this program number

– The tuner is faulty (in this case the CODES line will

contain number 13); check the tuner and replace/repair
if necessary

Note: On some models, BLUE MUTE is displayed (if the BM
option is ON) when no signal is received.

• Line 8: “TIMER ON”. Indicates that the sleep timer is
activated. Complaints that may be caused by the activation
of the sleep timer.

• Line 9: “CHANNEL BLOCKED”. Indicates that one or more
channels are locked except the selected channel.
Complaints that may be caused by locked channels:
– TV cannot be switched on from standby with the local

keyboard buttons.

– “P+” and “P-“ buttons on local keyboard do not

function.

To disable the LOCK feature:

1. Select ”FEATURE” menu (with the Remote Control).

2. Select “LOCK” (with the RC).

3. Set to “OFF”.

4. Line 10: “NOT PREFERRED”. Indicates that the current

channel is not in the preferred channel list (by default, all
channels are skipped. A channel can be added as a
selected channel to the list of preferred channels:

280403

1. Select “INSTALL” menu.

2. Select “CHANNEL EDIT”.

3. Select “ADD/DELETE”.

4. Set to “ADD” with the left/right cursor keys

5. Line 11: “SOURCE”. Indicates which SOURCE is installed

for this preset: EXT1, SVHS2, EXT2, or Tuner.

6. Line 12: “SOUND”. Indicates which sound mode is installed
for this preset: Mono, NICAM, Stereo, L1, L2, SAP, Virtual,
or Digital.

7. Line 13: “VOLUME”. Value indicates level at entry CSM.

8. Line 14: “BALANCE”. Value indicates level at entry CSM.

9. Line 15: “COLOUR”. Value indicates level at entry CSM.

1 TYPE: 17PF9945/37 HRS:0029 CSM2
2 SWID: LC03U21-1.11 S317 1.03
3 ERR : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 OPT : 79 254 14 56 128 000
5
6 BRIGHTNESS: 50
7 CONTRAST : 56
8 HUE : 50
9
10

11
12
13
14
15

Figure 5-4 CSM 2

The next Customer Service Menu (CSM2) shows the following
information:

• Line 6: “BRIGHTNESS”. Value indicates level at entry
CSM.

• Line 7: “CONTRAST”. Value indicates level at entry CSM.

• Line 8: “HUE”. Value indicates level at entry CSM.

• Line 9: “HOTEL MODE ON”. Indicates that the Hotel mode

has been activated.

5.3 Errors

5.3.1 Error code buffer

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last
time the buffer was erased. The buffer is written from left to
right. When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code
buffer, the error is written at the left side and all other errors
shift one position to the right.

The error code buffer will be cleared in the following cases:

– By activating the CLEAR ERRORS function in SAM menu.
– By transmitting 0-6-2-5-9-9 with the normal RC.
– By transmitting the commands “DIAGNOSE 99 OK” with

the DST (RC7150) or with ComPair.

– Automatically reset if its contents has not changed for 50

hours.

By leaving SDM or SAM with the mains switch, the error buffer
is not reset.

Examples:
ERROR: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 : No errors detected
ERROR: 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 : Error code 6 is the last and only
detected error
ERROR: 9 6 0 0 0 0 0 : Error code 6 was first detected and error
code 9 is the last detected (newest) error

The contents of the error buffer can also be made visible
through the “blinking LED” procedure. This is especially useful
when there is no picture. See paragraph 5.4 “The blinking LED
procedure “.

CL 36532037_013.eps

280403

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

EN 47LC03U 5.

5.3.2 Error codes

In case of non-intermittent faults, clear the error buffer before
starting the repair, to prevent that “old” error codes are present
(it is wise to write down the content of the error buffer before
you clear it). If possible check the entire content of the error
buffers. In some situations an error code is only the result of
another error code (and not the actual cause).
Note: a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead
to a protection.

Table 5-1 Error codes

Error

Error description Possible defective

code

0 No error detected - ---­1-3 Reserved
4 5V protection active IC7930 or +5V I2C

5 Reserved
6 General I2C bus er-

ror
7 Reserved
8 BOCMA I2C error IC 7301 A4
9 BOCMA 8V supply

failure
10 NVM I2C error IC 7066 A1
11 NVM identification

failure
12 uProcessor internal

RAM test failure
13 Tuner I2C error IC 1100 - UR13xx A3
14 Sound processor

I2C error
15 SRAM I2C error IC 7070 A2
16 Reserved
17# 3D CF processor

I2C error
18-20 Reserved
21 Scaler protection

active
22 Scaler protection

active
23 Scaler protection

active
24* HDTV decoder I2C

error
25 Scaler protection

active
26 Reserved
27 Scaler protection

active
28 Scaler protection

active
29 Scaler uP I2C error IC 7753 or IC 7064 C8, A1
* = Not applicable to Europe execution# = Only for NAFTA

23" execution

components

devices

I2C bus s/c or o/c

IC 7910 or IC7301 A4, A10

IC 7066 A1

IC 7064 A1

IC 7620 (MSP34xx) A8

IC 7823 B

IC 7402 C4

IC 7351 C9

IC 7302 C3

IC 7252 C10

IC 7752 C8

IC 7471 C6

IC 7472 C6

Dia­gram

A3, A8,
A10

When none of these devices responds to the micro
controller for a prolonged time, the micro controller
assumes that there is a failure in the 5V supply. By starting
up the set with the service jumpers shorted, the 5V
protection is disabled and it is easier to determine the
cause. +5V protection will be activated when these I2C
devices fail (no I2C communication):

– Main Tuner 1100 (diagram A3)
– ITT sound processor MSP34xx IC-7620 (diagram A8)

Service tips: To isolate the problem area after overriding the
+5V protection, determine whether:

1. The +5V source is working properly IC7930 (diagram A10)

2. ITT sound processor circuit is loading the +5V; isolate coil

5620 (diagram A8)

3. The audio delay IC 7601 - IC7605 is loading the +5V
source; isolate coil 5601 (diagram A7)

4. Main tuner circuit is loading the +5V source; isolate coil
5122 (diagram A3)

Caution: Overriding the 5V protection when there is a 5V
failure can increase the temperature in the set and may cause
permanent damage to components. Do not override the 5V
protection for a prolonged time.

• Error 6 = General I2C error. This will occur in the following
cases:

– SCL or SDA is shorted to ground
– SCL is shorted to SDA
– SDA or SCL connection at the micro controller is open

circuit.

• Error 8 = BOCMA IC TDA888xx (diagram A4) I2C
communication failure. BOCMA (IC7301 on TV board) is
corrupted or the I2C line to the BOCMA is low or no supply
voltage present at pin 14 (3V3) or no supply voltage at pin

23.

• Error 9 = BOCMA IC TDA888xx 8V failure (SUP bit). No
supply voltage at pin 53. Check coil 5302.

• Error 10 = NVM I2C error (diagram A1). NVM (EEPROM ­IC7066) does not respond to the micro controller.

• Error 11 = Micro controller / NV Memory identification error.
During the last start-up the NVM and the micro controller
did not recognize each other (e.g. one of them was
replaced or the NVM memory has been changed/adapted
or lost), therefore the NVM was loaded with default values.

• Error 12 = Microprocessor (Painter - IC 7064) internal RAM
test failure.

• Error 13 =Main Tuner I2C failure UR13xx. Tuner (item
1100, diagram A3) is corrupted or the I2C line to the tuner
is low or no supply voltage at pin 3, pin 6 or 7 of the tuner.

• Error 14 =Sound processor I2C error IC7620 (MSP34xx,
diagram A8). Sound controller does not respond to the
micro controller.

• Error 15 =SRAM IC CY7C1019 test failure (IC7070,
diagram A2).
Note: Only for Europe and AP-PAL execution.

• Error 17 =3D Comb filter IC D64083GF test failure (IC7823,
diagram B).
Note: Only for NAFTA 23” execution.

Scaler Board

When the TV detects critical errors from the Scaler board, it will
shutdown into protection mode. After a short period of time, the
LED will blink according to the respective error codes.

TV-Board

Errors

• Error 0 = No error

• Error 4 = +5V protection. 5V protection active; set is

switched to protection; error code 4 is placed in the error
buffer; the LED will blink 4 times (repeatedly). A 5V failure
can cause a drop in the 5V supply output, resulting in an
undefined behaviour of the set. Therefore, all I2C devices
connected to the 5V supply are constantly monitored.

Protection errors:

• Error 21 = JagASM processor test failure (IC7402, diagram
C4). During start-up of set, the Scaler will do a quick test by
writing data to selective addresses and reading back the
data. If the core supply voltage is too low or data line is
broken, this error protection will be activated. Under these
circumstances, check:

– Core supply of 2V5 to VDD pins of JagASM IC.
– Clock pulse present at pin 3 of OSC generator item

1401 (diagram C4).

EN 48 LC03U5.

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

• Error 22 = Video formatter/converter I2C error IC7351

(GENESIS FLI2300, diagram C9).

• Error 23 = Video decoder I2C error IC7302 (Philips
SAA7118E, diagram C3).
Note: BGA IC fixed with a heat sink (see chapter 4 how to
remove).

• Error 25 = NVM I2C error (diagram C8). NV memory
(EEPROM - IC7752) does not respond to Scaler micro
controller.

• Error 27 = SRAM IC MT48LC2M32B2TG test failure
(IC7471, diagram C6).

• Error 28 = SRAM IC MT48LC2M32B2TG test failure
(IC7472, diagram C6).

Non-Protection errors:

• Error 24 = HDTV decoder I2C error IC7252 (AD9883,
diagram C10).
Note: This error is NOT applicable to Europe execution.

• Error 29 = TV uP IC7064 (diagram A1) and Scaler uP
IC7753 (diagram C8) I2C communication failure. When this
error occurred, there is no display on screen. In order to
read this error code, either activate SDM or press “062501”
to read out the error code by blinking LED. Alternatively,
read the error codes out by using ComPair.

5.4 The “Blinking LED” procedure

The contents of the error buffer can also be made visible
through the “Blinking LED” procedure. This is especially useful
when there is no picture.

When the SDM is entered, the LED will blink the contents of the
error-buffer. Error-codes ≥ 10 are shown by a long blink of
750msec, which is an indication of the decimal digit, followed
by a pause of 1500msec. followed by n short blinks. When all
the error-codes are displayed, the sequence is finished with a
LED display of 3 seconds. The sequence starts again.

Example:

Error code position: 1 2 3 4 5
Error buffer: 12 9 6 0 0
This gives after activating SDM: 1 long blink of 750msec +
pause of 1500msec + 2 short blinks - pause of 3 s - 9 short
blinks - pause of 3 s - 6 short blinks - pause of 3 s - long blink
of 3 s - etc.

Note: If errors 1, 2 or 4 occur, the LED always blinks the last
occurred error, even if the set is not in service mode.

Another method of reading out a single error code is to use a
standard RC or a DST.

• Standard RC - Press “0-6-2-5-0-x” in sequence, to read
(blinking LED) out a respective error code in the error
buffer, where x = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7.

• DST: Press “Diagnose” “x” “OK” to read (blinking LED) out
a respective error code in the error buffer, where x = 1, 2,
3, 4, 5, 6, or 7.

do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself
because ComPair takes care of this.
ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically
communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is
working) and all repair information is directly available. When
ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic
manual of the defective chassis, schematics and PWBs are
only a mouse click away.

5.5.2 Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program
and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product.
The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial
or RS232 cable.

The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the
problem of the defective television. ComPair can gather
diagnostic information in two ways:

• Automatic (by communication with the television):
ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the
entire error buffer. Diagnosis is done on I2C level. ComPair
can access the I2C bus of the television. ComPair can
send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of
the television. In this way, it is possible for ComPair to
communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C
busses of the TV-set.

• Manually (by asking questions to you): Automatic
diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the
television is working correctly and only to a certain extend.
When this is not the case, ComPair will guide you through
the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (e.g. Does the

screen show a picture? Click on the correct answer: YES /
NO) and showing you examples (e.g. Measure test-point I7
and click on the correct waveform you see on the
oscilloscope). You can answer by clicking on a link (e.g.

text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next
step in the faultfinding process.

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive
question / answer procedure, ComPair will enable you to find
most problems in a fast and effective way.

Beside fault finding, ComPair provides some additional
features like:

• Up- or downloading of pre-sets.

• Managing of pre-set lists.

• Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST).

• If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed, all the schematics and the PWBs of
the set are available by clicking on the appropriate
hyperlink. Example: Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor
C2568 (Schematic/Panel) at the Mono-carrier.
– Click on the 'Panel' hyperlink to automatically show the

PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568.

– Click on the 'Schematic' hyperlink to automatically

show the position of the highlighted capacitor.

5.5.3 How To Connect

5.5 ComPair

5.5.1 Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips
Consumer Electronics products. ComPair is a further
development on the European DST (Dealer Service Tool),
which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics. ComPair
has three big advantages:
ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how to
repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically
through the repair procedures.
ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is
therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas. You

1. First, install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick
Reference Card for installation instructions).

2. Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial
(COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with
'PC') of the ComPair interface.

3. Connect the mains adapter to the supply connector
(marked with 'POWER 9V DC') of the ComPair interface.

4. Switch the ComPair interface 'OFF'.

5. Switch the television set 'OFF' with the mains switch.

6. Connect the ComPair interface cable between the

connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface
(marked with 'I2C') and the ComPair connector inside the
TV (the ComPair connector (pos.nr.1111) is situated close
to the tuner on the TV Board, see Chassis Overview in
chapter 1).

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

EN 49LC03U 5.

7. Plug the mains adapter in a mains outlet, and switch the
interface 'ON'. The green and red LEDs light up together.
The red LED extinguishes after approx. 1 second while the
green LED remains lit.

8. Start the ComPair program and read the 'Introduction'
chapter.

LCD PANEL

To LCD

Speaker assy R

To Inverter

ComPair

SERVICE

CONNECTOR

PC VCR I2CPower

9V DC

Figure 5-5 ComPair Interface connection

5.5.4 How To Order

ComPair order codes (for US only):

• ComPair Software: ST4191

• ComPair Interface Box: 4822 727 21631

• AC Adapter: T405-ND

• ComPair Quick Start Guide: ST4190

Note: If you encounter any problems, contact your local
support desk

5.6 Trouble Shooting Tips

5.6.1 Scaler/TV Board Power Supply Problems

In this paragraph some troubleshooting steps for checking the
power supply of the Scaler-board and TV-board circuitry are
described.

• Measure across pin-1 and pin-4 of connector 1003
(diagram C1). +12V (15” and 17”) or +24V (23”) should be
present. If the voltage is not present, probably is caused
by:

– AC to DC adaptor is defect.
– Short circuit in TV-board (can be isolated by connector

1003).

– Fuse 1002 is open circuit.

• Measure across C2923 (diagram A10). +3V3 should be

present. If not present, probably this is caused by:

– IC7920 is defective.
– R3925 is defective.
– The power supply circuit (diagram C1) is defective (see

Scaler-board circuit trouble shooting tips).

• Measure R3017 or R3085 (diagram A1) with oscilloscope.
There should be I2C activity. If no activity is present, this
probably is caused by:

– IC 7064 micro-P is defective.
– The I2C clock line or data line is grounded. (LED

should blink indicating SW protection is active).

– The IC 7064 reset circuit consisting of T7063, T7067

and T7069 and its surrounding components are
defective.

• Measure pin-19 of connector 1010 (diagram A1). The
standby signal should be high (2V9). If not high, probably
this is caused by:

– IC 7064 micro-P is defective (output port pin-13).
– Transistor 7062 is defective.

Speaker assy L

CL36532000_000.eps

011003

• Measure across C2913/C2933 (diagram A10). +8V3/+5V4
should be present respectively. If not present, probably this
is caused by:

– IC 7910/7930 regulator is defective.
– Fuse 1903 is defective.
– Switching FET 7900 is defective.
– Transistor T7901 is defective.

• Measure across C2007 (diagram C1). +5V should be

present. If not present, probably this is caused by:

– +5V grounded by the load.
– Regulator IC 7001 is defective.
– Control transistor T7003/7002 is defective.
– Scaler power control signal line (POW-CON-SCALER

coming from TV-board) is defective.

• Measure pin-4 or pin-5 of connector 1402 (diagram C4).
Pin-4 should be high (+4V7) and pin-5 also should be high
(+3V4). If one/both of the voltage is not present, probably
this is caused by:

– IC 7402 (JagASM) is defective.
– Transistor 7403 is defective.
– Inverter board is defective.

• Measure pin-4 or pin-5 of connector 1402 (diagram C4).

Pin-4 should be high (+4V7) and pin-5 also should be high
(+3V4). If one/both of the voltage is not present, probably
this is caused by:

– IC 7402 (JagASM) is defective.
– Transistor T7403 is defective.
– Inverter board is loading either of the voltage.

5.6.2 General Problems

TV switched “off” or changed channel without any user action

Set switches off after “TV SWITCHING OFF” was displayed.
“Auto Standby” switched the set “off” because:

• There was no ident signal for more than 15 minutes.

• There was no remote control signal received or local key

pressed for > 2 hours.

See chapter 8 for a description on the options to enable/disable
“Auto Standby”.

5.6.3 Picture problems

Picture too dark or too bright

• Press “Smart Picture” button on the remote control. In case
the picture improves, increase / decrease the brightness
value or increase / decrease the contrast value. The new
“Personal Preference” value is automatically stored after 3
minutes.

• After switching on the Customer Service Mode the picture
is OK. Increase / decrease the brightness value or increase
/ decrease the contrast value. The new “Personal
Preference” value is automatically stored after 3 minutes.

Snowy picture

Check the “NOT TUNED” section of the Customer Service
Mode screen.

Snowy picture and/or unstable picture

A scrambled or decoded signal is received.

Black and white picture

• Press “Smart Picture” button on the remote control. In case
picture improves, increase the colour value. The new
“Personal Preference” value is automatically stored after 3
minutes.

• After switching on the Customer Service Mode the picture
is OK. Increase the colour value. The new “Personal
Preference” value is automatically stored after 3 minutes.

EN 50 LC03U5.

Menu text not sharp enough

• Press “Smart Picture” button on the remote control. In case
the picture improves, decrease the contrast value. The new
“Personal Preference” value is automatically stored after 3
minutes.

• After switching on the Customer Service Mode the picture
is OK. Decrease the contrast value. The new “Personal
Preference” value is automatically stored after 3 minutes.

5.6.4 Sound problems

No sound or sound too loud (after channel change / switching on)

After switching on the Customer Service Mode the volume is
OK. Increase / decrease the volume level. The new “Personal
Preference” value is automatically stored after 3 minutes.

5.6.5 Extra information/tips:

• When the set is in PC mode and there is no VGA signal
present at PC-in connector, the set will shutdown to
standby in couple of seconds after showing “NO VIDEO
INPUT”. This is a normal behaviour of the set to safe
power.

• The Scaler is the driving engine of the LCD panel. When
there is no display and OSD on screen, check whether
sound is producible on TV channel. If sound is audible,
most likely the defective lies in Scaler board or inverter
board.

• To know fast whether inverter is functioning, visually check
if the backlights are “on” by looking at the back of the LCD
panel. Some bright spots can be seen on the side. Other
way to tell whether the backlight is working is to switch the
set to AV mode. The front of the screen had some kind of
“fogged” effect.
Note: when one of the backlight connectors has loosened,
the inverter circuit will be shut down.

• If the supply to the LCD panel is OK (likewise for backlight
supply), but no data signals (example: signals on
connector 1506) supplied from Scaler to LCD panel, you
will notice that the LCD screen will shown full screen in
sequential of BLUE, GREEN, RED, BLANK, dark-GREY,
light-GREY and WHITE repeatedly. It means LCD panel is
in good condition. The fault lies in the Scaler board.

• No PIP in PC mode (picture in graphic). For PIP to work,
the refresh rate of the PC must be set to 60Hz or below

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

0

1

6. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Block Diagram (Tuner-IF-Video)

51LC03U 6.











!!

&*&

 &


-&







!

"&



.








!





A3



















A11

3 !



**

"

"3 "&

3



.

"&



!



"&





&"& &

" "& $

D



.

"&





"& + , "

A5

!

!53"

!53

.-!5!"

-5"

5"

!5!"

#"5."
-!5&&

-"5"

"5"

5&

!




3"

!

.-&"



A10

!!$

!





!



"

"!



#

&"

&"

& $$.

-.

A1





$  && $&"#

A4





!





/) "& 

A5



"!



.-&"



&"



"







































"& 

$ '()

2.-&

$
-.


"#3&5

7





$&6&6

A1 A9

!





!











7

 



















&

$  && $&"#















3"&#

 

A4

"-/"

"/"
-/



-!5&&

#"5."

-"5"
"5"

!








/&
#/&

-/&

-/&

*! 

-" &





&
&



!

 









."
"
"

.3"&#
3"&#
3"&#



!2/

"







"!

"

"

*

-





!

!






















"!55&

"!5&2



!

$

"$ 6"3

#-*

.

"

#-*

.

"/

.

"



)



#-

"$





"!55"



A6

 &- "

!!



."

!
!



"

&&

&

"#

#-*

.

"/

"!

-



)

"-)

#-

&$

3



*

*

*



3






!!

!








!


!
!
!

! !

&-&
&







56
"&
"&

 

!



!

-

!











E

!

!







&





!

J



!










,



!













,



!











!

!-



!



&$ &&

:

&

"



!

!



 

!

!



!



!











A7

A8

"

"-/"

"/"

3"&#

A5

A1

"& . 0 (1

"& $&"#

"



" !



5"



!5!"



&"



$3"&



5&



&  &-" $

!



!





!









!







 



&2!34













A9







*

*

!





A1

"

#"

-"

"& $ !76

3$"

&5-

$&6&6

-.

&5



 

!!$

01



01





01

08 + 81

A1

!!$

!8 &.

 












 &-

"

! !

01

& & !8

.



*39

!

!





!






!

01



 



#

!













. #&

A5

! 

:  :



!



!

!











!



&-



!

 :  !

""

#



!





! !

!

!



SP36532037_025.eps

120803



03"&#1

/) 6

3$

!





!





A5



"#3

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Block Diagram (TV Control and Inverter Panel)

CONTROLS

A 1

A11

A11

STAND-BY

PC-VSYNC

(SCART)

STATUS2_SVHS-RR-DET
STATUS1 (SCART)

KEYBOARD
LIGHT-SENSOR_SDM

7062

3037

A6

SYS2

A6

A11

CVBS-TXT-CC

A6
A11

SVHS-SIDE-DET

A11

B-TXT-OSD

A4

G-TXT-OSD

A4

R-TXT-OSD

A4

FBL-TXT-OSD

A4

TV-IRQ

COMM-LINE

A11

SYS1

STBY-LED

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

+3V5

SDA-NVM

+3V5

N.C.

N.C.
N.C.
N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

7064

100
1
2

4
5
6
8

9
10
13
14
15
16
17
18

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

31

32

33
36
37
38
39
40
44

45

46

47

48

49
51

52

98
97
96
95

94
93

92
91
90
89

88
87
86
85
84
83
82

81
80
79
78
76
75
73

70
67
66
65
64
63
59
55

54
53

PC-TV-LED
HP-SIDE-DET

HIS-OFF

SEL-MAIN-FRNT-RR
SOUND-ENABLE

N.C.

SDA-0
SCL-0

SCL-NVM

3081

7063

3082

N.C.

+3V5

2043

6031

3083

7069

3034

A11
A9

A5

A5
A9

30703071

3029

7068

+3V5

POWER-DOWN

7067

2057

SEL-IF-LL_M-TRAP

7053-B

7053-A

+3V5

7066

VCC

5

SDA

NVM

6

SCL

COMM-LINE

7022

3068

3072

CLOCK12MHZ

3055

VS-OSD
V-SYNC

SEL-MAIN-R1R2

3056

HS-OSD
H-SYNC

8

WC_

RC5

7

A11

A8
A8

A5
A4
A4
A4

A11

A10

A4

A5

A4
A5

A5

PC-HDAUDIO-L
PC-HDAUDIO-R
STAND-BY
PC-HSYNC
PC-VSYNC
SDA-1

TV-IRQ

SCL-1

VS-OSD
HS-OSD
C-SYNC
B-DRIVE
G-DRIVE
R-DRIVE

52LC03U 6.

1010

22
20
19
17
16

14

13
12

10

9
7

5
3
1

TO/FROM

1681 OF

SCALER BOARD

C 2

TO/FROM

1402 OF

SCALER

C 4

INVERTER (AMBIT)

ONLY FOR 15" & 17"

CN1

6,7,8

ON/OFF

5
4

Vbri

1,2,3

F1

R1 R5

CN2

D30

1
3

1
3

1
3

1
3

CN3

CN4

CN5

TO LCD BACK-

LIGHT CONN.

TO LCD BACK-

LIGHT CONN.

High AC voltage

BALANCE

CIRCUIT

T1

Q8

R8

C4,5

C3

R3

Q2

R4

R6

R7

Q1

D1,Q3

Q4-Q6

3

13

+

U1D

12

L1

D3,8

R19

+12V

+5V

D4

R10

11

10

-

R21

Q9

D5

+5V

R12

C10,11

14

Q51

Vbri

+

U1C

-

+5V

Protection circuit

R60

Q10

High AC voltage

T2

R37

+5V

9

8

R62

Q53

R15

R17

R64

D32,33

D6,7

BALANCE

CIRCUIT

D31

D34

Version 1.0 Final 03-04-11

Q14

R38

SP36532037_026.eps

250403

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Block Diagram (Scaler Board)

53LC03U 6.

A 1

TO/FROM 1010 TV BOARD

12/24V

DC-IN

TO/FROM

1902 OF TV

BOARD

A 10

C 2

1681

10

9
7
5
3

1
22
20
19
17
16

14

13
12

HDTV - DECODER

C 10

HD I/P

Pr

Pb

Y

AUDIO

L

R

POWER

C 1

POW-CON-SCALER

C2

12-24DC-SUP

1001

1002

+5V

1003

I/O & INTERFACE

VS-OSD
HS-OSD

AV-CVBS

(C-SYNC)
B-Pb
G-Y
R-Pr

PC-HDAUDIO-L
PC-HDAUDIO-R
POW-CON-SCALER
PC-HSYNC
PC-VSYNC
SDA-1

TV-IRQ

SCL-1

HDTV-V

HDTV-U

HDTV-Y

PC-HDAUDIO-L

PC-HDAUDIO-R

C8
C8

3001

5010

+5V

5011

(2)

3015

3014

(1)

(1) = FOR 15"/17" ONLY
(2) = FOR 23" ONLY

4

PANEL-PWR-ON

3

2

1

C2

C2

IICSDA
IICSCL

12-24DC-SUP

3005

7002

(1)

(2)

C4

C 3

2304
2305
2308

2315

C10
C10

C1

C9
C9

C8
C8
C8

7252

RAIN

54

Clamp A/D

BAIN

43

Clamp

GAIN

48

Clamp

SOGIN

49

SDA

57
56

SCL

FILT

33
3264

2251 2253

7001

1

OUT

VIN

5

FB

ON|OFF

3

7003

(1)

5013

(2)

5015

7005

3016
7004

3009/10

VIDEO DECODER

7302

A3

N10

C7

K1

AI12

F2

AI32

G3

AI22

Analog Input

D2

AI42

Power

VXDD

3 2,4

+5

Sync
Proc

Clock

Gen

Serial Reg

PWR Mgmt

VD

PVD

5001

2

6002

4

(supply for LCD panel)

(2)

5014

7010

8

7

OSC

VCC

6

1301

Sync

Video Proc

Ctrl

VDDI

VDDE

7301

IN

ADJ

VDD

7251

OUT

ADJ

PAN-VCC

12V

S
R

5

B4

+3V3

OUT

1

A/D

A/D

IN

1

2007

Q

REF

P10 N9

IIC Reg Map

YCBCR

S

Decoder O/P

VDDA

SOGOUT

65

DATACLK

67

HSOUT

66

VSOUT

64

+3V3

32,4

+5

7008

32

3012

7007

3

7009

3

1

2

3

4

HDTV-SOG
HDTV-CLK

1

3011

2

2013

1

2

2015

1

7006

1

ONLY FOR 23"

2025

5025

2026

IICSDA
IICSCL

XPDO

:

XPD7

XRV

X-PORT

XRH

XCLK

HDTV-HSYNC

HDTV-VSYNC

2018

23

2006

6025

12V

C 9

DA-DATA 0....7

DA-FID
DA-HSYNC
DA-CLK
DA-VSYNC

8

V0..V7

8

U0..Y7

8

Y0..U7

C4

+2V5

+5
+2V5I

+2V5II

+3V3

+1V8

VIDEO CONVERTER

7351

206

208

195

207

5

4

1

2

VDD

+3V3

PC-IN

C 7

C2

PC-HSYNC

PC-VSYNC

7206

YCrCb
INPUT

24 BIT
YCrCb
INPUT

+5

3

VCC

RESET
GND

1

PORT

8 BIT

PORT

DAC_VDD

+3V3

2

INPUT PROC

AUTO SYNC

AUTO ADJ

1

VDDcore

+1V8

13

3

PC-IN

5

15

11

1

2

9

CLK & CONTROL

+3V3

7201

9

7203

1

34

5

98

11 10

13 12

13M5

191 192

CLK GEN

De-interlace

SDRAM
Interface

DATA 0...31

TIMING

SDRAM

REG

2M x 32

VDD/VDDQ

DDCSCL

12

RXD

15

1

DDCSDA
TXD

2

2

BLUEP&N

2

GREENP&N
REDP&N

2

2

PC-HSYNC-ASM

6

PC-VSYNC-ASM

1351

PLLs

NR

FRC

7352

23582356

RESET#

RESET

47

ADDR 0...10

C8

C8

C4
C4
C4

C4

C4

C4,C9

(NOT USED)
SOFT-RESET

IICSDA

46

45

O/P Proc

Sync Gen

DACs

Horizontal

and

Vertical

Enhancers

Horizontal

and
Vertical
Scalers

7202
6

DDC

NVM

5

DDC5V

IICSCL

8

OUTPUT (LVDS)

C 5

7501

27

28

TTL PARALLEL-TO-LVDS

30
31

PLL

32

PWRDWN

3511

+3V3

1,9,26

+5

3432

3434

7403

PANEL-PWR-ON C1

5

6

7754

DATA

FLASH

ROM

ADDR 0...17

MCA12
MCA13

7756-A

1

3

OR

10

2

7756-C

9

7756-B 7757-A

4
5

8

OR

C4, C8
C8
C8
C4

TXOUT0-

TXOUT0+

TXOUT1-

TXOUT1+

TXOUT2-

TXOUT2+

TXOUT3-

TXOUT3+

TXCLKOUT-

TXCLKOUT+

VCC

LVDSVCC

PLLVCC

34 44

+3PLL

12-24DC-SUP

ON-OFF

Vbri

7755-A

1Y

1Y

MCWR#

2

1A

0

1

PSEN#

3

1A

1

JAGUAR#

1

2

1E

MCALE

+3V3

3758

31

WE

24

PSEN#

OE

22

PROMCS#

CE

7755-B

14

2A

13

2A12Y

15

2E

6

OR

Ver 1.1 Final 03-03-18

48
47

46
45

42
41

38
37

40
39

PAN-VCC

+3LVDS

0

1

12

1506

2
4

10
12

18
20

6,7,8

26
28

34
36
40

1402

3

TO LCD PANEL

5

4

3

TO INVERTER PANEL

(15" & 17" ONLY)

1,2,3

C8

C8

11

3

WP-S

7402-JagASM

HDTV-HSYNC

C4

HDTV-VSYNC

7753

8
2
3

XIN

PARHS_PADE

FE
24-BIT
PORT

B

VGA
ADC

MCRESET#

MCALE

MCINT

MEMCLK

SDRAM

INTERFACE

P1.6
P1.0
P1.1

PLL1
PLL2

+5

VIDEO

CAPTURE

SMART SET

SURE SYNC

VIDEO

CAPTURE

PAHSYNC

VDD

MEM CLK

PANEL CLK

SCALER

SCALING
ENGINE

CONTROLLER

INTERFACE

PAVSYNC

44

MUX

SYNC

BE

MUX

MEM

BE

MICRO-

MCA8...9

PWM

ADR

ADR

<8:17>

MCAD0...7

36...43

DATA

TFT OUTPUT

OSD

OVERLAY

PIP

OVERLAY

PENBKL

PWM1

PENVDD

MCRD#

MCWR#

9, 19, 24...31

PRB, PRB, PBB

3 x 8-BIT TTL

FHSYNC
FVSYNC
FDE
FSHFCLK

+3V3
+2V5

JRD#

JWR#

MCAD0...7

7751

LATCH

MCA0...7

MCA8...17

C1
EN

C8

+3V3

1,4

1401

OSC GEN

SCALER

C 4

2

C4

HDTV-SOG

8

B-U-OUT 0...7

8

R-V-OUT 0...7

8

G-Y-OUT 0...7

C 6

HS-S23

VS-S23
CLK-S23

2

C7
C7

C7

C7
C7
C7
C8
C8
C8

REDP&N

2

GREENP&N

2

BLUEP&N

PC-HSYNC-ASM

PC-VSYNC-ASM

RESET#

MCALE

MCINT-ASM

MEMCLK

SDRAM

118

119

125

7471

+3V3

VDD/VDDQ

VDD/VDDQ

SDRAM
2M x 32

SDRAM
2M x 32

TIMING

REG

TSA0...10

CLK & CONTROL

TIMING

REG

SDO...31

SD31...63

7472

MICRO-P

C 8

+5

7752

8

7
6

NVM

5

IICSDA
IICSCL

C2

C2

C9

C7
C7
C2
C4

SDA-1

DCCCTL

SCL-1

SOFT-RESET

(NOT USED)

RXD
TXD

TV-IRQ

MCINT-ASM

4

P1.2

5

P1.3

7

P1.5

17

P3.5

11

UART

13
15

INT

14

10

RST

CPU

TIMING & CTRL

OSC
CLK

ALE

PSEN

WR

35

EA

33
32
18
20

21

MCA15
MCA14

3757

MCALE
PSEN#
MCWR#
MEMCLK

2753

MCA16

1753

MCA17

2754

CL 36532023_002.eps

190303

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

I2C-IC’s and Error Codes Overview

IIC

A1

+3V5

+3V5

A3

TUNER

A4

IF-VIDEO

54LC03U 6.

AUDIO

A8

PROCESSING

7064

SAA5667

U-CONT

ERR

12,29

82
81

1
78

84
83

3085
3017

SDA-NVM
SCL-NVM

7066

M24C32

(NVM)

EEPROM

3018
3019

A2

3048

3047

+3V5

3064 3065

56

ERR

10,11

SRAM

7070

CY7C1019CV33

SRAM

ERR

15

SDA-0
SCL-0

SDA-1
SCL-1

A1

1010
14

12

3101

3100

54

1100

TUNER

UR1336

ERR

13

C2

1681

14
12

COMPAIR

CONNECTOR

FOR SERVICE

(REACHABLE VIA

HOLE IN REAR

COVER)

uP

C8

+5

3753

3768

3754

1111

3621

3331

3332

1

2

3

18

7301

TDA8887

BOCMA

VIDEO
PROC.

ERR

8

17

MSP3410G

DECODER

+5

3769

4
7

7753

PC251

uC

SCALER

ERR

29

3771

3
2

11
13

3770

IIC SDA
IIC SCL

RXD
TXD

3620

21

7620

AUDIO

ERR

14

+5

+5

3751

3752

56

7752

M24C16

NVM

ERR

25

C3

VIDEO
DECODER

3327

P10 N9

7302

SAA7118E

VIDEO

DECODER

ERR

VIDEO

C9

CONVERTER

3328

3356

3354

46 45

7351

FAROUJAS2300

VIDEO

CONVERTER

23

ERR

22

HDTV

C10

DECODER

(only for AP, NAFTA
and LATAM)

AD9883AKST

3267

57 56

7252

HDTV

DECODER

ERR

24

3266

C7

PC-IN

6

1

5

1752

RXD

TXD

1

2

3

4

1751

1

2

3

4

5

FOR
DEBUGGING
PURPOSE

FOR
DEBUGGING
PURPOSE

IIC SDA

DDC5V

11

10

15

3216

12

3215

15

3212 3211

7201
74HC4052D

3

13

DDCCTL

1

DDCSDA

2

TXD

12

DDCSCL

15

RXD

7202

M24C02-WMN6

RXD

TXD

EEPROM

+3V3

IIC SCL

+5

RESET

Error codes

Error code Error description Possible defective
0 No error detected ----

1 - 3 Reserved
4 5V protection

5 Reserved
6 General I2C bus

7 Reser ved
8 BOCMA I2C error IC 7301 A4
9 BOCMA 8V supply

10 NVM I2C error IC 7066 A1
11 NVM identification

12 uProcessor internal
13 Tuner I2C error IC 1100 UR13xx A3

14 Sound processor
15 SRAM I2C error IC 7070 A2

16 Reserved
18 - 20 Reserved
21 Scaler protection

22 Scaler protection
23 Scaler protection
24* HDTV decoder I2C
25 Scaler protection
26 Reserved

27 Scaler protection
28 Scaler protection

29 Scaler uP I2C error IC 7753 or IC 7064 C8, A1
* = Not applicable to Europe execution
# = Only for NAFTA 23” execution

active

error

failure

failure
RAM test failure

I2C error

active
active
active
error
active

active
active

components

IC7930 or +5V I2C
devices

I2C bus s/c or o/c

IC 7910 or IC7301 A4, A10

IC 7066 A1
IC 7064 A1

IC 7620
(MSP34xx)

IC 7402 C4
IC 7351 C9
IC 7302 C3
IC 7252 C10
IC 7752 C8

IC 7471 C6
IC 7472 C6

Diagram

A3, A8, A10

A8

CL 36532037_007.eps

230403

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Powerlines Overview

55LC03U 6.

SUPPLY

UNIT

12V SS
24V LS

C1

1001-1 1

POW_CON_SCALER

12_24DC_SUP

C5

PAN_VCC

+3V3

POWER

2

5009

+5

5003

5004

+5

5012

+5

SS (12V) ONLY

5010

+5

LS (24V) ONLY

5011

SS (12V) ONLY

5013

LS (24V) ONLY

5015

OUTPUT (LVDS)

5521

5517

1002

7000mA

7001

21

CONTROL

7009

23

7006

23

7007

23

7008

23

7010
MC34063A

CONTROL

62

+

STABILIZER

5001

5006

5005

CONTROL

PANEL_PWR_CTR

5025

3517

3516

5002

7005

4

5014

5026

12_24DC_SUP

12_24DC_SUP

+5V

+3V3

+1V8

+2V5I

+2V5II

+2V5

PAN_VCC

+12V

+3V3

+3LVDS

+3PLL

1506

1003

1

2

3

4

1x

5x

+5V

+3V3

+1V8

+2V5I

+2V5II

+2V5

8x

1x

2x

1x

1x

LCD
MONITOR

39

40

MONITOR
CONNECTION

+3V3

VIDEO DECODER

C3

7301

+5

+3V3

C4

12_24DC_SUP

+3V3

+2V5

+25VI

+2V5II

+5V

C6

+3V3

C7

+2V5I

+3V3

+5V

1201

5

1

C8

+5

+3V3

C9

+3V3

+1V8

C10

+5

+3V3

5304

23

SCALER

5401

SDRAM (SCALER)

PC-IN

6212

10

PC INPUT

6211

15

3221

6

11

uP

VIDEO CONNECTOR

5354

5351

5352

5353

5357

HDTV-DECODER

(only for AP, NAFTA and LATAM)

7251

5258

23

5257

6261

(RESERVED)

K4-7302

+3V3

ON/OFF

+3V3

+3V3_ASM

+2V5

+25VI

+2V5II

+5V

+3V3

+2V5I

+3V3

+5V

3226

5206

+5

+3V3

+3V3

DAC_3V3

VDD_IO_3V3

+1V8

DAC_1V8

PLL_1V8

VDD_CORE_1V8

+5

(26-7252)

PVD
+5A

+3V3

+3V3

INVERTER (FOR 15" AND 17" ONLY)

IN

CN1

8

7

1402

6

7

8

5

DCC5V

1752

2

1751

1

+5

6

5

4

FOR
DEBUGGING
PURPOSE

ON/OFF

Vbri

F1

F4A

R1Q1R5

L1 L2

Q8

R8 C4,5

C3

R3

Q2

R4

R6

D1,Q3

Q4-Q6

CONTROL

Va

R7

5V

D3,8

BACK

LIGHT

OUTPUT

CN2

Vb

1

3

CN3

1

3

BACK
LIGHT

CN4

1

3

CN5

1

3

U_CONT

A1

+3V5

+5V4

MEMORY

A2

+3V5

TUNER

A3

+5V4

7120

CONVERTER

IF VIDEO

A4

+3V5

+5V4

+8V3

4303

VIDEO

A5

+5V4

+8V3

A6

3174

AUDIO DELAY LINE

A7

+5V4

A10

1902

4

3

2

1

DC/DC

5301

5601

LOCAL SUPPLY

12_24DC_SUP

1903

11V9

3

2

1600mA

7900

1

CONTROL

STANDBY

+3V5

+5V4

+3V5

+5V4

9-1100
TUNING VOLTAGE

+3V5

+5V4

+8V3

+8V3A

+8V3A

+5V4

+8V3

+8V3A

5433

+8V3B

5V

+5VD

5930

33u

5900

5901

3925

3904

3915

3930

7920

6925

CONTROL

AND

STABILIZER

7903,7904

POWER

DOWN

CIRCUIT

7910

CONTROL

AND

STABILIZER

7930

CONTROL

AND

STABILIZER

A8

+5V4

+8V3

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

A9

12_24DC_SUP_1

+3V5

CINCH

A11

12_24DC_SUP

+3V5

+8V3

FRONT LED

J

1170

2

7

+3V5

+8V3

5620

5921

26

5911

27

5931

27

+3V5

+8V3

12_24DC_SUP

12_24DC_SUP-1

250mA

POWER_DOWN

300mA/400mA

320mA

+5V4

+5V4A

+8V3

+12_24DC_SUP_1

+3V5

12_24DC_SUP

(FOR ITV ONLY)
+3V5

+8V3

4203

(NOT FOR ITV

CL 36532037_006.eps

+3V5+3V5

+8V3+8V3

+5V4+5V4

1231

220403

1x

1x

5x

4x

7x

2

7

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Testpoint Overview TV Board (15”/17”)

F002 C4
F003 D7
F004 D6
F006 D5
F007 D5
F008 D6
F010 E5
F011 D5

F012 E5
F013 E5
F014 E6
F015 E6
F022 E5
F025 E6
F032 E6
F044 E5

F045 D5
F046 D5
F054 E5
F066 D6
F068 D5
F070 B6
F071 B6
F072 B6

F073 B6
F074 B6
F075 B6
F076 B5
F077 B7
F080 C5
F085 C5
F101 D9

F102 D8
F103 C8
F104 C8
F105 A10
F106 D9
F107 D9
F108 D9
F109 C9

F164 D8
F201 F8
F202 D10
F203 F7
F204 E10
F205 E10
F207 F10
F208 D10

F212 F8
F214 F8
F215 F9
F217 F9
F218 E9
F220 F6
F221 E7
F222 E7

F223 E6
F224 E8
F225 F5
F226 E5
F227 E6
F228 F6
F229 F7
F230 E7

56LC03U 6.

F231 F9
F234 F8
F235 E8
F236 E9
F237 F9
F238 E9
F301 C6
F302 C7

F321 B6
F337 C6
F338 C6
F339 C6
F340 C6
F341 C6
F342 C6
F345 B6

F346 C6
F349 C6
F350 C7
F351 B6
F352 B6
F355 A6
F358 B6
F385 A7

F413 D7
F426 E7
F427 E8
F428 E8
F429 E7
F430 E7
F431 E7
F432 D7

F470 C5
F471 C6
F472 C6
F473 C5
F474 C5
F476 C5
F477 B6
F478 B6

F479 C6
F480 C6
F601 C1
F602 C2
F603 D1
F610 D1
F612 D1
F613 F1

F620 D3
F621 C4
F622 C4
F626 C4
F640 C4
F645 B4
F646 C4
F650 C3

F655 D3
F656 D3
F676 C4
F731 D2
F732 D2
F735 D3
F736 E3
F737 E3

F738 E3
F739 E2
F740 D2
F743 E5
F745 E2
F755 E4
F759 E3
F900 A1

F901 A2
F902 A2
F903 E3
F906 B1
F907 B3
F908 B4

3139 123 5667.4

CL 36532037_021.eps

061003

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

57LC03U 6.

Waveforms TV Board (15”/17”)

F044

1V / div DC

5ms / div

F054

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F080 = 2V3 DC
F107

1V / div AC

20µs / div

F108

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F340

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F341

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F342

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F346

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F350

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F352

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F358

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F385

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F413

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F426

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F428

2V / div DC

20µs / div

F470

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

F471

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

F472

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

F480

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F602

2V / div AC

2ms / div

F603

2V / div AC

2ms / div

F622

100mV / div AC

5µs / div

F735

20mV / div AC

1ms / div

F736

20mV / div AC

1ms / div

F740

20mV / div AC

1ms / div

F906 = 8V3 DC
F907 = 5V4 DC
F908 = 3V5 DC

CL 36532037_027.eps

250403

Mapping Testpoint Overview and Waveforms Scaler Board

F001 A7
F002 A7
F003 D1
F005 B1
F006 D1
F007 D1
F008 A7
F026 C1
F201 B7
F202 A7
F203 A7
F204 A7
F205 A7
F206 B7
F207 B7
F210 A7
F218 A7
F222 A7
F250 B7
F251 C7
F252 D7
F253 C7
F254 B7
F256 C7
F351 C5
F352 C5
F353 C5
F354 C6
F355 C6
F356 C6
F401 A3
F402 A3
F403 A3
F404 A3
F405 B6
F528 A3
F529 B3
F530 B3
F531 B3
F532 B3
F533 B3
F534 B3
F535 A3
F536 A3
F537 B6
F538 A4
F539 B4
F540 A3
F541 B3
F542 A3
F681 D1
F682 D1
F683 D1
F684 D2
F685 D1
F686 D2
F687 D2
F688 D2
F689 D2
F690 D2
F691 D2
F692 D2
F693 D2
F694 D2
F751 C2
F752 C2
F753 C2
F754 B2
F755 C2
F756 C2
I001 A1
I002 A1
I003 A1
I004 B1
I005 A2
I006 A2
I007 A2
I008 A2
I009 C1
I010 A6

I011 A6
I012 A6
I013 D6
I014 A3
I015 A6
I016 A6
I017 B1
I018 A1
I019 A6
I200 A7
I201 B6
I202 C7
I203 C6
I204 A6
I205 A7
I206 C6
I207 B7
I208 B6
I209 C7
I210 C7
I231 C6
I232 D7
I233 C6
I234 D7
I235 C7
I236 D5
I237 C6
I238 D7
I239 C6
I240 C6
I241 D6
I242 D6
I244 D6
I246 D6
I247 D6
I248 D7
I249 C7
I250 D6
I251 C6
I252 D7
I254 C6
I255 D6
I256 D6
I258 D6
I259 D6
I260 C6
I261 D6
I262 D6
I263 C7
I264 D6
I265 D6
I266 C7
I267 D6
I268 D6
I269 D6
I270 D6
I271 D6
I272 D4
I273 D6
I274 D6
I275 D6
I276 D6
I278 D6
I279 C7
I280 D6
I281 D6
I282 D4
I283 D6
I284 D4
I285 D6
I286 D6
I288 D6
I289 C6
I290 D4
I291 D6
I292 D4
I293 C6
I294 D6
I295 C6
I296 D5

I297 C6
I298 D5
I301 C2
I302 C2
I303 D2
I304 D3
I305 C2
I306 D1
I316 C2
I321 C2
I322 C2
I323 C2
I324 C2
I325 C2
I326 C2
I327 C2
I345 D2
I346 D2
I347 C2
I348 C2
I349 D2
I351 D3
I353 D3
I354 C3
I356 D3
I358 D3
I360 D3
I362 D3
I363 D3
I364 D3
I365 D4
I366 D4
I367 D3
I368 D3
I370 D3
I371 D2
I372 D4
I373 D3
I374 D3
I375 D3
I376 C5
I377 C3
I378 C4
I379 C4
I381 C4
I382 B4
I384 C4
I385 C4
I386 C5
I387 C4
I388 C5
I390 C5
I391 C5
I392 C5
I393 C5
I394 C5
I401 B6
I402 C6
I403 B4
I404 C6
I405 A6
I406 A5
I407 A4
I408 A4
I409 A5
I410 A5
I411 A4
I412 A5
I413 A5
I414 A5
I415 A4
I416 A5
I417 A5
I418 A4
I419 A5
I420 A6
I421 A6
I422 B6
I423 A4
I424 A3

I425 A4
I426 B5
I427 B6
I428 B6
I429 A6
I430 B6
I431 A5
I432 A5
I433 A6
I434 A6
I435 A6
I436 B5
I437 A4
I438 A4
I439 A4
I440 A5
I441 A4
I442 A4
I443 A4
I444 A5
I445 A5
I446 A5
I447 A5
I448 B5
I450 B6
I451 B6
I452 B5
I455 B6
I456 A5
I457 A6
I458 A6
I460 B4
I461 A5
I462 B5
I463 B4
I464 B4
I469 B4
I470 A5
I471 A4
I472 A6
I473 A4
I474 A4
I475 A6
I506 B4
I507 B4
I508 B4
I509 B4
I510 B4
I511 B4
I512 B4
I513 B4
I514 B4
I515 B4
I516 B4
I517 B4
I518 A4
I519 B4
I520 B4
I521 B4
I522 B4
I523 B4
I524 A4
I525 A4
I526 A4
I527 B4
I601 A4
I602 A5
I603 A5
I604 B6
I605 A4
I606 A4
I607 B5
I608 A5
I609 A5
I610 A6
I611 A6
I612 A6
I613 A4
I614 B5
I615 A5

I616 B4
I617 A5
I618 A5
I619 A4
I620 A4
I621 A5
I751 B2
I752 B2
I753 B2
I754 B2
I755 B2
I756 B2
I757 B2
I758 C2
I762 A1
I763 B3
I766 B2
I767 A2
I768 A2
I769 A2
I770 A2
I771 C2
I772 B2
I773 A2
I774 A2
I775 B2
I776 B2
I777 A2
I778 A2
I779 A2
I781 B3
I782 A2
I783 B1
I784 B2
I785 A1
I786 B2
I787 A2
I788 A1
I789 A1
I790 B2
I792 A2
I793 A2
I794 A1
I795 B1
I796 A1
I797 A1
I798 A1
I799 B3

F008 = 5V DC

F026 = 12V DC

F351

1V / div DC

10µs / div

F352C

1V / div DC

5ms / div

F353

500mV / div DC

5µs / div

F354

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F355

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F355C

500mV / div DC

5µs / div

F402 = 3V2 DC

F403 = 4V6 DC

F405

1V / div DC

20ns / div

F529

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F530

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F531

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F532

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F533

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F534

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F535

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F536

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F537 = 3V3 DC

F538 = 3V2 DC

F539 = 3V DC

F541

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F542

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F689

1V / div DC

5ms / div

F690

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F691

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F692

200mV / div DC

10µs / div

F693

200mV / div DC

10µs / div

F694

200mV / div DC

10µs / div

F755

1V / div DC

50µs / div

F756

1V / div DC

50µs / div

I009 = 3V3 DC
I012 = 2V5 DC
I013 = 1V8 DC
I016 = 2V5 DC
I304 = 3V3 DC

I327

1V / div DC

2µs / div

I472 = 3V3 DC
I473 = 3V3 DC
I474 = 3V3 DC
I475 = 3V3 DC

CL 36532037_028.eps

250403

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Testpoint Overview Scaler Board

58LC03U 6.

3139 123 5680.3

CL 36532023_036.eps

061003

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Testpoint Overview TV Board (23”)

59LC03U 6.

F002 B4
F003 C5
F004 C5
F006 C4
F007 C4
F008 B5

F010 C4
F011 B4
F012 C4
F013 C5
F014 C5
F015 C5

F022 C4
F025 C5
F032 C5
F044 C4
F045 B4
F046 B4

F054 C4
F066 B5
F068 C4
F070 A5
F071 A5
F072 A5

F073 A5
F074 A5
F075 A5
F076 A4
F077 A5
F080 B4

F085 A4
F101 B8
F102 B7
F103 B6
F104 B6
F105 A8

F106 C7
F107 C7
F108 C7
F109 B8
F164 B7
F201 D6

F202 C8
F203 D6
F204 C8
F205 D8
F207 D8
F208 C8

F212 D7
F214 D6
F215 D8
F217 D7
F218 D8
F220 D5

F221 D6
F222 D5
F223 D5
F224 D6
F225 D4
F226 D4

F227 D5
F228 D5
F229 D5
F230 D6
F231 D7
F234 D7

F235 D7
F236 D7
F237 D7
F238 D7
F301 B5
F302 A6

F321 A5
F337 A5
F338 A5
F339 B5
F340 B5
F341 B5

F342 B5
F345 A5
F346 B5
F349 B5
F350 B5
F351 A5

F352 A5
F355 A5
F358 A5
F385 A6
F413 B5
F426 C6

F427 C6
F428 C6
F429 C6
F430 C6
F431 C6
F432 B6

F470 B4
F471 B5
F472 B5
F473 B4
F474 B4
F476 A4

F477 A5
F478 A5
F479 B5
F480 B5
F601 B1
F602 B1

F603 B1
F610 B1
F612 C1
F613 D1
F620 B3
F621 B3

F622 B4
F626 B3
F640 B3
F645 A3
F646 A3
F650 B2

F655 C3
F656 B3
F676 B3
F731 B1
F732 C2
F735 C2

F736 D2
F737 D2
F738 D3
F739 C2
F740 C2
F743 C4

F745 C1
F755 C3
F759 D3
F900 A1
F901 A2
F902 A1

F903 C3
F906 A1
F907 A3
F908 A4

3139 123 5686.2

CL 36532054_010.eps

061003

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram 15" & 17"WS

Top Control Panel

E

60LC03U 6.

1500_4P

Right

Speaker

TO

D

BACK

LIGHTS

Side I/O Panel

LCD PANEL

IN

Inverter
Panel

CN3_2P CN2_2P

CN1_8P

C

1402_8P

TO LCD PANEL

Scaler Board

1003_4P

1681_22P

A

TV Board

Left

Speaker

1902_4P

1732_4P

J

Front LED
Panel

1170_7P

TO

BACK

LIGHTS

0240_11P

CN4_2P CN5_2P

1506_40P

1010_22P

1111_3P

ComPair

1234_4P

1231_7P

3225_11P

CL 36532023_060.eps

080403

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram 23 Inch Wide Screen

61LC03U 6.

Wiring Diagram 23"WS

Top Control Panel

E

LCD PANEL

Scaler Board

C

1500_4P

TO LCD PANEL

TV Board

A

D

Side I/O Panel

0240_11P

Right Speaker

Front LED

J

Panel

1170_7P

LIGHTS

TO BACK

1402_8P

1506_40P

1003_4P

1681_22P

1902_4P

1010_22P

1732_4P

1111_3P

ComPair

1734_3P

Left Speaker

1234_4P

1231_7P

3225_11P

CL 36532054_024.eps

010903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

(

(

(

(

(

7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

TV Board: U_Cont

U_CONT

(COMMON)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

A11

A11
A2

A2

B

A11

A5

A9

A9,A10

A9

POWER-DOWN-INT

PC-HDAUDIO-L

22
21

PC-HDAUDIO-R

20
19

STAND-BY

18

PC-HSYNC

17

PC-VSYNC

16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

A1

A10

A11

0V

0V

2V9

0V

0V

4V8

TV-IRQ

5V

SCL-1

4V8

VS-OSD
0V

HS-OSD
0V5

C-SYNC

0V6

B-DRIVE

0V6

G-DRIVE

0V6

0V6

C

1010

D

E

TO 1681 OF SCALER S23 CL BOARD

F

PC-HSYNC

A1

KEYBOARD

LIGHT-SENSOR_SDM

OENOT

WENOT

TV-IRQ

A1

STATUS2_SVHS-RR-DET

HIS-OFF

SOUND-ENABLE

STAND-BY

HP-SIDE-DET

POWER-DOWN

COMM-LINE

(SCART)

A8

A8

F070

F071

A1

F077

SDA-1

F073

A1

F074

A1

F072

A1

A5

A4

A4

R-DRIVE

A4

3034

A4

A5

F080

3022

2K2

10K

100R3021

3068

V-SYNC

H-SYNC

+3V5

3037

10K

3038

3072
100K

0V6

47K

10K

BC847BW

4008
RES

7008
BFS20

3006

10K

2V9

0V6

7068
BC847BW

4036
RES

0V

BC847BW

7067

3053

10K

3052

10K

7036

0V

3008

10K

+3V5

3036

10K

+3V5

3063
2K2

2057
4u7

+3V5

7062
BC847BW

+5V4

0V

3V5

BC847BW

0V

F075

SDA-NVM

5

3V5

0V

3014
8K2

+3V5

3070

27K

3071

100K

7069

3V3

F076

SDA

+3V5

3069

15K

VSS
4

3V5
8

VCC

7066

M24C32

NVM

3015

10K

+5V4

3046
4K7

BZX284-C2V4

F068

3083

470R

7022
BC847BW

+3V5

47K

6031

3082

10K

3062

+3V5

0V

SCL

WC_

1SS355

E0

E1

E2

STBY

3023
8K2

3029

6020

10K

1

2

3

6
3V5

7

WC-NVM

3V5

+3V5

7063

BC847BW

0V7

2043
4u7

+3V5

2049
220n

SCL-NVM

F066

3099

FOR

SERVICE

F085

3094
10K

3081
4K7

P50-COMM

NOT FOR

NTSC &

LATAM

+3V5

62LC03U 7.

1010 C1
1057 E7
2010 B4

A

B

C

D

E

F

2012 E3
2013 D9
2014 D8
2015 C8
2016 C8
2017 C8
2018 F4
2019 A4
2020 A7
2021 C9
2041 F8
2042 F7
2043 E3
2044 A6
2045 B4
2046 A4
2047 B9
2048 B9
2049 A3
2050 A6
2051 F6
2052 F5
2053 A3
2054 C9
2055 F5
2056 F6
2057 E2
3002 E8
3003 F5
3004 F6
3006 A2
3007 E9
3008 A2
3009 A5
3010 F7
3012 A5
3013 A5
3014 C2
3015 C2
3016 C8
3017 B7
3018 B7
3019 B7
3021 A1
3022 A1
3023 D3
3024 A5
3028 F4
3029 F3
3030 F5
3031 D9
3032 F4
3033 C9
3034 A1
3035 D9
3036 D2
3037 D2
3038 E2
3042 A5
3043 C9
3044 E5
3045 B3
3046 D3
3047 B9
3048 B9
3049 D8
3050 A7
3051 C8
3052 F2
3053 F2
3054 F5
3055 F4
3056 F4
3057 F4
3058 F6
3059 A7
3060 F4
3061 F6
3062 C3
3063 B2
3064 A4
3065 A4
3066 A6
3068 D1
3069 D2
3070 E2

G-TXT-OSD

SEL-MAIN-FRNT-RR

(SCART)

PC-TV-LED

R-TXT-OSD

3047
2K22K2

RESRES

20472048

B-TXT-OSD

3043
150R

3033

10K

2054

RES

3092 100R

470R

3031

RES

2013

1%

3093
RES

+5V4

CLOCK12MHZ

F080 = 2V3 DC

STBY-LED

SEL-IF-LL_M-TRAP

FBL-TXT-OSD

SEL-MAIN-R1R2

CL 36532054_028.eps

STATUS1

RC5

IO(0:7)

SDA-0
SCL-0

RES

2021

SVHS-SIDE-DET

A(0:16)

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

CVBS-TXT-CC

CENOT
SYS2

SYS1

+3V5

3065
4K7

2053
10u

F045

3045
12K

+3V5

2012
RES

0V

+3V5

3032
10K

3028
47K

3084
100R

2045
18p

2010
820p

F003

F002

IO(0)

3055

10K

+3V5

3056

47K

4K7

3064

3V5
3V5

NC

A(14)

3V5

3V5
5V1

NC

0V5
0V
2V7
3V5

5V3

0V2

F046

7064

0V

BC847BS

2018 2n2

5

7

8

10
11
12
13
14

18
17
19
2
95
96
97

99
93

85
98

3086 100R

3V5

(1)

7053-B

3060

18p

2046

P3.2/ADC2
P3.3/ADC3

A15_LN

A14
_RD

_WR
VSSC

VSSP
P0.5

_EA

P0.2/INT2
P0.1/TX

_PSEN
P3.0/ADC0

P2.3/PWM2
P2.4/PWM3
P2.5/PWM4

VSSC
P2.1/PWM0

AD0
P2.6/PWM5

10K

3057
RES

2019
RES

F004

NC

1

3

A17_LN

P0.0/RX

P2.7/PWM6

MOVX_WR

F006

+3V5

3V5

2052
RES

+5V4

3024

3013
8K2

1K

3042

150R

F008

IO(2)

NC

3V5

0V

A(12)

37 38

47 48

G

A12

AD2

P1.1/T0

P3

0 - 7

general I/O

P0

0 - 7

P2

0 - 7

ROMBK.0

MOVX_RD

RESET

_RESET

0V

NC

F007

+3V5

3044

10K

2055
RES

3V5

0V2

7053-A

+5V4

RES

3012

0V

5V3

4

94

P3.1/ADC1

P2.2/PWM1

I2C-bus,

ROM

(128 K/

192 K

BYTES)

ROMBK.1

ROMBK.2

F044

F054

3054
10K

3003
10K

BC847BS

F022

A(7)

A(8)

1516

6768

A7

A8

DISPLAY

VSYNC

3V5

+5V4

+3V5

8K2

3009

IO(1)

IO(7)

0V

0V

A(3)

3V5

100

80 81828384

8687 88899909192

R

A3

AD1

AD7

P1.3/TI

P2.0/TPWM

TV CONTROL

AND

INTERFACE

MICRO-

PROCESSOR

MEMORY

INTERFACE

DATA

CAPTURE

P3.5/INT5

HSYNC

VDS

RAMBK.0

5152535455565758 59660616263646566

4V8

3V5

A(16)

0V1

3061

3058

470R

2056
RES

3030

1K

470R

A9

A(9)

5041

4u7

A10

A(10)

+3V5

+3V5

5042
4u7

3V5

3V5

75767778 79

VDDP

A16_LN

P1.0/INT1

A11

VDDC

A(11)

3V5

F010

+3V5

100n2044

NC

2V6

P1.1/T0

A0 - A16

(14 KBYTES)

VSSC

_INTD

+5V4

3004

8K2

2051
100n

3066
8K2

VSSP

NC

100p

2050

IO(6)

AD6

IO

DRAM

P3.6

0V

IO(5)

AD5

F025

IO(4)

AD4

3059
150R

IO(3)

AD3

P0.6

28

3V5

2020
RES

F011

3V

4V8

2V8

4V8

P1.6/SCL0

P1.4/SCL1

P1.7/SDA0

P1.5/SDA1

P3.4/PWM7/T2EX

P1

0 - 7

SYNC_FILTER

XTALIN

XTALOUT

OSCGND

69

70717273 74

+3V5

3010

2K2

3088

3050
3018 100R

*

3019

*

3017 100R

(1)

EU & AP-PAL

NTSC-AP

NTSC & LATAM

46

B

45

VDDC

44
43

_COR

42

VPE

41

FRAME

40

A1

39

A2

RAMBK.1

50

NC

49

A0

A(13)

36

A13

35

IREF

34

A(15)

33

A15_BK

32

CVBS1

31

CVBS0

30

VSSA

29

P0.7/T2

27

A4

26

A5

25

P3.7

24

P0.4/INT4

23

A6

22

P0.3/INT3

21

VPE

20

ALE

NC

1057

RES

2042
RES

0V
3V5

3V5

A(1)
A(2)

A(0)

1V3
0V7

A(4)
A(5)

A(6)

100R

100R

100R

100R3085

NC

F012

NC

0V
1V

5V
0V

2041
RES

POWER-DOWN-INT

SDA-1

SCL-1

SAA5667
SAA5645
SAA5647

F015
F014

F013

P50-INT

F032

A1
A1

A1

5040 4u7

2017
3016 1K0

3051 24K

+3V5

F044

1V / div DC

5ms / div

+3V5

+3V5

100n

100n2016

1u02015

1u02014

3035
470R

3049

10K

3007 8K2

4057

3048

F054

+3V5

+3V5

8K23002

1V / div DC

20µs / div

A4

A5

A11

A11

A4

A11

A2

A3,A4,A6,A8

A3,A4,A6,A8

A4

A11

A2

A11

A6

A2

A6

A6

A4

A11

A5

A4

A5,A8

061003

3071 E2
3072 E1
3081 E3
3082 E3
3083 E3
3084 A4
3085 B7
3086 A4
3088 A7
3092 C9
3093 D9
3094 D3
3099 C3
4008 A2
4036 E2
4057 E9
5040 C8
5041 F6
5042 A6
6020 F3
6031 E3
7008 A2
7022 F3
7036 E2
7053-A F5
7053-B E4
7062 C2
7063 E3
7064 B4
7066 A3
7067 F2
7068 D2
7069 E2
F002 D4
F003 D4
F004 B5
F006 E5
F007 E5
F008 B5
F010 E6
F011 A7
F012 C8
F013 D8
F014 D8
F015 D8
F022 F5
F025 E7
F032 E8
F044 E5
F045 A3
F046 A4
F054 E5
F066 B3
F068 E3
F070 D1
F071 D1
F072 E1
F073 E1
F074 E1
F075 F2
F076 F2
F077 E1
F080 C1
F085 D3

DIVERSITY TABLE

NAFTA

AP -/69

Europe -/58

Europe -/12

Item#

VV V

2060 -- -- -- CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL

VV V

2061 -- -- -- CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL

VV V

3028 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 47K PM5 COL

VV V

3029 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL

VV V

3032 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL

VV V

3049 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL

VV V

3094 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL

VV V

5050 -- -- -- FXDIND SM 0805 4U7 PM10 COL R

VV V

6020 -- -- -- DIO SIG SM BAS316

VV V

7022 -- -- -- TRA SIG SM BC847BW

VV V

7064 -- -- -- IC SM SAA5667HL/M1/
7064 -- -- -- -- -- IC SM SAA5645HL/M1
7064 -- -- -- -- IC SM SAA5647HL/M1

VV

7070 -- -- -- IC SM CY7C1019CV33-15ZC(CYPR)R

Latam

AP-NTSC -/61

V

V

V

Component type

COL) R

COL) R

PHSE) Y

V

PHSE) Y
PHSE) Y

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

TV Board: Tuner Function

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

B

COMPAIR

1111

1

2

C

3

A1

A1

SCL-0

SDA-0

D

A8

SIF-FM

E

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

TUNER FUNCTION

(15"/17"/23" NAFTA)

F104

Item#
1100 -- -- TUNER UR1316/A I H-3
1100 -- -- TUNER UR1336/A F S H-3

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

F107

1V / div AC

20µs / div

F108

1V / div DC

20µs / div

7130

BFS20

2V7

1V8

3130

1K2

3131
270R

2V5

F105

F107

F108

PAL / SECAM
NTSC / LATAM

1100

*

12

13

MT

14

15

AS SCL SDA +5V ADC

3100

0R

3101

0R

100K

2130

1n0

7131
BFS20

2131

(PENDING FOR 12NC)
# LOCALLIB

TUNER

345678

2V6

5V3

22p

31333132
820R

1V3

0V9

3135

560R1n0

2108 -- -- -- ELCAP 6V3 S 470U PM20 COL A
2108 -- ELCAP 25V S 100U PM20 COL A
2109 -- -- FIL CER 39MHZ75 MKTGA* BS A
3102 -- -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL
3102 -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL
3103 -- -- RST SM 0603 1K5 PM5 COL

1100

3103 -- -- RST SM 0603 2K2 PM5 COL

*

3136 -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL

UR1316

6102 -- -- DIO SIG SM BAS316 (COL) R

UR1336

2V6

21022101

22p

+5V4

3134

1V7

Europe -/12 & -/58

VV

VV

V

VV
VV

VV

VV

VV

VV
VV

VV

1

1V7

2

NC

5V3

NC

9

7V1

10

0V

11

0V

5V3

F109

2132

100n100K

2133

1n0

AP -/61 & Latam

NAFTA

F103

F104

4101
RES

AP -/69

V

F101

F102

3136
100R

5111

Component type

2109

2110

680n

680n

2111

33p330n

2112

10p

63LC03U 7.

(NA used 2142)

2142

47n

2108

470u 10V

(NA used 6148)

6148

BZX384-C33

470u

2103

50V10u

2106

10V

6102

BAS316

6103

RES

3102

10K

+5V4

5122

12u

2107
100n

3103

1K0

2144

4n7

5149

1m

2143

4n7

7149

BC847BW

DC/DC CONVERTER

2147

33n

2146

33n

7V4

A4

A5

12V6

2144
2143
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
3144
3146
3145
5149
5148
6149
7149

4V4

3144

47R

0V4

2145

100p

5148

1m

3145
100K

2148

220p

2149
4n7

For Nafta, different item nos. are used for this circuit:

EU/AP/LT used NA used

2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
3120
3121
3122
5120
5121
6120
7120

F106

AGC

IF-TER

3146

27K

6149

BAV99

A

B

C

D

E

1100 B3
1111 C1
2101 D3
2102 D3
2103 C5
2106 C6
2107 C6
2108 D5
2109 C4
2110 C5
2111 D5
2112 E4
2130 E2
2131 E3
2132 E3
2133 E4
2142 C5
2143 A7
2144 A7
2145 A8
2146 A9
2147 A8
2148 B8
2149 B8
3100 C2
3101 D2
3102 D6
3103 B7
3130 D2
3131 E2
3132 E2
3133 E3
3134 E3
3135 E3
3136 C4
3144 A8
3145 B8
3146 A9
4101 E4
5111 D4
5122 B6
5148 A8
5149 A7
6102 C6
6103 C6
6148 B5
6149 B9
7130 E2
7131 E3
7149 B7
F101 B4
F102 C4
F103 C4
F104 C4
F105 B2
F106 C8
F107 C2
F108 D2
F109 C4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CL 36532037_014.eps

280403

TV Board: IF Video Sync Chroma

(

(

(

IF-VIDEO-SYNC-CHROMA

(15"/17"/23" NAFTA)

+8V3

RES

A

2301

VIF1

A5

VIF2

A5

A3

B

C

A8

A8

D

A11

A6

A5
A6

E

A6

CLOCK12MHZ

A1

A6

A5

A5

A11

A11

F

A11
A11

A5

A5

4303

3301

4302

3325 4n7

3302

3303

100n

390R

AGC

3304
220R

RES
3305

NSTC & LATAM ONLY

330p

2305

2306

CVBS-SC2_MON-OUT

MAIN-CVBS-EXT-IN

Y-HISTOGRAM

4n7

PIP-AUDIO

SIF-TV

CVBSOUTA

Y-IN

C-IN

COMB-ON

F346

Y-MAIN

R-SC1_V-IN

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

B-SC1-IN_U-IN

(SCART)

FBL-SC1-IN
U-MAIN
V-MAIN

3306

1

RES

RES

1V9

1V9

F302

1V7

2302
22n

3K9

I346

3346

1K0

2349
2348 1u0

2347 10n

3349
100R

2V4

2 IFIN2

2351

1u0

5301

+8V3A

6u8

7301-A

*

PLLIF15

IFIN11

PLL VIDEO DEMOD

AGCOUT7

PAL/MULTI ONLY

+8V3

3348

10R

8V5

BC847BW

2V

1u0

2346

10n

IF AMPLIFIER

CALIBRATION

AGC

AGC + NARROW

BAND AUDIO FM

PLL DEMODULATOR

DE-EMPHASIS

SIFAGC

10

2V4

4u7

7330

2V6

2344
33p

2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7301

PAL / SECAM

NAFTA

AP-NTSC / LATAM

AFC

*

TDA8885
TDA8887
TDA8889

SWITCHABLE

SOUND TRAPS

4.5 / 5.5 / 6 / 6.5
MHZ

VP1

7V8
23

OUTPUT

VOLUME

CONTROL

DECDIG50GND

QSSO|AMOUT

11
2V6

2311

3308

220n

100R

PAL/MULTI

(EU/AP/LM used 2309)

ONLY

3307 100R

CVBS

SWITCH

VIDEO

IDENT

DECBG

55

5V

4V

RES

2312

LUM-

DELAY

PEAKING

CORING

CHROMA

BAND-

PASS CATHODE

+TRAP

2308

35V

3347

100R

F351

F350

F349

1330

HC-49/U

12MHZ

F345

SIF18SIF2

1V9

2307

4n7

2V5

3V8
3V4
3V6

1V4

SECPLL

28

9

1V9

2V3

2376

2310

220n

16V10u

7301-B

2V6

CVBS2OUT26

CVBS1OUT54

CVBSINT24

CVBS|Y229

21 CVBS|Y3

C320

2345
33p

3

57

VIDEO

AMPLIFIER

MUTE

+

6

2313
100n

VIDEO|SIF 12

IFVO|AUDOUT

PAL / NTSC /

SECAM

DEMODULATOR

OSCIN51OSCOUT

1V6

52

1V6

IFVO

U
V

FSCOUT

49
4V1

F340

2303
100n

3310

16

2V9

(EU/AP/LM used 3326)

NC

3379 75R

3311

1K0

27

3V

BASE
BAND

DELAY

LINE

1V / div DC

20µs / div

+8V3A

100R

(EU/AP/LM used 5326)
(EU/AP/LM used 2326)

NTSC &

LATAM

ONLY
3312

1K0

BC847BW

2V6

YIN39YOUT

2304

BC847BW

2V9

3314

1K0

Y

U
V

2V1

7302

7303

40

16V10u

3V4

2341

F341

7V8

2V2

2u75379

2379

220p

+8V3A

7V8

2V

RGB-2
INPUT

RGB / YUV

MATRIX

2V6

R|2

G|2

41

470n

470n

2342

45

1V / div DC

20µs / div

+8V3A

3309

10R

2314

1u0

3313
10R

2315

1u0

2316

1u0

2V6

2V6

B|2

43

42

470n

2343

64LC03U 7.

6

3315
470R

3316 680R

4V9

SWO122SWO2

SW OUT

0V

BL|2

44

10p

100R

3345

2340

6

Y

U

V

+3V5

10K

3344

F342

1V / div DC

20µs / div

2318

3V9

2V2

+8V3A

60

3317

15K

7301-C

59 PH1LF

3 EHTO

3318
27K

3319

2319

10K

100n

CD

MATRIX

SATURATION

CONTROL

UI|BI

UO|BL3

VO|YI|GI

4745

2V3

2V4

NSTC & LATAM ONLY

F346

1V / div DC

20µs / div

2317

1u0

SYNC

SEPARATOR

VERTICAL

SYNC

SEPARATOR

NC

WHSTR

VI|RI

4846

2V4

2V4

2377 100n

(EU/AP/LM used 2339)

8K23343

7

F350

2320

2n2

50V

GND1
25 61

F301

HALFT

RGB

MATRIX

WHITE /

BLACK

STRETCH

+

RGB1

INPUT

+

TINT

R|1

G|1

35

19

36

3V5

3V4

3V4

F341

F342

1V / div DC

20µs / div

0V8

2V1

58

FBISO

PH2LF

VCO

+

CONTROL

GND2

3324

13

CONTROL

R
G
B

BL|1

B|1

38

37

0V3

3V4

F339

F340

3340
3341 100R
3342

100R

100R

8

F352

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

2321
100n

57

IREF

5

3V9

39K

2V8

2V5

17

SCL

SDA

IIC BUS

RGB

OUTPUT

CALIBRATION

BLKIN

30

(EU/AP/LM used 2335)

3V2

2378 820p

2336
2337 22n

8

8V2

18

VCS

F321

VP2

4
3V8

2323
100n

2325

16V

10u

53

3V5

HORIZONTAL

OUTPUT

VERTICAL

OUTPUT

E / W

OUTPUT

22n
22n2338

F355

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

5302
6u8

14

LPST-UP

3V3

R

3V3

G32

3V3

B31

BCLIN 34

3339
100R

3320

3323

33

3V3

F338
F337

+8V3

2350

1u0

150R3333

9

4320

4323

+5V4

10K

3336

9

F358

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

RES

RES

56H-DRIVE

63DR+

64DR-

62EW-DRIVE

3350

10R

7350

BC847BW

3V3

2330

15p

BC847BW

3V3

150R3334

2331

15p

3V3

3335 150R

3360

RES

3338

15K

+8V3

+3V5

2V2

NC

+8V3

0V1

3330 1K0

3332

8V

2V7

7353

2V7

7356

BC847BW

2332

15p

7360

BC847BW

16V100u

2361

101234

SC

5303
6u8

+8V3

2322

3321

100n

3K3

LINEDRIVE1

2324

1n

V-SYNC

RES

3322

(SCART)

CVBS_TER_OUT

OUTSEL

100R3331

SCL-0

SDA-0

100R

R-DRIVE

470R3351

3352

150R

G-DRIVE

470R

3355

150R

3354

B-DRIVE

470R

3358

150R

2V7

3357

22K3362

1u0

68K3361

2360

FBL-TXT-OSD

V-HISTOGRAM

U-HISTOGRAM

B-TXT-OSD
G-TXT-OSD
R-TXT-OSD

6362 BAS316

CL 36532037_015.eps

10

F352

F355

F358

250403

BAS316

6361

RES

A5

A5

A1

A11

A6

A1

A1

A1

A1

A1

BAS316

6360

A1
A1
A1
A1
A5
A5

A

B

C

D

E

F

1330 E2
2301 A1
2302 B2
2303 A5
2304 A5
2305 C1
2306 C1
2307 C3
2308 C2
2310 C3
2311 C3
2312 C4
2313 C4
2314 A6
2315 B6
2316 C6
2317 A7
2318 A6
2319 C6
2320 A7
2321 A8
2322 A10
2323 C8
2324 A10
2325 A8
2330 D9
2331 D9
2332 E9
2336 F8
2337 F8
2338 F8
2340 F6
2341 F6
2342 F6
2343 F6
2344 E2
2345 E3
2346 E2
2347 E1
2348 E1
2349 E1
2350 C9
2351 D2
2360 E10
2361 F9
2376 C3
2377 F7
2378 F8
2379 A6
3301 A1
3302 A1
3303 A1
3304 A1
3305 A1
3306 C1
3307 C3
3308 C3
3309 A6
3310 A5
3311 A5
3312 B5
3313 B6
3314 C5
3315 B6
3316 C6
3317 A7
3318 C6
3319 C7
3320 A9
3321 A10
3322 B10
3323 A9
3324 C8
3325 A1
3330 B9
3331 C9
3332 C9
3333 D9
3334 D9
3335 E9
3336 F9
3338 F9
3339 F9
3340 F7
3341 F7
3342 F7
3343 F7
3344 F6
3345 F6
3346 D2
3347 D2
3348 D2
3349 E1
3350 C9
3351 C10
3352 C10
3354 D10
3355 D10
3357 E10

3358 D10
3360 E9
3361 F10
3362 F10
3379 A5
4302 A1
4303 A1
4320 A9
4323 A9
5301 A2
5302 A9
5303 A10
5379 A6
6360 F10
6361 F10
6362 F10
7301-A A2
7301-B D3
7301-C A6
7302 A5
7303 B5
7330 D2
7350 C9
7353 D9
7356 D9
7360 E10
F301 C7
F302 A1
F321 A8
F337 F9
F338 F9
F339 F8
F340 F7
F341 F7
F342 F7
F345 F2
F346 F1
F349 D2
F350 D2
F351 D2
F352 C10
F355 D10
F358 D10
I346 D2

AP-NTSC & Latam

NAFTA

Europe & AP-PAL

Item#

VV

2305 -­2306 -- CER2 0603 X7R 50V 4N7 COL
2307 -- CER2 0603 X7R 50V 4N7 COL
2308 -- -- ELCAP SM 35V 4U7 PM20 COL
2310 -- ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL
2327 -- -- CER1 0603 NP0 50V 120P COL
3304 -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL
3304 -- RST SM 0603 220R PM5 COL
3306 -- RST SM 0603 3K9 PM5 COL
3307 -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL
3308 -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL
3312 -- RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL
3327 -- -- RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL
3328 -- -- RST SM 0603 1K5 PM5 COL
3343 -- RST SM 0603 8K2 PM5 COL
3344 -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL
4301 -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL
6327 -- -- DIO SIG SM BAS316
7301 -- -- IC SM TDA8885H/N1
7301 -- -- IC SM TDA8887H/N1
7301 -- -- IC SM TDA8889H/N1 (PHSE) Y

Component type

CER1 0603 NP0 50V 330P COL

COL) R
PHSE) Y
PHSE) Y

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

L

R

(

TV Board: SAW Filter, Ext. Video Select, Histogram, & C-Sync Generator

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

SAW FILTER, EXT. VIDEO SELECT, HISTORGRAM & C-SYNC GEN

(15"/17"/23" NAFTA / LATAM / AP-NSTC)

EXT. VIDEO SELECT

A

B

C-SC2_SVHS-IN

A11

C-FRONT-IN

A11

Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN

A11

CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN

A11

Y-CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN
A11

A1

A1

C

IF-TER

A3

5452
820n

D

E

F

VIDEO & QSS IF

+8V3

3411
1K5

2412

3412

5V3

11

5V3

10

9

1K5

+8V3

3414

1K5

3415

2415

1K5

220n

BC847BS

2407

100n

7
8

11
12
16
17

3404

0R

3405

3403

0R

3401

0R

3402

0R

SEL-MAIN-FRNT-RR

SEL-MAIN-R1R2

F385

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F413

1V / div DC

20µs / div

0R

RES
3410

RES
3409

2404 22n
2405 22n

1u02403

1u02401

2402 1u0

F470

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

F471

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

3V8

2408

100n

2
3

1
4
5
6
9
10
13
14
15
18

16

8V2

VCC

MUXDX

12

1y0

13

1y1

2

2y0

1

2y1

5

3y0

3

3y1

VEE

7

I
ISWI

GND

1452

OFWK9656L

40M4

F472

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

F480

1V / div DC

20µs / div

+8V3

7401

74HC4053

SWITCH

G3

5V3

GND

8

NC

6

14

15

4

O1
O2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2417

16V10u

3V6

7412-A

BC847BS

BAS316

3V6

7412-B

6412

BAS316220n

6415

3413

1K0

+8V3

8V5

2V9

2V9

8V2

3417

10R

F413

3416

1K0

3418

10R

2419

1u0

2418

1u0

C-SYNC GENERATOR

HISTOGRAM PROCESSING

2470
100n

1V8

F474

65LC03U 7.

3380

22K

+8V3

0V5

220n2473

SATURATION

COMPENSATION

NON-LINEAR

AMPLIFIER

HISTOGRAM
PROCESSOR

7V7

6380

BAS316

2390
2n2

3472 22K3471 220K

0V
3476
15K

F476

3390

4K7

3389
560R

3474 22K
3475

18K3473

0V5

20

1

BLM

BLUE

STRETCH

AMPSEL

OUTPUT

AMP

SUPPLY

AND

BIASING

NLC

VCC15VEE

16

4

17

10u2479

3393

4K7

0V5

7390
BC847CW

F473

5V

6

AMPSEL

AMPSEL

INPUT

AMP

TIMING

AND

CTRL

HM110HM211HM312HM413HM5

9
10n

2474

6u8

+8V3

3392
220K

2391

3V3

330p

6390
BAS316

3470

10K

8

1V7

TAUHM

HISTOGRAM

MEASUREMENT

10n

10n2476

2477 10n

2475

3391

10K

7391
BC847CW

10n

2478

+8V3

3394

1V2

27K

2471

2472

10n

10n

F472F470 F471

1V6

2UIN 19UOUT

3 VIN 18

1V6

7 YIN

5SC

0V6

7403
TDA9171

+8V3A

5470

470p

0V5

BLG

VREF

0V6

2380

0V2

5V

2480
10u

+5V4+5V4 +5V4 +5V4

0V

+8V3A

7V8

0V6

RES

3383
4K7

2V3

7381
BC847CW

3388

2K7

7384
BC847CW

7471

BC847BW

3478
10K

3479

3480

47K

47K

RES

7472

BC847BW

3482

10K

0V8

3384
4K7

2382
220n

3381

5K6

3382

0V2 0V

10K
7380
BC847CW

+5V4 +5V4

3387
10K

0V5

7383
BC847CW

22K

2V4

VOUT

2V4

14YOUT

2V1

F477

2481

3477

100n

18K

6472

BAS316

6470

BAS316

F478

F479

6471 BAS316

7382
BC847CW

7385
BC847CW

7473

BC847BW

0V

MAIN-CVBS-EXT-IN

4470

4471

4472

F480

3481
4K7

0V6

3483

10K

MAIN-C-EXT-IN

H-SYNC

5V3

3385

470R

1V7

3386

560R

LINEDRIVE1

Y-MAIN

V-MAIN

U-MAIN

U-HISTOGRAM

V-HISTOGRAM

Y-HISTOGRAM

SANDCASTLE1

3484

10K

2482
100p

2381
1u0

C-SYNC

F385

SC

+5V4

3485

10K

HIS-OFF

VIF2

VIF1

CL 36532037_016.eps

A4,A6

3395

270R

1452 D2
2380 B7
2381 A9
2382 C8
2390 C6
2391 B5
2401 B1

A6

A1

A1

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A6

A1

A4

A4

250403

2402 B1
2403 A1
2404 A1
2405 A1
2407 C3
2408 C2
2412 A3
2415 B3
2417 A3
2418 A4

A

2419 B4
2470 D4
2471 D4
2472 D5
2473 D6
2474 F5
2475 F5
2476 F5
2477 F5
2478 F6
2479 F6
2480 F7
2481 F7
2482 F9

B

3380 A6
3381 A7
3382 A7
3383 A8
3384 A8
3385 A9
3386 A9
3387 B7
3388 B8
3389 C7
3390 B6
3391 B6
3392 B5

C

3393 B5
3394 B5
3395 A9
3401 B1
3402 B1
3403 A1
3404 A1
3405 A1
3409 B1
3410 B1
3411 A3
3412 A3
3413 B3

D

3414 B3
3415 B3
3416 C4
3417 A4
3418 B4
3470 D5
3471 D5
3472 D6
3473 D6
3474 D7
3475 D7
3476 F6
3477 F7
3478 E8

E

3479 E8
3480 E8
3481 E9
3482 F8
3483 F9
3484 E9
3485 E9
4470 D9
4471 D9
4472 E9
5452 D1
5470 F5
6380 B6

F

6390 C5
6412 A3
6415 B3
6470 E7

6471 F7
6472 F7
7380 A7
7381 A8
7382 A8
7383 C7
7384 C8
7385 C8
7390 C5
7391 C6
7401 A2
7403 F5
7412-A B3
7412-B C3
7471 D8
7472 F8
7473 E8
F385 A9
F413 B4
F470 D4
F471 D4
F472 D5
F473 D5
F474 E4
F476 F6
F477 E7
F478 E7
F479 E8
F480 E9

NAFTA

Europe

AP-PAL

V

AP-NTSC/Latam

V

V
V

V

V

VV
V
V
V
V
V
VV
V

V
V

V
V
V

V
V
V

Component type

RHM0) R

Item#

V

1452 -- -- -- FIL SAW SM 38MHZ9 OFWK3953L
1452 -- -- FIL SAW SM 45MHZ75 OFWM1967
1452 -- -- -- FIL SAW SM 38MHZ9 OFWK7265L
1454 -- -- -- FIL SAW SM 38MHZ9 OFWK9656L

V

1454 -- -- -- FIL SAW SM 38MHZ9 OFWK9361L

VV

2452 -- CER2 0603 X7R 50V 10N COL
2453 -- CER2 0603 X7R 50V 10N COL

V

3455 -- -- RST SM 0603 6K8 PM5 COL

V

3456 -- -- RST SM 0603 2K2 PM5 COL

V

3457 -- -- RST SM 0603 27K PM5 COL

V

3458 -- -- RST SM 0603 18K PM5 COL

V

3461 -- -- RST SM 0603 2K2 PM5 COL

V

4451 -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL
4453 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL

V

4455 -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL

V

4457 -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL

V

4458 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL
4460 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL

V

5451 -- -- FXDIND SM 1008 6U8 PM5 COL

V

5452 -- -- FXDIND SM 0805 0U39 PM10 COL
5452 -- -- FXDIND SM 0805 0U82 PM10 COL

V

6451 -- -- DIO SIG SM 1SS356

V

7452 -- -- TRA SIG SM BC847BW (COL) R

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

¥

TV Board: 3 Line Comb Filter

66LC03U 7.

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

3 LINE COMB FILTER

(15"/17"/23" NAFTA ONLY)

3440
15K

2443

10u

3158

10K

3157
10K

3501

33K

3V9

3503

33K

+8V3A

5435

33u

2445

56p

2435

10u

16V

7155

BC847BW

0V7

3156

10K

3435

10K

3155

10K

+8V3A

5434

3441

1K0

3V3

2444

15p

7432-B

BC847BS

3502

2K7

33u

3LINE / 3D COMMON

A4

A5

OUTSEL

MAIN-C-EXT-IN

234

16V

2446

15p

+5V4

+8V3B

8V

3439

560R

7V4

2V4

3442

1K0

3504

12K

5431

27u

2437
12p

0V

BC847BPN

1V9

3443

6K8

7432-A

BC847BS
3505

560R

NO LIB. FOR 510R

2436
12p

7199
BC847BW

3199

1K0

3198
560R

7434-A

3444
560R

3445

1K2

8V

3197

470R

3196

1K0

+8V3B

2V9

7434-B

BC847BPN

3V

3446
1K2

3438
820R

4V8

7433

BC847BW

3447
1K0

3V5

2442

0u47

2V4

2163

4n7

2161

7156-1

74HC4066PW

0V8

1

13

7156-2

74HC4066PW

4

3V3
0V

5

7156-3

74HC4066PW

3V4

8

6

7156-4

74HC4066PW

3V2

11

12

10n

3174

4R7

5433

+8V3A

6u8

NO LIB. FOR 510K

50

3161
470K

1V4
1V5
3V6

2168

2165

10n

10n

1V7

3172
820R

2178

2179

180p

10n

4151

8V

1

Y ext

1

X1

714

1

1

Y 3D/3L

X1

714

1

1

C 3D/3L

X1

714

1

1

C ext

X1

714

2439
100n

F164

3V2

2V4

10

16V

1V8

5

7

6
1
4

11 CKIN

2

3

9

+5V

2438

10u

2169

16V10u

7160
TC90A53F

ADIN

CLAMPC

CLAMP

BIAS1
VREFL
VREFH

VFIL10

+8V3A

0V8

3V2

4152

+8V3B

ADC

PLL

2154

10n

C-BPF
C-BPF
C-BPF

56789

3163

2173

3167

10K

10n

1H LINE MEM
1H LINE MEM

4f

sc

+5V

5172

15u

10K

2V6

9

0.5VDD

VENH0 VENH1

VERTICAL EDGE

ENHANCE CIRCUIT

DYNAMIC

COMB FILTER

IMPROVE CIRCUIT

VSS

2132128

0V

2171

10u

16V

1801

3D COMB

FILTER

+5V

5166

15u

5V1

16V

2166
100n

NC

2176
100n

19

312202716

10u

2167

5V1

17

CORING

CORING
CIRCUIT

PEDESTAL

COLOR KILLER

CIRCUIT

1 LINE DOT

CLIP

C-BPF

1LINE

18

NC

5171

100n

15u

2172

FOR 3D ONLY

1426

12-24DC-SUP

1

2

TO
OF

3

F426

4

5

6
7

F427

8

F428

9

10

+8V3A

3427

1K0

+5V

+5V

5156

5173

15u

15u

5V1 5V1

2177

16V

10u

VDD

TEST
BIAS2
BIAS3

Y DAC

YOUT

KILLER

VREF1

COUT 23

C DAC

CBPF

15

3448

1K0

3159

8K2

3507

1K0

2158

2159

16V

100n

8
24

1V7

22

3V6

2162

3V5

25

10n

14

NC

26

3V3
4V2

+8V3A

3506

560R

RES

2431

F426

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

10u

2164
10n

2180

10n

3508

10R

2501

1u0

7V8

2V

F428

2160

10n

3510

1K0

2V / div DC

20µs / div

+8V3B

7170-A

BC847BS

3V5

NO LIB FOR 510R

3162

560R

3164

820R

2175
100n

3160

15K

3173

100R

3509

100R

2V7

7501

BC847BW

3168 12K

5174

27u

3166

2170

10K

12p

+8V3B

8V

3169

33K

3V9

3170

33K

COMB-ON

CVBSOUTA

CVBS-TXT-CC

SDA-0

SCL-0

Y-IN
C-IN

CL 36532037_017.eps

2174

12p

7170-B

BC847BS

3V4

3171

2K7

A4

A4

A1

A1

A1

A4

A4

280403

A

B

C

D

E

F

1426 D6
2154 E5
2158 A8
2159 A8
2160 C8
2161 C4
2162 B8
2163 B4
2164 B8
2165 C4
2166 A6
2167 A6
2168 B4
2169 A4
2170 B9
2171 C6
2172 C6
2173 A5
2174 B9
2175 B9
2176 A7
2177 A7
2178 C4
2179 C4
2180 D8
2431 E8
2435 C2
2436 D2
2437 D2
2438 A4
2439 A4
2442 B4
2443 B2
2444 B1
2445 B2
2446 B2
2501 E8
3155 E2
3156 F2
3157 E1
3158 E1
3159 A7
3160 C8
3161 B4
3162 B9
3163 A5
3164 B8
3166 B9
3167 A5
3168 A9
3169 B9
3170 C9
3171 C9
3172 C4
3173 D8
3174 A4
3196 E3
3197 E3
3198 E2
3199 D2
3427 F7
3435 D2
3438 D3
3439 A2
3440 A2
3441 B1
3442 B2
3443 B2
3444 B3
3445 B3
3446 B3
3447 B3
3448 F7
3501 C1
3502 D1
3503 D1

3504 C2
3505 C3
3506 D8
3507 E7
3508 D8
3509 D9
3510 E8
4151 D4
4152 F4
5156 A7
5166 A6
5171 C6
5172 A5
5173 A7
5174 B9
5431 C2
5433 A4
5434 B1
5435 B2
7155 F2
7156-1 D4
7156-2 E4
7156-3 E4
7156-4 F4
7160 B4
7170-A A8
7170-B C9
7199 D3
7432-A C3
7432-B C1
7433 B3
7434-A B3
7434-B A3
7501 E8
F164 B4
F426 E7
F427 E7
F428 E7
F429 F1
F430 F1
F431 F1
F432 F1

Item#

3D Combfilter 23" NAFTA

1426
2158 -­2159 -­2160 -­2161 -­2162 -­2163 -­2164 -­2165 -­2166 -­2167 -­2168 -­2169 -­2170 -­2171 -­2172 -­2173 -­2174 -­2175 -­2176 -­2177 -­2178 -­2179 -­2180 -­2435 -­2436 -­2437 -­2438 -­2439 -­2442 -­2443 -­2444 -­2445 -­2446 -­3159 -­3160 -­3161 -­3162 -­3163 -­3164 -­3166 -­3167 -­3168 -­3169 -­3170 -­3171 -­3172 -­3173 -­3174 -­3426
3427
3428
3428 -­3432 -­3433 -­3434 -­3435 -­3436 -­3437 -­3438 -­3439 -­3440 --¥RST SM 0603 15K PM5 COL
3441 -­3442 -­3443 -­3444 -­3445 -­3446 -­3447 -­3448
5156 -­5166 -­5171 -­5172 -­5173 -­5174 -­5431 -­5433 -­5434 -­5435 -­7160 -­7170 -­7432 -­7433 -­7434 --

Component type

3L Combfilter 15"/17" NAFTA

-- CON BM V 10P M 2.50 EH B
ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R
CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL
CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL
CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL
CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL
CER2 0603 X7R 50V 4N7 COL
CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL
CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL
CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL
ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R
CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL
ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R
CER1 0603 NP0 50V 12P COL
ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R
CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL
CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL
CER1 0603 NP0 50V 12P COL
CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL
CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL
ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R
CER1 0603 NP0 50V 180P COL
CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL
CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL
ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R
CER1 0603 NP0 50V 12P COL
CER1 0603 NP0 50V 12P COL
ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R
CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL
ELCAP SM 50V 1U PM20 COL R
ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R
CER1 0603 NP0 50V 15P COL
CER1 0603 NP0 50V 56P COL
CER1 0603 NP0 50V 15P COL
RST SM 0603 8K2 PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 15K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 470K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 470R PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 820R PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 12K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 33K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 33K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 3K3 PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 820R PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL
RST FUSE NFR25 S 4R7 PM5 A

-- RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL

-- RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL

-- RST SM 0603 560R PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL
RST SM 0603 33K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 3K3 PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 33K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 12K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 470R PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 820R PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 560R PM5 COL

RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 560R PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 6K8 PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 820R PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 1K5 PM5 COL
RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL

-- RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL
FXDIND SM 0805 15U PM20 COL R
FXDIND SM 0805 15U PM20 COL R
FXDIND 0805 100MHZ 120R COL R
FXDIND SM 0805 15U PM20 COL R
FXDIND SM 0805 15U PM20 COL R
FXDIND SM 0805 27U PM20 COL R
FXDIND SM 0805 27U PM20 COL R
FXDIND SM 0805 15U PM20 COL R
FXDIND SM 0805 15U PM20 COL R
FXDIND SM 0805 33U PM20 COL R
IC SM TC90A53F (TOSJ) R
TRA SIG SM BC847BS (PHSE) R
TRA SIG SM BC847BS (PHSE) R
TRA SIG SM BC847BW (COL) R
TRA SIG SM BC847BPN (PHSE) R

123456

7

8

9

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

TV Board: Audio Delay Line

AUDIO DELAY LINE
(COMMON)

67LC03U 7.

B

C

D

E

F

+5V4

GNDDIGITAL

GNDDIGITAL

+5VD

GNDDIGITAL

+5VD

7601
TC74HC590AF

14

13
2V3
12

11
2V3

10
5V3

7602

14

13

12
5V3

11
2V3

10
5V3

TC74HC590AF

123

5601

F601

16

5V3

8

GNDDIGITAL

9

4

5V3

15

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

16

5V3

8

GNDDIGITAL

9

4

15

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

+5VD

+5VD

2601
100n

GNDDIGITAL

2V6

2V6

2V6

2V6

2V6

2V6

2V6

+5VD

GNDDIGITAL

4601

4602

4603

7603
CY62256

+5VD

GNDDIGITAL

2602
100n

2V6

2V6

2V6

2V6

2V6

2V6

(1)

2V6

GNDDIGITAL

11

28

5V3

2603
100n

(1)

4604

GNDDIGITAL

2V5

2V5

2V5

2V5

2V5

2V5

I|O112I|O213I|O315I|O416I|O517I|O618I|O7

I|O0

VCC

A224A325A426A51A62A73A84A9

A021A1

23

(1) NOT USED

(1)

4605

4606

GNDDIGITAL

2V5

2V5

19

GNDDIGITAL

1u0

COUNTER

EN3

C2

G1

CTR8

(CT=255)Z4

1+

CT=0

EN3

C2

G1

CTR8

(CT=255)Z4

1+

CT=0

COUNTER

VCC

GND

2D 3

VCC

GND

2D 3

GNDDIGITAL

20

CE_

A10

6

5

GNDHOT

4

2V3

22

27

OE_

WE_

A117A128A139A14

GND

10

14

GNDDIGITAL

56789

DFF

1
11

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

+5VD

20

5V3

EN
C1

1D

10

GNDDIGITAL

F603

2605

100n

GNDDIGITAL

19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12

(1) NOT USED

2V / div AC

2ms / div

4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617

(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)

(1)
(1)

F602

(1)

2V6

GNDDIGITAL

F603

GNDDIGITAL

F610

I2S_DATA_IN

2612
330p

I2S_DATA_OUT

2613
470p

I2S_CLOCK

A8

A8

A8

F612

2V3

+5VD

3610
470R

7610

BC847BW

0V2

F613

2611

82p

3611

47K

2V3

2610
82p

DFF

7604
74HCT573D

1
11

2V6

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

GNDDIGITAL

EN
C1

1D

5V3

+5VD

2604

100n

GNDDIGITAL

20

2V3

19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12

10

7605

74HCT573D

GNDDIGITAL

F602

2V / div AC

2ms / div

AA

B

C

D

E

F

2601 B2
2602 D2
2603 B2
2604 B7
2605 B8
2610 F6
2611 F6
2612 D9
2613 D9
3610 F5
3611 F6
4601 E2
4602 E2
4603 F2
4604 F2
4605 F2
4606 F2
4610 C9
4611 C9
4612 C9
4613 C9
4614 C9
4615 C9
4616 C9
4617 C9
5601 A1
7601 A1
7602 D1
7603 A2
7604 B7
7605 B8
7610 F6
F601 A1
F602 C9
F603 D9
F610 F9
F612 F5
F613 F6

GNDDIGITAL

1

2

3

456789

GNDDIGITAL

CL 36532023_010.eps

100403

TV Board: Audio Processing

(

(

(

(

(

(

(

(

AUDIO PROCESSING
(COMMON)

3691
330R

2624

15p

56p2623

12p

2647

2635

2636 1u0

4647

4646

4648

4649

2637
2638

1K03645

F622

100mV / div AC

5µs / div

2633 B2
2634 B2
2635 C2
2636 C2
2637 C2

3623

RES

2640

1u0

2633

1u0
2634

1u0

RES

2689
2690 1u0

A

B

C

D

E

1620 E7
1691 A1
2620 A10
2621 A2
2622 A1

2691

22n

A3

A1

A1

A4

A4

A11

A11

A11

A11

A11

A11

A1

A1

2623 B1
2624 A1
2625 B1
2626 B2
2627 B2

1691

TPS

SIF-FM

SCL-0

SDA-0

2622

27p

F622

SIF-TV

2625
180p

PIP-AUDIO
R-SC1_AV1-IN

L-SC1_AV1-IN

R-SC2_AV2-IN

L-SC2_AV2-IN

R-FRONT-IN

L-FRONT-IN

PC-HDAUDIO-R

PC-HDAUDIO-L

AUD_SW

2628 C2
2629 C2
2630 C2
2631 D2
2632 D2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1O3

I

G

2

4691

5621

15u

3622 2K2

3640 1K0

3633

1K0

3634 1K0

1K03635

3636 1K0

1K03637

3638 1K0

F645

3646 1K0

F646

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

2638 D2
2639 B2
2640 B2
2645 B7
2646 B7

100R3620

3621 100R

+5V4A

7622

RES RES

4620

3624
RES

2639
220p

1u0

1u0

1u0

1u0

F640

2627
4n7

2629 2630
4n7

2631 2632
4n7

2621

3625
RES

2628

4n7

4n7

4n7

7621

2647 B1
2648 A8
2649 B8
2650 C7
2651 E6

F626

F621

RES

2626
47p

3V8

3V8
3V8

3V8
3V8

3V8

3V8

3V8

3V8

2677
4n7 4n7

MSP-3410G NICAM VERSION W/O VIRTUAL DOLBY
MSP-3420G NTSC VERSION W/O VIRTUAL DOLBY
MSP-3411G NICAM VERSION WITH VIRTUAL DOLBY
MSP-3421G NTSC VERSION WITH VIRTUAL DOLBY

2652 C8
2653 C8
2654 A7
2655 A8
2656 E5

RES

3626

7620

MSP3410G

*

1

I2C-CL

2V8

2

I2C-DA

2V5

2684
1n0

ANA-IN2+52

0V

50

ANA-IN1+

1V5

51

ANA-IN-

1V5

MONO

MONO-IN47

SC1-IN-R45

SC1-IN-L44

SCART 1

SC2-IN-R42

SC2-IN-L41

SCART 2

SC3-IN-R39

SC3-IN-L38

SCART 3

SC4-IN-R36

SC4-IN-L35

SCART 4

2678

5859642213

DIVERSITY FOR SOUND IC 7620

*

DEMODULATOR

2657 B7
2658 B7
2661 C8
2662 C7
2663 D8

7

ADR-DA

ADR

NC

NC

NC

NC

9

ADR-CL

interface

2664 D8
2665 D8
2666 E8
2667 E8
2668 E7

NC

8

ADR-WS

IDENT

A/D

A/D

141524

NC

57

AUD-CL-OUT

2669 E7
2670 C8
2671 C8
2672 D9
2673 D9

0V

60

D-CTR-IO1

FM1
FM2
NICAM A
NICAM B

IDENT

SCART-L

SCART-R

2688

2u2

NC

61

D-CTR-IO0

SCART

2674 E9
2675 E9
2676 B8
2677 D2
2678 D3

S1...4

Switching Facilities

DACM-SUB

ADR-SEL

23

62

0V4

F656

2656
1n0

I2SL/R

TESTEN

53

DSP

48

2679 B7
2680 E6
2681 E6
2682 E6
2683 E7

5

NC

2V6

12

I2S-DA-O1

I2S-DA-IN2

I2S

I2SL/R

LOUDSPEAKER R

LOUDSPEAKER L

HEADPHONE R

HEADPHONE L

SCART-R

SCART-L

ASG043ASG140ASG2

AVSS

37

2684 A3
2688 E4
2689 D2
2690 D2
2691 A1

6

2V6

I2S-DA-IN1

interface

AHVSS

33

+5V4A

3

I2S-CL

2680

2681

3620 A2
3621 A2
3622 B1
3623 A2
3624 B2

4

2V5

I2S-WS

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

TP56VREF127VREF2

19

NC

470p

100n

68LC03U 7.

31

NC

LOUDSPEAKER

HEADPHONE

DVSS11DVSUP

10

0V

5V3

2651
100n

3625 B2
3626 A3
3633 B1
3634 B1
3635 C1

8V5

AHVSUP

STANDBYQ

63

+5V4A

2682

3p3

RESETQ

DACM-R

DACM-L 21

VREFTOP

AGNDC

CAPL-M

CAPL-A

DACA-R 17

DACA-L 18

SC1-OUT-R 28

SC1-OUT-L 29

SCART 1

SCART 2

SC2-OUT-R 25

SC2-OUT-L 26

XTAL-IN54XTAL-OUT

AVSUP

49

2V5

1620

DSX840
18M432

3636 C1
3637 C1
3638 D1
3640 B1
3645 D1

55

2V5

3V8

3V8

3V8

3V8

3V8

2683

16

20
0V4

0V4

46
2V6

34

32
7V
30

5V2

3p3

2668

1n0

F676

2657
100n

3646 D1
3650 A7
3651 C9
3652 C9
3653 D10

+5V4A

6650
BAS316

F655

2654
220n

1n02645

2646

1n0

2658

10u
16V

NC

10u

2650

3650
22K

2655

10u 16V

2679
100n

16V

2662

1n0

4650

RES

4651

RES

2669
1n0

3654 D10
3655 E9
3656 E9
3691 A1
4620 A2

2648

1u0

2649

1u0

2676

10u
16V

2652
100n

F650

4646 C1
4647 C1
4648 C1
4649 C1
4650 D7

2653

16V

22u

2661

1n0

100n

2664

1u0

2665

1u0

2666

1u0

2667

1u0

2670 1u0

2671

2663

NC

1u0

3V8

3V8

3V8

3V8

16

VCC

MUXDX

1y0

1y1

2y0

2y1

3y0

3y1

3651

+8V3

5680
4u7

74HC4053

G3

GND

8

1u0

100R

100R3652

SWITCH

7680

6

14

11

15

10

4

9

5680 C9
6650 A7
7620 A3
7621 A2
7622 A2

3V8

3V8

5V3

4651 D7
4691 A1
5620 A9
5621 A1
5650 A8

5650

FOR SCART ONLY

8V5

12

13

2

1

5

3

VEE

7

7674 B9
7675 B10
7676 C10
7677 D10
7678 E9

+8V3

+5V4

5620

1u0

2672

1u0

2673

1u0

7678

PDTC124ET

3655
100R

3656
100R

0V

0V4

7676

PDTC124ET

0V3

3653

100R

3654

100R

0V3

0V3

7674 7675
PDTC124ET PDTC124ET

0V4

NC

2674

1u0

2675

1u0

7679 E10
7680 D9
F620 A10
F621 A3
F622 A1

I2S_DATA_OUT

I2S_DATA_IN

I2S_CLOCK

F620

2620

16V

10u

7677

PDTC124ET

0V3

SEL-MAIN-R1R2

7679

PDTC124ET

L-CL_VL-OUT

R-CL_VL-OUT

F626 A2
F640 B2
F645 D1
F646 D1
F650 A8

+5V4A

AUDIO-R

AUDIO-L

OUT_MUTE

R-SC1_AV-OUT

L-SC1_AV-OUT

L-SC2-OUT

R-SC2-OUT

A7

A7

A7

A9

A9

A9

A11

A11

A11

A11

A1

A11

A11

F655 A7
F656 E5
F676 B7

A

B

C

D

AP-PAL VD 17"/23"

AP-PAL Non-VD 15"

NAFTA/AP-NTSC/Latam 15"

NAFTA/AP-NTSC/Latam VD 17"/23"

Europe VD 17"/23"

Europe Non-VD 15"

Item#
2663 V-- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL

V

2664 -- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

2665 -- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

2666 -- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

2667 -- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

2672 -- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

2673 -- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

V

2674 -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

V

2675 -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL
3653 -- -- -- -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL

V
V

3654 -- -- -- -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL

VV

3655 -- -- -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL

E

V

V

3656 -- -- -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL

V

5680 -- -- -- -- -- FXDIND SM 1008 4U7 PM5 COL R
7620 -- -- -- -- -- IC SM MSP3421G-FH-B8V3
7620 -- -- -- -- -- IC SM MSP3420G-QI-B8-V3
7620 -- -- -- -- IC SM MSP3411G-QI-C12
7620 -- -- -- -- IC SM MSP3410G-QI-C12
7676 -- -- -- -- -- TRA SIG SM PDTC124ET
7677 -- -- -- -- -- TRA SIG SM PDTC124ET
7678 -- -- -- -- TRA SIG SM PDTC124ET
7679 -- -- -- -- TRA SIG SM PDTC124ET
7680 -- -- -- -- -- IC SM 74HC4053PW (PHSE) R

V

V

V

VV

V

V
V
VV
VV
V

Component type

MIAS)Y

MIAS)Y
MIAS) Y
MIAS) Y

COL) R

COL) R

COL) R

COL) R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CL 36532023_011.eps

061003

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

TV Board: Audio Amplifier 2x3 Watts (15”/17”)

123456789

AUDIO AMPLIFIER 2x3 Watts

A

B

C

D

E

F

A9a

LED_IN

A11

IR_IN

A11

STBY-LED

A11

STATUS

A11

IR_OUT

A11

A8

A8

A8

A1

A10

A1

*

MTV
ITV

AUD_SW

AUDIO-L

AUDIO-R

SOUND-ENABLE

POWER-DOWN

STAND-BY

1750

1752

X

X

YES

YES

YES

(15"/17")

FOR ITV

1232
1
2
3
4
5
6

HMLINK

1702

1

25

36

SPPH4

4740

4739

47384737

X

YES

YES

X

X

X

YES

4

F735

F740

5V3

2V3

3V3

2V9

3V3

2V9

2735

1n0

3735

27K

2740

1n0

3740

27K

+3V5

3V5

7732-A

74LCV08AD

74LCV08AD

F755

3V5

74LCV08AD

74LCV08AD

QUAD 2-INPUT AND GATE

1

2

7732-B

4

5

7732-C

9

10

7732-D

12

13

14

7
14

7

14

7
14

7

69LC03U 7.

1232 A1
1702 A1
1730 A4
1731 A9
1732 B9
1733 A4
1750 A7

A

B

C

D

E

F

1752 B7
2731 D5
2732 B4
2733 B6
2734 B6
2735 B3
2736 B3
2737 C4
2740 C3
2741 C3
2742 C4
2745 D4
2746 F4
2750 A7
2751 B8
2752 A7
2753 B8
2754 C6
2755 E6
2756 C7
2757 C7
2758 C7
3732 B3
3733 B4
3735 B3
3736 C3
3740 C3
3741 C3
3743 F4
3744 F5
3745 D4
3746 D3
3750 A7
3752 A7
3755 E6
3756 E6
3757 E6
3758 E7
3759 E7
3760 E8
3761 F8
4737 C7
4738 B7
4739 C7
4740 C7
5733 A5
6731 A4
6732 A4
6755 E7
7731 B5
7732-A D3
7732-B E3
7732-C E3
7732-D F3
7744 F4
7756 F7
F731 B5
F732 B4
F735 C2
F736 C9
F737 C9
F738 C9
F739 C9
F740 C2
F743 F4
F745 C4
F755 E3
F759 E8

1733
YKC21-3416

3

2

10u2750

1

1730

3732

220K

2736

1u0

3736

6K8

2741

1u0

3741

6K8

3746

1K0

3

3V5

6

8

3V5

11

3V5

3743

1K0

3733
RES

2737
4n7

2742
4n7

3745

3K3

F743

6731

BZX284-C6V8

6732

BZX284-C6V8

2732

50V10u

2745

50V100u

0V7

2746

50V1u0

F732

7731

AN7522N

6 CH1-IN

1V4

8

1V4

F745

9 VOL

2V7

2731

GNDEARTH

+3V5

3744

4K7

0V

7744
BC847BW

CH2-IN

33n

12-24DC-SUP_1

5

2V9

STB

GNDCH111GNDCH2

GNDINP

3

7

GNDHOT

1

5733
22u

F731

11V8

VCC

2733
220n

3755
100R

2734

10CH2-

12CH2+

16V1m0

2CH1+

4CH1-

3756

RES

6V2

6V1

6V1

6V1

2755
1u0

2754
1n5

3757

10K

1n5

+3V5

3758

4K7

3V5

BC847B

27562758

7756

2752 10u

4740

*

2757
1n51n5

6755

0V

BAS316

*

120R3750

50

1750

*

470R3752

50

1752

*

4738

*

4737

*

4739

3759

1K0

3760

4K7

F759

3761

2K2

HP-SIDE-DET

OUT_MUTE

2751
470p

2753
470p

F735

20mV / div AC

1ms / div

F738

50mV / div AC

1ms / div

A1

A8

F738

F737

F736

F739

F736

F740

17316
5
4
2

3
7
8
9
1

HEADPHONE

1732

4

3

2

1

20mV / div AC

1ms / div

20mV / div AC

1ms / div

CL 36532023_012.eps

16 OHMS / 3 W

110903

123

4567

8

9

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

TV Board: Audio Amplifier 2x5 Watts (23”)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

AUDIO AMPLIFIER 2x5 Watts

A

B

C

D

E

F

A9b

LED_IN

A11

IR_IN

A11

STBY-LED

A11

STATUS

A11

IR_OUT

A11

A8

A8

A8

A1

A10

A1

AUD_SW

AUDIO-L

AUDIO-R

SOUND-ENABLE

POWER-DOWN

STAND-BY

(23")

FOR ITV

1232
1
2
3
4
5
6

HMLINK

1702

14

25

36

SPPH4

7732-A

74LCV08AD

1

5V3

2

2V3

7732-B

74LCV08AD

4

F755

5

3V5

7732-C

74LCV08AD

9

2V3

10

2V9

7732-D

74LCV08AD

12

2V3

13

2V9

QUAD 2-INPUT AND GATE

F735

F740

+3V5

70LC03U 7.

1232 A1
1702 A2
1730 B3
1731 A9
1732 C9
1733 A4
1734 B9

A

1750 A7
1752 B7
2732 E5
2734 E7
2735 B3
2736 B4
2737 C4
2738 D6
2739 D6
2740 C3
2741 C4
2742 C4
2743 D6
2744 D6

1730

6731

BZX284-C6V8

1733
YKC21-3416

3

2

17316
5
4

470R3750

1750

*

470R3752

2759
1n0

2760
1n0

2

3
7
8
9
1

HEADPHONE

1

1752

*

2751
470p

2753
470p

2745 D5
2746 F3

B

C

D

E

F

2747 D5
2751 B8
2753 B8
2755 E6
2759 A8
2760 A9
2796 D6
2797 E6
2798 E7
2799 D5
3733 E5
3735 B3
3736 C3
3739 D3
3740 C3
3741 C3
3743 F3
3744 F4
3745 E5
3746 F4
3747 D4
3748 D4
3750 A7
3752 A7
3755 E6
3756 E6
3757 E6
3758 E7
3759 E7
3760 E8
3761 F8
3799 E4
4738 B7
4739 C7
4740 C7
5733 D7
6731 B3
6732 B3
6755 E7
7731 B4
7732-A D2
7732-B E2
7732-C E2
7732-D F2
7739 D4
7744 F3
7745 F5
7756 F7
F731 D7
F732 E5
F735 C2

6732

BZX284-C6V8

3752

X

4737

X

YES

A1

A8

1734

3

2

1

1732

4

3

2

1

4739

4738 4740

X

X

YES

YES

GNDHOT

CL 36532054_004.eps

YES

8 OHMS / 5 W

X

110903

2735

RES

3735

18K

2740

RES

3740

18K

3V5

14

3

3V5

7
14

6

7

14

8

3V5

7
14

11

7

3V5

3743

1K0

3739

1K0

F743

0V7

2736

1u0

3736
3K3

2741

1u0

3741
3K3

7744
BC847BW

2746

50V1u0

+3V5

0V

+3V5

3744
4K7

2737
3n3

2742
3n3

3747

7739
BC847B

4K7

3748

8K2

3799

220K

3746

1K0

7731

AN5277

1 NC1

RIPPLE
FILTER

2 CH1I

NC

6V2

2799

50V100u

3733
RES

12-24DC-SUP_1

ATT.

3RF

3745

7745
BC847BW

4K7

4 GNDI

2745

2732

50V10u

2V9

F745

25V100u

F732

5 CH2I

6 NC2

2747

NC

33n

7 CH2O

5V2

ATT.
CON

8 MUTE

0V3

2796

1n0

2797

1n0

3755
100R

9 GNDO

10 VCC

6V

11 STBY

3V7

3756
RES

12 CH1O

6V1

2743

1n5

2755
1u0

2744

1n5

3757

10K

2738

2739

4738

*

F738
F737

*

4740

*

4739

GNDEARTH

*

50V330u

50V330u

+3V5

3V5

3758

4K7

7756

BC847B

12-24DC-SUP_1

F731

2798
220n

6755

0V

BAS316

5733
22u

2734

35V1m0

3759

1K0

3760

4K7

F759

3761
1K0

MTV
ITV

HP-SIDE-DET

OUT_MUTE

F736

F739

3750

1750

YESXYES

X

YES

GNDEARTH

F736 C8
F737 C8
F738 C8
F739 C8
F740 C2
F743 F3
F745 D5
F755 E2
F759 E8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

TV Board: Local Supply

B

B

B

B

(

R

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

71LC03U 7.

A

B

C

D

E

F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

24V DC-in 23"

Item#

V

2900 -- CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 100N P8020
2900 -- CER2 0603 Y5V 25V 100N COL
2910 -- ELCAP 25V S 470U PM20 COL
2910 -- ELCAP 35V S 470U PM20 COL
2920 -- ELCAP 25V S 470U PM20 COL
2920 -- ELCAP 35V S 470U PM20 COL
3930 -- RST SM 0603 1R PM5 COL
3930 -- RST SM 0603 2R2 PM5 COL
7900 -- FET SIG SM SI2301DS
7900 -- FET POW SM SI2307DS (VISH)

FROM/TO
1003 OF
SCALER PNL

V
V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

F906 = 8V3 DC
F907 = 5V4 DC
F908 = 3V5 DC

Component type

12V DC-in 15"/17"

12-24DC-SUP

1902

4

3

2

1

A9

11V9

VISH) R

12-24DC-SUP_1

F900

5900

12u

F902

STAND-BY

LOCAL SUPPLY
(COMMON)

F901

5901

100MHz 220R

2900
100n

F903

2V9

3904

220K

3903
15K

3900

1K

2

1

6V

3901

1K

0V

7901
PDTC114ET

2903
10n

0V5

11V9

3

0V

1903

3925

10R

F1600mA

3905

220K

7903
BC847B

5930

33u

+3V5

6925

SS14

3906
22K

2V3

7904
BC847B

3915
1R0

3920
RES

3910

RES

2920

3930

1R0

3921

1R0

25V470u

3911

3912

1R0 1R0

2910

470u

25V

1K

2912

3931

1R0

1K

2932

3922
RES

1K

2922

3913

RES

3932

RES

3923

RES

11V7

11V8

1%

11V7

11V8

1%

11V

11V1

1%

1V2

1V2

1V3

7910
MC34063A

8 DCOL

7IS

6

VCC

5 CIN-

5K6

7930
MC34063A

8 DCOL

7IS

6

VCC

5 CIN-

2934

7920
MC34063A

8 DCOL

7IS

6

VCC

5 CIN-

1K8

3K3

3914

3933

3924

IPK

OSC

1%

4n72914

IPK

OSC

1%

IPK

OSC

1%

4n72924

4n7

QRS

REFERENCE
REGULATOR

QRS

REFERENCE
REGULATOR

QRS

REFERENCE
REGULATOR

GND 4

1SWC

2SWE

3TIMC

1SWC

2SWE

3TIMC

4GND

1SWC

2SWE

3TIMC

4GND

11V7

11V7

11V

8V4

0V7

5V5

0V7

3V6

0V7

2911
470p

2931
470p

2921
470p

5911
220u

2913

470u

16V

5931
220u

2933
470u

10V

5921
220u

2923

1m0

6.3V

POWER-DOWN

6910
SS14

F906

6930
SS14

F907

6920
SS14

F908

A1,A9

+8V3

,300mA / 430mA

+5V4

,320mA

+3V5

,250mA

CL 36532023_013.eps

150403

A

B

C

D

E

F

1902 C1
1903 C3
2900 C2
2903 F3
2910 B4
2911 A7
2912 B5
2913 B7
2914 B5
2920 E4
2921 E7
2922 E5
2923 E7
2924 E5
2931 C7
2932 D5
2933 D7
2934 D5
3900 C2
3901 D3
3903 F2
3904 E2
3905 E3
3906 E4
3910 A4
3911 A4
3912 A5
3913 B5
3914 B5
3915 A4
3920 E4
3921 E4
3922 E5
3923 E5
3924 E5
3925 E3
3930 C4
3931 C5
3932 C5
3933 D5
5900 C2
5901 C2
5911 A7
5921 E7
5930 C4
5931 C7
6910 A7
6920 E7
6925 E4
6930 C7
7900 C2
7901 D3
7903 F3
7904 F4
7910 A5
7920 D5
7930 B5
F900 C1
F901 C2
F902 C1
F903 D2
F906 B7
F907 D7
F908 E7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

TV Board: CINCH I/O (15”/17”/23”)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CINCH IO

A

B

C

D

E

TO 1170 OF

F

TO 1500 OF

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

A1,A4

1231

F221

1

2
F222

3

4

5

LIGHT-SENSOR_SDM

6

F224

7

1234

1

2

KEYBOARD

F223

3

NC

4

CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN

B-SC1-IN_U-IN

L-SC1_AV1-IN

R-SC1_AV1-IN

R-SC1_V-IN

PC-TV-LED

4203

*

VOL­VOL+

CH­CH+

A5

A4

A8

A8

A4

FRONT CONTROL

TOP CONTROL

2V4
2V
1V4
1V

+3V5

+8V3

(EU used 6211)

6297

BZX384-C12

3209
47K

3204

47K

6219

BZX384-C12

A1

A1

A1

A1

A1

2217
RES

RES

2227

RC5

STBY-LED

3299

(EU used 3217)

3227

10R

2211

RES

2208
330p

2203
330p

RES

2219

100R

(EU used 3212)

(EU used 3211)

3208

1K0

3203

1K0

(EU used 3219)

(EU used 3218)

12-24DC-SUP

3261
4K7

7260

BC847BW

4201

(15"/17"/23" CINCH)

F207

(EU used 3216)

3298
75R

3226

75R

100R3297

3296

75R

100R3295

3294
75R

3255
270R

6250

BZX384-C5V1

4202

2250
4u7

3262

5K6

3260

270R

1205

1203

1208

74HCT1G86

7261

4

1209

1212

1206

2254
100n

3

2253

1n0

2255

1n0

5

3263

5K6

6209
RES

6210

RES

RES

6205

6206

F218

RES

F205

F204
6202
RES

6204

RES

F202

F208
RES

6201

RES
6203

RES

6257

3257

2

1

F229

3256 100R

+8V3

BZX384-C3V9

3258

3K9

3259

5K6

AV1

1266-2

LPR6520-KG

9

8

7

6

5

4

1

2

3

LPR6520-KG

Y
V(AV1)

U
L(AV1)

1266-1

R(AV1)
V

FOR ITV ONLY

LED_IN

F225

IR_IN

F226

STBY-LED

F227

6227

6228

F228

IR_OUT

F230

72LC03U 7.

A9

A9

A9

STATUS

A9

BZX284-C6V8 BZX284-C6V8

A9

AV2 / AVOUT

1265-2

LPR6520-KG

V(AVOUT)

V(AV2)

L(AVOUT)

L(AV2)

1265-1

LPR6520-KG

R(AV2)

R(AVOUT)

SVHS IN

1264-A

YKF51-5347

LOCALLIB (242202604926 PI=2)

TO

0240

OF

SIDE

I/O

TO 1232 (RJ 12) OF SHT A9

1233

EH-B

1202 C8
1203 C3
1204 B8
1205 C3
1206 B3
1208 D3
1209 A3
1211 A7
1212 A3
1214 C7
1216 B7

A

1217 D7
1218 E7

B

C

D

E

F

1219 A7
1231 E1
1233 E6
1234 F1
1264-A E6
1264-B D7
1265-1 B6
1265-2 A6
1266-1 C4
1266-2 A4
2203 C2
2206 B8
2208 C2
2211 B2
2217 A2
2219 D2
2225 A8
2227 A2
2238 B8
2242 E8
2244 D8
2249 E8
2250 E3
2251 C7
2252 B7
2253 C3
2254 E3
2255 C3
2257 C7
2258 B7
2291 C8
2292 C8
3203 C2
3204 C2
3206 B8
3207 B8
3208 B2
3209 C2
3226 A3
3227 A2
3238 B8
3239 B8
3241 E8
3242 E8
3243 D8
3244 C8
3248 E7
3249 E8
3255 E3
3256 E4
3257 E4
3258 F4
3259 F4
3260 E3
3261 E2
3262 F3
3263 E3
3289 C8
3290 C8
3291 C8
3292 C8
3293 A7
3294 D3
3295 C2
3296 B3
3297 B2
3298 A3
3299 A2
4201 F2
4202 F3

F220

2225

22p

3206

150R

1204

3238

1K0

(EU used 3233)

3292 1K0

(EU used 2233) (EU used 3234)

(EU used 3201)

(EU used 2201) (EU used 3202)

3244

10R

3243

75R

150R3291

2291
330p

2292
330p

2206
330p

2238
330p

2244
RES

3207

220K

3239

47K

3290
47K

3289
220K

CVBS-SC2_MON-OUT

L-SC1_AV-OUT

L-SC2_AV2-IN

R-SC2_AV2-IN

R-SC1_AV-OUT

C-SC2_SVHS-IN

A4

A8

A8

A8

A8

A5

1211

1217

3293

68R

1216

1214

1202

9

8

7

6

5

4

1

2

3

1219

F203

F212

F201

F217

F214

2258

2257

1n0

2251

1n0

RES
6207

2252

1n0

1n0

8
3

5104

9

6

YKF51-5347

1264-B

NC

7
2

1

1

F234

2

3

F235

4

5

F237

6

F236

7

F238

8

9

10

NC

11

RES

6208

3249

11

F231

F215

1218

3248
75R

100R

3241

1K0

RES

2249

2242
330p

+5V4

Y-CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN

3242
10K

STATUS2_SVHS-RR-DET

Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN

C-FRONT-IN

L-FRONT-IN

SVHS-SIDE-DET

R-FRONT-IN

CL 36532037_018.eps

A5

A1

A5

A5

A8

A1

A8

061003

4203 E1
6201 D4
6202 B4
6203 D4
6204 C4
6205 A4
6206 B4
6207 D7
6208 D7
6209 A4
6210 A4
6219 D2
6227 E5
6228 F5
6250 E3
6257 E4
6297 B2
7260 F3
7261 F3
F201 C7
F202 C4
F203 B7
F204 B4
F205 B4
F207 A4
F208 D4
F212 C7
F214 B7
F215 E7
F217 D7
F218 B4
F220 A8
F221 E1
F222 E1
F223 F1
F224 E1
F225 E4
F226 E4
F227 E4
F228 F5
F229 F4
F230 F4
F231 E7
F234 E6
F235 E6
F236 F6
F237 F6
F238 F6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Overview Top Side)

1010 A4
1057 E6
1100 C2
1111 E2
1202 F3
1214 F3
1231 F4
1232 F7
1233 E2
1234 F4
1264 F2
1265 F4
1266 E1
1269 F4

1330 B5
1426 E4
1620 D7
1691 C7
1702 E7
1730 F7
1731 F6
1732 E8
1733 F6
1750 F8
1752 F8
1902 A10
1903 A8
2010 D5

2016 E5
2017 E5
2018 E6
2019 E6
2020 E6
2021 E6
2041 D6
2042 E6
2043 D6
2044 D6
2045 D6
2046 D6
2049 C6
2052 E6

2053 D6
2055 E6
2057 D6
2103 D2
2106 D2
2108 D2
2109 C4
2110 C4
2154 D4
2158 D3
2159 D3
2160 E3
2162 D3
2164 D3

2166 D3
2167 D3
2169 D4
2170 E3
2171 D3
2172 D4
2174 E3
2175 E3
2176 D3
2177 D3
2250 F6
2251 F3
2257 F3
2291 F2

2292 F2
2303 D4
2304 D4
2308 B4
2310 B4
2312 B4
2315 D4
2317 B4
2319 B4
2321 B5
2325 B5
2330 D5
2331 D5
2332 D5

2351 D4
2360 C5
2361 C5
2376 D4
2377 D4
2378 D5
2412 E2
2415 E3
2417 E2
2418 E2
2419 E2
2431 E4
2435 E3
2438 D3

Part 1

CL 36532037_19a.eps

Part 3

3139 123 5667.4

CL 36532037_19c.eps

2439 D3
2442 D4
2443 D4
2444 D4
2445 D4
2446 D4
2473 C6
2474 C6
2475 C6
2476 B6
2477 B6
2478 B6
2479 B6
2480 B5

2481 B5
2501 E4
2620 D7
2621 C7
2622 C7
2623 C7
2624 C7
2625 C7
2627 C7
2628 C7
2629 C8
2630 C8
2631 C8
2632 C8

2633 C7
2634 C7
2635 C8
2636 C7
2637 C8
2638 C8
2639 C7
2640 C7
2645 D8
2646 D8
2647 C7
2648 D8
2649 D8
2650 C8

2652 D8
2653 C8
2654 D8
2655 D8
2656 D8
2657 C8
2658 C8
2661 D8
2662 D8
2664 E6
2665 E7
2666 E7
2667 E7
2668 D8

73LC03U 7.

2669 D8
2670 D8
2671 D8
2672 E6
2673 F6
2674 D8
2675 D8
2676 C7
2677 C8
2678 C8
2679 C7
2680 D7
2681 D7
2682 D7

2683 D7
2684 C7
2689 C8
2690 C8
2691 C6
2732 C8
2733 D9
2734 C9
2735 D9
2740 D9
2741 D9
2742 E9
2745 E9
2746 E7

2750 F9
2752 F9
2753 F8
2756 E9
2757 E9
2900 B8
2903 B8
2910 B9
2912 B10
2913 B10
2914 B10
2920 B7
2923 B7
2932 C8

2933 C8
2934 C8
2998 B8
2999 B10
3002 E5
3006 D6
3007 E5
3008 D6
3010 E4
3014 E5
3015 E5
3016 E5
3018 D6
3019 D6

3021 D5
3022 D5
3023 D6
3029 D5
3031 E4
3033 E5
3034 D6
3042 E6
3043 E6
3044 E6
3045 D5
3046 D5
3049 E4
3051 E5

3052 B5
3053 B5
3055 B5
3056 B5
3057 E6
3059 E6
3060 E6
3062 E5
3063 D5
3064 D5
3065 D6
3070 D6
3071 D6
3084 D6

3086 D5
3099 E4
3102 D1
3143 C4
3155 D4
3156 D4
3157 D4
3158 D4
3159 D3
3162 E4
3164 E3
3166 E3
3168 E3
3169 E3

3170 E3
3171 E3
3173 D4
3174 D3
3196 D4
3197 E4
3198 E4
3199 E4
3289 F2
3290 F2
3291 F3
3292 F3
3301 B6
3307 D4

Part 2

CL 36532037_19b.eps

Part 4

CL 36532037_19d.eps

3312 D4
3313 D5
3314 D4
3318 B4
3319 B4
3325 B6
3329 A4
3333 C5
3334 D5
3335 D5
3336 C5
3337 B4
3338 C5
3346 D4

3347 D4
3348 D4
3360 C5
3361 C5
3362 C5
3411 E2
3412 E2
3413 E2
3414 E3
3415 E3
3416 E2
3417 E3
3418 E2
3427 E3

CL 36532037_019.eps

3439 D3
3440 D4
3441 D4
3442 D4
3443 D4
3444 D4
3445 D4
3446 D4
3447 D4
3448 E3
3506 E4
3507 E4
3508 E4
3509 E4

110903

3510 E4
3620 D7
3621 D7
3622 C7
3623 C7
3624 C7
3625 C7
3626 D7
3633 C7
3634 C7
3635 C8
3636 C7
3637 C7
3638 C8
3640 C7
3645 C7
3646 C7
3650 D7
3651 D8
3652 D8
3653 E6
3654 F6
3655 D9
3656 D9
3691 C7
3732 D9
3733 D9
3735 D9
3736 D9
3740 D9
3741 D9
3752 F8
3900 A8
3901 A8
3903 B8
3904 B8
3905 A8
3906 A7
3910 B9
3911 B9
3912 B9
3913 B10
3914 B10
3915 B9
3920 A7
3921 A7
3922 A7
3925 A8
3930 B9
3931 B9
3932 C9
3933 C8
4008 D6
4057 E6
4151 D4
4152 D4
4302 B6
4303 B6
4620 C7
4646 C7
4647 C7
4648 C7
4649 C7
4691 C7
4738 F8
5042 D6
5122 D2
5156 D3
5166 D3
5171 E3
5173 D3
5174 E3
5301 B6
5302 B5
5303 B4
5433 D3
5434 D4
5435 D4
5470 B6
5620 D7
5621 C7
5650 C8
5733 B9
5900 A9
5901 B8
5911 B10
5921 B7
5930 B8

5931 B8
6102 D1
6103 D1
6360 C5
6361 C5
6362 D5
6412 E2
6415 E3
6650 D8
6731 F7
6732 F7
6910 B10
6920 B7
6925 A7
6930 B8
7008 D6
7022 D5
7053 E6
7062 E5
7064 D5
7066 D6
7155 D4
7156 D4
7170 E3
7199 E4
7261 F6
7301 C4
7303 D4
7330 D4
7360 C5
7401 E2
7403 C6
7412 E2
7432 E3
7433 D4
7434 D4
7501 E4
7620 D7
7621 C7
7622 C7
7674 D8
7675 D9
7676 F6
7678 D9
7679 D9
7680 E7
7731 D9
7900 A8
7901 A8
7903 B8
7904 A8
7910 B9
7920 B7
7930 B8

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 1 Top Side)

74LC03U 7.

Part 1

CL 36532037_19a.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 2 Top Side)

75LC03U 7.

Part 2

CL 36532037_19a.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 3 Top Side)

76LC03U 7.

Part 3

CL 36532037_19c.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 4 Top Side)

77LC03U 7.

Part 4

CL 36532037_19d.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Overview Bottom Side)

1203 D10
1204 F7
1205 E10
1206 E10
1208 D10
1209 F10
1211 F6
1212 E10
1216 F7
1217 F9
1218 F9
1219 F7
1452 C8
2012 D5

2013 E8
2014 E7
2015 E7
2047 C5
2048 C5
2050 D5
2051 E5
2054 E7
2056 E5
2060 D6
2061 E6
2101 D9
2102 D9
2107 D9

2111 B8
2112 B8
2130 C9
2131 C9
2132 C8
2133 C8
2142 C9
2143 C9
2144 B9
2145 B9
2146 C9
2147 C9
2148 C9
2149 C9

2161 D7
2163 D7
2165 D8
2168 D8
2173 D7
2178 D7
2179 D7
2180 D7
2203 D10
2206 F7
2208 E10
2211 E10
2217 F10
2219 E10

2225 F7
2227 E9
2238 F8
2242 F10
2244 F10
2249 F9
2252 F7
2253 E10
2254 E6
2255 D10
2258 F8
2301 C7
2302 B7
2305 B7

2306 C7
2307 C7
2311 B7
2313 B7
2314 C7
2316 C7
2318 B7
2320 B7
2322 B7
2324 B7
2336 C7
2337 C6
2338 C6
2340 B6

2341 C6
2342 C6
2343 C7
2344 B6
2345 B6
2346 B6
2347 C7
2348 C7
2349 D7
2350 D5
2379 C7
2380 B8
2381 B9
2382 B9

Part 1

CL 36532037_20a.eps

Part 3

3139 123 5667.4

CL 36532037_20c.eps

2390 B8
2391 B8
2401 E9
2402 E9
2403 E9
2404 E9
2405 E8
2407 E9
2408 E9
2436 E8
2437 D8
2470 C6
2471 C6
2472 C6

2482 B5
2601 F1
2602 F1
2603 D1
2604 D1
2605 C1
2610 F1
2611 F1
2612 D1
2613 D1
2626 D4
2651 C4
2663 F4
2688 D3

2731 E2
2736 D2
2737 D2
2751 F3
2754 D2
2755 E4
2758 D2
2911 B1
2921 B4
2922 B4
2924 B3
2931 C3
3003 E6
3004 E6

3009 D6
3012 D6
3013 D6
3017 D5
3024 D6
3028 E8
3030 E5
3032 E8
3035 E8
3036 B6
3037 B7
3038 B7
3047 D5
3048 D6

78LC03U 7.

3050 D5
3054 E5
3058 E5
3061 E5
3066 D5
3068 D5
3069 D5
3072 D5
3081 D5
3082 D5
3083 D5
3085 D5
3088 D5
3092 E7

3093 E7
3094 D6
3100 D9
3101 D9
3103 D9
3130 C9
3131 B8
3132 C9
3133 C8
3134 C8
3135 C9
3136 C8
3144 B9
3145 B9

3146 C9
3160 D8
3161 D7
3163 D7
3167 D7
3172 D7
3203 D10
3204 D10
3206 F7
3207 F7
3208 E10
3209 E10
3226 E10
3227 E10

3238 F8
3239 F8
3241 F10
3242 F10
3243 F9
3244 F10
3248 F9
3249 F9
3255 F7
3256 E5
3257 E6
3258 F6
3259 E5
3260 F7

3261 F6
3262 E5
3263 F5
3293 F6
3294 E10
3295 E10
3296 E10
3297 E10
3298 F10
3299 F10
3302 C7
3303 C7
3304 C7
3305 B7

3306 C7
3308 C7
3309 C7
3310 C7
3311 C7
3315 C7
3316 C7
3317 B7
3320 B7
3321 B7
3322 B7
3323 B7
3324 B7
3330 D7

3331 C7
3332 C8
3339 C7
3340 C7
3341 C7
3342 C6
3343 B7
3344 B7
3345 B6
3349 B6
3350 D5
3351 C6
3352 D6
3354 C6

Part 2

CL 36532037_20b.eps

Part 4

CL 36532037_20d.eps

3355 C6
3357 C6
3358 B6
3379 C7
3380 B9
3381 B10
3382 B9
3383 B9
3384 A9
3385 A9
3386 A9
3387 B9
3388 B9
3389 B8

3390 B8
3391 B10
3392 B10
3393 B10
3394 B8
3395 A8
3401 E9
3402 E9
3403 E9
3404 E9
3405 E8
3409 E9
3410 E9
3435 D8

CL 36532037_020.eps

3438 E8
3470 C6
3471 C5
3472 B6
3473 B6
3474 C6
3475 C6
3476 C5
3477 C5
3478 C5
3479 C6
3480 C5
3481 C5
3482 C5

3483 B5
3484 B6
3485 B5
3501 E8
3502 E8
3503 E8
3504 E8
3505 E8
3610 F1
3611 F1
3743 E4
3744 E4
3745 E2
3746 E2

110903

3750 F3
3755 E3
3756 E4
3757 E4
3758 E4
3759 E4
3760 F4
3761 F4
3923 B4
3924 B4
4036 B6
4101 C8
4201 E6
4202 E5
4203 F7
4320 B7
4323 B7
4324 C7
4325 C7
4470 C6
4471 C6
4472 C6
4601 E2
4602 E1
4603 E1
4604 E1
4605 E1
4606 E2
4610 D1
4611 D1
4612 C1
4613 C1
4614 C1
4615 C2
4616 C1
4617 C1
4650 D3
4651 D3
4737 E2
4739 E2
4740 E2
5040 E5
5041 E5
5050 D6
5111 B8
5148 C9
5149 B9
5172 D7
5379 C7
5431 E8
5452 C8
5601 C1
5680 E4
6020 E8
6031 D5
6148 C9
6149 C9
6201 E10
6202 E10
6203 E10
6204 E10
6205 E9
6206 F9
6207 F9
6208 F9
6209 F10
6210 F10
6219 E10
6227 E5
6228 F5
6250 F6
6257 E6
6297 E10
6380 B9
6390 B8
6470 B6
6471 C6
6472 C6
6755 E4
7036 B6
7063 D5
7067 D5
7068 D5
7069 D5
7070 D6
7130 B9
7131 C8

7149 C9
7160 D7
7260 E6
7302 C7
7350 D6
7353 D6
7356 D6
7380 B10
7381 B9
7382 B9
7383 B8
7384 B9
7385 B9
7390 B8
7391 B8
7471 C5
7472 D5
7473 B6
7601 F1
7602 F2
7603 E1
7604 D1
7605 C1
7610 F1
7677 F5
7732 E4
7744 E4
7756 E4

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 1 Bottom Side)

79LC03U 7.

Part 1

CL 36532037_20a.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 2 Bottom Side)

80LC03U 7.

Part 2

CL 36532037_20b.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 3 Bottom Side)

81LC03U 7.

Part 3

CL 36532037_20c.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 4 Bottom Side)

82LC03U 7.

Part 4

CL 36532037_20d.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Overview Top Side)

1010 A4
1057 C5
1100 B2
1111 C1
1202 D3
1214 D2
1231 D3
1232 D6
1233 D2
1234 D4
1264 D1
1265 D3
1266 C1
1269 D3
1330 A4
1426 C3

1620 B6
1691 B6
1702 D6
1730 D5
1731 D5
1732 C6
1733 D5
1734 D6
1750 D7
1752 D7
1902 A8
1903 A7
2010 C4
2016 C4
2017 C4
2018 C5

2019 C5
2020 C5
2021 C5
2041 C5
2042 C5
2043 C5
2044 C5
2045 B5
2046 B5
2049 B5
2052 C5
2053 B5
2055 C5
2057 C5
2103 B2
2106 C2

2108 C1
2109 A3
2110 B3
2154 C3
2158 C2
2159 C2
2160 C2
2162 C3
2164 C3
2166 B3
2167 C3
2169 B3
2170 C3
2171 C3
2172 C3
2174 C3

2175 C3
2176 C3
2177 C3
2250 D5
2251 D2
2257 D2
2291 D2
2292 D2
2303 B3
2304 B3
2308 A3
2310 A3
2312 A4
2315 B4
2317 A3
2319 A3

2321 A4
2325 A4
2330 B4
2331 B4
2332 B4
2351 B3
2360 B4
2361 B4
2376 B4
2377 B3
2378 B4
2412 C2
2415 C2
2417 C2
2418 C2
2419 C2

2431 C3
2435 C2
2438 B3
2439 B3
2442 B3
2443 C3
2444 C4
2445 C4
2446 B3
2473 B5
2474 B5
2475 B5
2476 A5
2477 A5
2478 A5
2479 A5

2480 A4
2481 A4
2501 C3
2620 C6
2621 B6
2622 B5
2623 B6
2624 B6
2625 A6
2627 B6
2628 B6
2629 B6
2630 B6
2631 B6
2632 B6
2633 B6

2634 B6
2635 B6
2636 B6
2637 B6
2638 B6
2639 B6
2640 B6
2645 C7
2646 B7
2647 B6
2648 C6
2649 B7
2650 B7
2652 B6
2653 B7
2654 C6

2655 C6
2656 B7
2657 B7
2658 B7
2661 B7
2662 B7
2664 D5
2665 D5
2666 C6
2667 C6
2668 B7
2669 B7
2670 B7
2671 B7
2672 D5
2673 D5

2674 C7
2675 C7
2676 B6
2677 B6
2678 B6
2679 B6
2680 C6
2681 C6
2682 B5
2683 B5
2684 B6
2689 B6
2690 B6
2691 B5
2732 B7
2734 B7

2735 C7
2738 D7
2739 D7
2740 C7
2741 C7
2742 C7
2743 D7
2744 C7
2745 C7
2746 C5
2799 C7
2900 A7
2903 A6
2910 A7
2912 A8
2913 A8

2914 A8
2920 A6
2923 A6
2932 B7
2933 B6
2934 B7
2998 A6
2999 A8
3002 C4
3006 B5
3007 C4
3008 B5
3010 C4
3014 C4
3015 C4
3016 C4

3018 B5
3019 B5
3021 C4
3022 C4
3023 B5
3029 B4
3031 C3
3033 C4
3034 B5
3042 C5
3043 C5
3044 C5
3045 C4
3046 C4
3049 C4
3051 C4

83LC03U 7.

3052 A4
3053 A4
3055 A4
3056 A4
3057 C5
3059 C5
3060 C5
3062 C4
3063 C4
3064 C4
3065 B5
3070 B5
3071 B5
3084 B5
3086 C4
3099 C4

3102 B1
3143 B3
3155 C3
3156 C3
3157 C3
3158 C3
3159 C2
3162 C3
3164 C3
3166 C3
3168 C3
3169 C3
3170 C3
3171 C3
3173 B4
3174 B2

3196 C3
3197 C3
3198 C3
3199 C3
3289 D2
3290 D2
3291 D2
3292 D2
3301 A5
3307 B4
3312 B4
3313 B4
3314 B3
3318 A3
3319 A3
3325 A5

3329 A3
3333 B4
3334 B4
3335 B4
3336 B4
3337 A3
3338 B4
3346 B3
3347 B3
3348 B3
3360 B4
3361 B4
3362 B4
3411 C2
3412 C2
3413 C2

3414 C2
3415 C2
3416 C2
3417 C2
3418 C2
3427 C2
3439 C3
3440 C3
3441 C3
3442 B3
3443 C3
3444 C3
3445 C3
3446 B3
3447 B3
3448 C3

3506 C3
3507 C3
3508 C3
3509 C3
3510 C3
3620 C6
3621 C6
3622 B6
3623 B6
3624 B6
3625 B6
3626 B5
3633 B6
3634 A6
3635 B6
3636 A5

3637 A6
3638 B6
3640 B6
3645 A6
3646 A5
3650 C6
3651 B7
3652 B7
3653 D5
3654 D5
3655 C7
3656 C7
3691 B5
3733 B7
3735 C7
3736 C7

3739 C7
3740 C7
3741 C7
3747 C7
3748 C7
3900 A7
3901 A7
3903 A6
3904 A6
3905 A6
3906 A6
3910 A8
3911 A8
3912 A7
3913 A8
3914 A8

3915 A8
3920 A6
3921 A6
3922 A6
3925 A6
3930 A7
3931 A7
3932 B7
3933 B7
4008 B5
4057 C5
4151 C3
4152 C4
4302 A5
4303 A5
4620 B6

4646 A6
4647 B6
4648 A6
4649 A5
4691 B5
4738 D6
5042 B5
5122 B2
5156 C2
5166 B3
5171 C3
5173 C3
5174 C3
5301 A5
5302 A4
5303 A3

5433 B3
5434 C3
5435 C3
5470 A5
5620 C5
5621 B6
5650 B7
5733 A7
5900 A7
5901 A7
5911 A8
5921 A6
5930 A7
5931 A6
6102 B1
6103 B1

6360 B4
6361 B4
6362 B4
6412 C2
6415 C2
6650 C6
6731 D5
6732 D5
6910 A8
6920 A6
6925 A6
6930 A7
7008 B5
7022 B4
7053 C5
7062 C4

7064 C4
7066 B5
7155 C3
7156 C3
7170 C3
7199 C3
7261 D5
7301 B4
7303 B4
7330 B3
7360 B4
7401 C2
7403 B5
7412 C2
7432 C2
7433 B3

7434 C3
7501 C3
7620 B6
7621 B6
7622 B6
7674 B7
7675 B7
7676 D5
7678 B7
7679 B7
7680 D5
7731 C7
7739 C7
7900 A7
7901 A7
7903 A6

7904 A6
7910 A8
7920 A6
7930 A7

Part 1

CL 36532054_08a.eps

Part 2

CL 36532054_08b.eps

3139 123 56862

Part 3

CL 36532054_08c.eps

Part 4

CL 36532054_08d.eps

CL 36532054_008.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 1 Top Side)

84LC03U 7.

Part 1Part 1

CL 36532054_08a.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 2 Top Side)

85LC03U 7.

Part 2

CL 36532054_08b.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 3 Top Side)

86LC03U 7.

Part 3

CL 36532054_08c.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 4 Top Side)

87LC03U 7.

Part 4

CL 36532054_08d.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Overview Bottom Side)

1203 C8
1204 D6
1205 C8
1206 D8
1208 C8
1209 D8
1211 D5
1212 D8
1216 D6
1217 D8
1218 D7
1219 D5
1452 A6
2012 B4
2013 C6

2014 C6
2015 C6
2047 B4
2048 B4
2050 B4
2051 C4
2054 C6
2056 C4
2060 B5
2061 C5
2101 B7
2102 B7
2107 B7
2111 A7
2112 A6

2130 B7
2131 B7
2132 A7
2133 B7
2142 B7
2143 A8
2144 A7
2145 A7
2146 B8
2147 B7
2148 B7
2149 B7
2161 B6
2163 B6
2165 B6

2168 B6
2173 C6
2178 B6
2179 B6
2180 B6
2203 C8
2206 D6
2208 C8
2211 C8
2217 D8
2219 C8
2225 D5
2227 D8
2238 D6
2242 D8

2244 D8
2249 D7
2252 D6
2253 C8
2254 D5
2255 C8
2258 D6
2301 A6
2302 A6
2305 A6
2306 B6
2307 A6
2311 A5
2313 A6
2314 B5

2316 B6
2318 A6
2320 A6
2322 A6
2324 A6
2336 A5
2337 A5
2338 B5
2340 A5
2341 A5
2342 A5
2343 A5
2344 A5
2345 A5
2346 A5

2347 B6
2348 B6
2349 B5
2350 B4
2379 B6
2380 A7
2381 A7
2382 A7
2390 A6
2391 A7
2401 C7
2402 C7
2403 C7
2404 C7
2405 C7

2407 C7
2408 C7
2436 C7
2437 C7
2470 B5
2471 A5
2472 B5
2482 A4
2601 D1
2602 D1
2603 C1
2604 B1
2605 B1
2610 D1
2611 D1

2612 B1
2613 B1
2626 B3
2651 B3
2663 D4
2688 C3
2736 C2
2737 C1
2747 C1
2751 D3
2753 D2
2755 C3
2759 D4
2760 D4
2796 C1

2797 C1
2798 C2
2911 A1
2921 A3
2922 A3
2924 A3
2931 A2
3003 C5
3004 C5
3009 B5
3012 B5
3013 B5
3017 B4
3024 B5
3028 C6

3030 C4
3032 C6
3035 C6
3036 A5
3037 A5
3038 A5
3047 B4
3048 B5
3050 B4
3054 C4
3058 C4
3061 C4
3066 B4
3068 C4
3069 C4

3072 C4
3081 B4
3082 C4
3083 C4
3085 B4
3088 B4
3092 C6
3093 C6
3094 B5
3100 B7
3101 B7
3103 B7
3130 A7
3131 A7
3132 A7

3133 B7
3134 B7
3135 B7
3136 B6
3144 A7
3145 A7
3146 B7
3160 C7
3161 B6
3163 B6
3167 B6
3172 B6
3203 C8
3204 C8
3206 D6

3207 D6
3208 C8
3209 C8
3226 D8
3227 D8
3238 D6
3239 D6
3241 D8
3242 D8
3243 D8
3244 D8
3248 D7
3249 D7
3255 D6
3256 D4

88LC03U 7.

3257 D5
3258 D5
3259 D4
3260 D6
3261 D5
3262 D4
3263 D4
3293 D5
3294 C8
3295 C8
3296 C8
3297 C8
3298 D8
3299 D8
3302 A6

3303 A6
3304 A6
3305 A6
3306 A6
3308 A6
3309 B5
3310 B6
3311 B6
3315 B6
3316 B6
3317 A6
3320 A5
3321 A6
3322 A6
3323 A5

3324 A6
3330 B5
3331 B6
3332 B6
3339 A5
3340 B5
3341 B5
3342 B5
3343 A5
3344 A5
3345 A5
3349 A5
3350 B4
3351 B5
3352 B5

3354 B5
3355 B5
3357 B5
3358 A5
3379 B6
3380 A8
3381 A8
3382 A7
3383 A7
3384 A8
3385 A7
3386 A7
3387 A7
3388 A7
3389 A6

3390 A6
3391 A8
3392 A8
3393 A8
3394 A6
3395 A7
3401 C7
3402 C7
3403 C7
3404 C7
3405 C7
3409 C7
3410 C7
3435 C7
3438 C7

3470 B5
3471 B4
3472 A5
3473 A5
3474 B5
3475 B5
3476 B4
3477 B4
3478 B4
3479 B5
3480 B4
3481 B4
3482 B4
3483 A4
3484 A5

3485 A4
3501 C7
3502 C6
3503 C7
3504 C7
3505 C7
3610 D1
3611 D1
3743 C4
3744 D4
3745 B2
3746 B2
3750 D2
3752 D2
3755 C3

3756 C3
3757 C3
3758 C3
3759 D3
3760 D3
3761 D3
3799 C2
3923 A3
3924 A3
4036 A5
4101 B7
4201 D5
4202 D4
4203 D6
4320 A5

4323 A5
4324 B6
4325 B6
4470 B5
4471 A5
4472 B5
4601 D1
4602 D1
4603 D1
4604 C1
4605 C1
4606 C1
4610 B1
4611 B1
4612 B1

4613 B1
4614 B1
4615 B1
4616 B1
4617 B1
4650 B3
4651 B3
4739 D3
4740 D3
5040 C4
5041 C4
5050 B5
5111 A7
5148 A7
5149 A8

5172 B6
5379 B6
5431 C7
5452 B6
5601 B1
5680 D3
6020 C6
6031 C4
6148 B7
6149 B7
6201 C8
6202 D8
6203 C8
6204 C8
6205 D7

6206 D7
6207 D7
6208 D7
6209 D8
6210 D8
6219 C8
6227 D4
6228 D4
6250 D5
6257 D5
6297 C8
6380 A8
6390 A7
6470 A5
6471 A5

6472 A5
6755 D3
7036 A5
7063 C4
7067 C4
7068 C4
7069 B4
7070 C5
7130 A7
7131 B7
7149 A7
7160 C6
7260 D5
7302 B6
7350 B5

7353 B5
7356 B5
7380 A8
7381 A7
7382 A7
7383 A7
7384 A7
7385 A7
7390 A7
7391 A7
7471 B4
7472 B4
7473 A5
7601 D1
7602 D2

7603 C1
7604 B1
7605 B1
7610 D1
7677 D4
7732 C3
7744 D4
7745 B2
7756 C3

Part 1

CL 36532054_09a.eps

Part 2

CL 36532054_09b.eps

3139 123 5686.2

Part 3

CL 36532054_09c.eps

Part 4

CL 36532054_09d.eps

CL 36532054_009.eps

061003

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 1 Bottom Side)

89LC03U 7.

Part 1

CL 36532054_09a.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 2 Bottom Side)

90LC03U 7.

Part 2

CL 36532054_09b.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 3 Bottom Side)

91LC03U 7.

Part 3

CL 36532054_09c.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 4 Bottom Side)

92LC03U 7.

Part 4

CL 36532054_09d.eps

290703

3D Comb Filter

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

93LC03U 7.

+8V3d

A

2802

47u

B

C

D

+8V3

E

1801

10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

F

TV BD

TO

1426

OF

CVBS-COMB

3139 123 5665.2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

7851

LF25C

3V1

IN OUT

GND

10

5870

10u

2V5 2V4

2872

10u16V 16V10u

5855

10u

2855
100n

+3V3

3875

3

3V2

1K0

1V3

2888
100n

NC

2V1

1V2

3890

1K5

3892

1V2
2V4

2V4

2V4

10u16V

3878
100K

1V4

2K7

DSX151GA

2885
100n

3V3

2887
100n

2889

2875

22p

XI

2892

10n

2897
150p

50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31

3896
100R

3D COMB FILTER

5801

100 MHz / 120R

2803
100n

3816

47R

YOUT-COMB

COUT-COMB

SCL0
SDA0

2848

16V47u

3837

1K0

12-18DC-SUP

7V3

2V

7V

2V1

3804

47R

3802

560R

3803

1K0

3818

560R

3817

1K0

3801

33R

BC857BW

7800

BC847BW

2800

22p

3819

47R

BC857BW

7816

BC847BW

2816

3832

12K

3V2

3847

3807

120R

6V6

7801

2V6

3805

330R
3806
120R

3821
180R 330R

6V3

7817

2V7

3820
330R

3822
120R

3833
10R

7V2

7808
BC847BW
2V5

3835
470R

7802

BF570

3808
120R

3824

7818

BF570

3823
120R

7V2

BC847BW

3836

10R

3834
470R12K

7809

6V

1V1

5V7

3809

330R

2801

1V2

2817

22p

22p22p

2V5

1V8

1V9

3810

5K6

3815

1K8

3825

5K6

3830

5K6

5806

4FUS

3841
820R

3851

1u

3864
220R

5853

3

33u

2857

470u 35V

2862

1u0

2863

1n0

5840

100 MHz / 120R

5841

100 MHz / 120R

2836
10u

16V

+2V5D

2853

3852

1R0

3854

1K2

2858

RES

3862

3863

27K

1K0 100n

2V3

3865

2K2

2840

2843 100n

2837

2845 100n

100n

2846 100n

5849

100 MHz / 120R

12-18DC-SUP

+8V3

3811

560R

NC

2

34

1

78

MTMT

6

3826
560R

NC

1

2

34

78

6

NC

1

78

MT

6

2V1

2

34

3813

2K7

2V

7803

BC857BW

5802
4FUS

0V

3812

10R

3828

2K7

2V

0V

5804

4FUS

3827

10R

100 MHz / 120R

3843

1K5

2V8

100 MHz / 120R

7812

BF550
0V

3842 3844

3K3

7V5

SUPPLY CIRCUIT

BC857BW

2829

2833
100n 47u

10R

24V

7852

SI2301DS

3850

1K

7853

PDTC114ET

1V3

3814

10R

2839

22p

7807

1V4

3829

10R

22p

+8V3d

5832

2834

5835

2

1

2K2

0V

2835

3853

1R0

1%

3V2

1V3

2849
100n

6

3856 1K8

BC857BW

7862

BC847BW

2V1

3866
220K

+2V5A

100n
100n2841

100n2842

100n2844

100n2847

7854 MC34063A

DCOL8

QRS

IS7

IPK

OSC

4n7

100 MHz / 120R

3861

4K7

3V3

0V1

3860
470R

81

AVDD3

82

CBPC

83

ACO

84

AYO

85

CBPY

86

AGND3

87

AGND4

88

AYI

89

VCLY

90

VRBY

91

VRTY

92

AVDD4

93

AVDD5

94

VRTC

95

VRBC

96

ACI

97

AGND5

98

TEST25

99

TEST26

100

DVDD3

REFERENCE
REGULATOR

1%

5860

80

DGND4

DGND1

1

VCC

CIN-5

2859

7861

2V4

2854

100n100n

2V5
1V1
1V4
1V3
1V1

1V
0V7

2V5
2V5
0V8
1V3

NC

NC

1

SWC

SWE 2

3V3

TIMC 3

0V7

2860

2865

470p

10V470u

GND 4

+3V3

SCL0

SDA0

2861

2V9

7860

BC847BW

2877

+2V5D

3867

470R

79

78

KIL

LINE

TESTIC12TESTIC2

3

2864

2881

100n

22p

2V9

77

RPLL

TEST014TEST025TEST036TEST047TEST058TEST069TEST0710TEST0811TEST0912TEST1013TEST1114TEST1215TEST1316TEST14

72

73

74

76

75

CSI

ALTF

DYCO7

DYCO8

DYCO9

71

DYCO6

70

DYCO5

69

DYCO4

68

DYCO3

67

5854
100u

66

DYCO2

UPD64083GF

5856
100u

2866

470u 10V

2V4

65

64

DYCO0

DYCO1

7823

17

NC

6850
SS14

2878

22p22p

63

DVDD2

18

NCNC

62

NSTD

EXTALTF

+3V3

,400mA

3V3

47R3881

3882 47R

1V4

1V4

58

59

60

ST061ST1

SCL

SDA

SLA0

EXTDYCO019EXTDYCO120EXTDYCO221EXTDYCO3

EXTDYCO423EXTDYCO524EXTDYCO625EXTDYCO726EXTDYCO827EXTDYCO9

22

3V2

57

RSTB

1

3879

100K

3883
1K0

+2V5P

22p2879

56

CLK8

5851

+3V3

10u

2u2

+2V5D

+8V3

3855

7875

LM809M3X-3.08

GND

RESET_

2

3V2

100n2882

2V4

2895 10n

1V2

54

51

55

53

52

FSCI

CKMD

AVDD2

AGND2

DGND3

FSCO

AGND1

AVDD1

DVDD1
TEST24
TEST23
TEST22
TEST21

DGND2
TEST20

DVDIO
TEST19
TEST18
TEST17
TEST16
TEST15

DVDRAM2
DVDRAM1

DGNDRAM1

DGNDRAM2

28

29

30

2851

1R

VCC

XO

2V5

100u

2871

2856

47u

150R

3V2
7890

BC847BW

3894
470R

3884
220R

1883

20M

2852

10V

2870
100n

2V4

3876

6875

1PS76SB10

3891

10R

2890
100n

3893

470R

2886
100n

5888

10u

+2V5A

5852

+2V5D

10u

+2V5P

+8V3d

+2V5D

6876

BAS17

5890

10u

2896

10u 16V

16V10u

5891

15u

2894

3895

1K0

150p

2893
150p

2883

2891

22p

2884

22p

+2V5P

+2V5D

+3V3

+2V5D

5889

100 MHz / 120R

CL 36532054_011.eps

+3V3

061003

1801 E1
1883 D9
2800 C1
2801 C2
2802 A1
2803 A1
2816 E1
2817 D2
2829 D4
2833 E4
2834 E4

A

2835 F4
2836 E5
2837 E5
2839 C4
2840 E5
2841 E5
2842 E5
2843 E5
2844 E5
2845 E5
2846 E5
2847 F5
2848 F1
2849 F5

B

2851 A8
2852 A9
2853 F5
2854 F5
2855 B8
2856 B9
2857 B5
2858 B5
2859 B5
2860 A7
2861 C6
2862 C5
2863 D5

C

2864 D6
2865 B7
2866 B7
2870 A9
2871 A9
2872 A8
2875 C8
2877 C7
2878 C7
2879 D7
2881 D7
2882 D8
2883 D9
2884 E9

D

2885 E9
2886 E9
2887 E9
2888 F8
2889 F9
2890 C9
2891 C9
2892 D8
2893 D9
2894 D9
2895 D8
2896 C9
2897 D8

E

3801 A1
3802 B1
3803 C1
3804 A1
3805 B2
3806 B2
3807 A2
3808 C2
3809 A2
3810 B2
3811 B3
3812 C3
3813 A3

F

3814 C4
3815 C2
3816 C1
3817 E1
3818 D1
3819 C1
3820 D2
3821 C2
3822 D2

3823 D2
3824 C2
3825 D2
3826 D3
3827 D3
3828 C3
3829 D4
3830 D2
3832 E1
3833 E2
3834 F2
3835 F2
3836 E2
3837 F1
3841 F3
3842 F3
3843 E3
3844 F4
3847 F1
3850 A4
3851 A4
3852 A5
3853 A5
3854 B5
3855 B8
3856 B5
3860 D6
3861 C6
3862 C5
3863 C5
3864 D4
3865 D5
3866 D5
3867 D6
3875 B8
3876 B9
3878 C9
3879 C8
3881 D7
3882 D7
3883 C8
3884 D9
3890 C8
3891 C9
3892 D9
3893 D9
3894 D9
3895 D9
3896 D8
5801 A1
5802 B3
5804 D3
5806 F2
5832 E4
5835 F4
5840 E5
5841 E5
5849 F5
5851 A8
5852 A9
5853 A4
5854 A7
5855 B8
5856 B7
5860 B6
5870 A8
5888 F9
5889 F9
5890 C9
5891 D9
6850 A7
6875 C9
6876 C9
7800 B2
7801 B2
7802 B2
7803 B3
7807 C4
7808 F2
7809 E2
7812 F4
7816 D2
7817 D2
7818 D2
7823 E7
7851 A8
7852 A4

7853 A4
7854 A5
7860 C6
7861 C5
7862 C5
7875 B8
7890 C9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout 3D Comb Filter (Top Side)

0897 A3

1883 A3

2834 A5

2849 A4

2854 A4

2866 A2
0898 A3
0899 A4
1801 A5

2802 A4
2803 A5
2833 A4

2835 A4
2836 A5
2848 A5

2851 A2
2852 A2
2853 A4

2856 A5
2857 A1
2865 A1

2871 A2

2872 A3

2883 A3

2884 A3
2889 A3
2891 A3
2896 A3

3813 A5
3837 A5
3842 A4
3843 A4

3844 A4
3884 A3
5801 A5
5802 A5

5804 A5
5806 A4
5832 A5
5835 A4

5841 A5
5849 A4
5851 A2
5852 A2

5853 A2
5854 A1
5856 A1
5870 A2

5888 A2
5889 A2
5890 A3
7812 A4

7823 A4
7851 A2
7854 A1

94LC03U 7.

3139 123 5665.2

Layout 3D Comb Filter (Bottom Side)

2800 A1

2839 A1

2845 A2

2860 A5

2875 A3

2885 A3

2893 A3
2801 A1
2816 A2
2817 A2
2829 A2
2837 A2

2840 A2
2841 A2
2842 A2
2843 A2
2844 A2

2846 A2
2847 A2
2855 A1
2858 A5
2859 A5

2861 A2
2862 A3
2863 A3
2864 A2
2870 A3

2877 A3
2878 A3
2879 A3
2881 A3
2882 A3

2886 A3
2887 A3
2888 A3
2890 A3
2892 A3

2894 A4

2895 A3

2897 A3

3801 A1

3802 A1

3803 A1
3804 A1
3805 A1
3806 A1
3807 A1
3808 A1

3809 A1
3810 A1
3811 A1
3812 A1
3814 A1
3815 A1

3816 A2
3817 A2
3818 A2
3819 A2
3820 A2
3821 A2

3822 A2
3823 A2
3824 A2
3825 A2
3826 A2
3827 A2

3828 A1
3829 A2
3830 A2
3832 A2
3833 A2
3834 A2

3835 A2
3836 A1
3841 A2
3847 A2
3850 A4
3851 A4

3852 A5
3853 A5
3854 A5
3855 A1
3856 A5
3860 A3

3861 A2
3862 A2
3863 A2
3864 A3
3865 A2
3866 A3

3867 A2
3875 A3
3876 A4
3878 A4
3879 A3
3881 A3

3882 A3
3883 A3
3890 A3
3891 A3
3892 A3
3893 A3

3894 A3
3895 A4
3896 A3
5840 A2
5855 A1
5860 A3

5891 A3
6850 A5
6875 A4
6876 A4
7800 A1
7801 A1

7802 A1
7803 A1
7807 A1
7808 A2
7809 A2
7816 A2

7817 A2
7818 A2
7852 A4
7853 A4
7860 A2
7861 A2

7862 A3
7875 A3
7890 A3

CL 36532054_012.eps

061003

3139 123 5665.2

CL 36532054_013.eps

061003

Scaler Panel: Power

(

(

POWER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

95LC03U 7.

1001-1

A

EARTH_1

3

EARTH_2

4

B

C

PANEL-PWR-CTL

C4

D

E

POW-CON-SCALER

C2

12-24DC-SUP

F

3139 123 5680.3

1 2345

1

2

F002

( ... V ) STANDBY

@

REF
3001
3014
3015
3016
6001 BZX384-C15
7005
5010
5011

5014

6001

@

BZX384-C15

F001

F003

MAIN_GND

DIVERSITY

SI9433DY

I001

1002

7000mA

SSQ

SS
10K
10K

--

1R

YES

--

YES5013

--

F

BZX384-C27

3003

47K

@

3001

10K

12-24DC-SUP

LS

47K

-­10K
10K

DI4431DY

-­YES

-­YES

I002

12-24DC-SUP

(0V)

3002
4K7

0V

2001
100n

+5

7002
BC847B

SS = 12V

LS = 24V

F006

F007

MAIN_GND

@

@

I003

(0V)

0V6

3014

10K

3015
RES

3017

47K

3004
22K

1003

4

3

2

1

7003
BC847B

TO 1902 OF LCD-TV BOARD

12-24DC-SUP

+5

@@

5010

F005

I017

@

(0V)

I018

0V6

3018
22K

12-24DC-SUP

5009
10u

3005
10K

I005

5
0V

(8V5)

3006
22K

7004
BC847B

5011

RES

123

3016
1R0

2024

470u

2002

100n

2009

7001

LM2596T-5.0

ON_|OFF

GND

3

0121

2

1

SS = 4V9

7005
SI9433DY

4

2021

I006

25V

25V

470u25V

OUTVIN

FB

HEATSINK

FOR LS ONLY (23")

W =3.5 mm

12V

PAN-VCC

@

5014

I007

6002

SS34

@

5013

5015

33u

5001

68u

470u

W > 4mm

5V

2010

I008

35V

470u

2007

25V

5002

10u

3009
1R0

1K4

+5

3010
1R0

3019

2019

RES

1%

F008

2008

470u 25V

I004

8

567

50V10n

21

4

7010
MC34063A

8 DCOL

7IS

6

VCC

5 CIN-

3020

12K

2020

4n7

A

B

C

D

E

F

0121 F3
0122 F6
1001 A1
1002 A1
1003 A2
2001 A2
2002 E3
2003 E8
2004 E8
2005 C8
2006 C9
2007 E5
2008 E5
2009 E3
2010 B4
2011 E9
2012 E9
2013 E9
2014 E9
2015 E7
2016 E6
2017 A8
2018 A9
2019 C5
2020 C5
2021 C3
2022 E7
2024 D3
2025 B7
2026 C7
2027 C8
3001 F1
3002 F2
3003 F1
3004 F2
3005 E3
3006 F3
3009 B5
3010 B5
3011 A9
3012 B9
3014 B2
3015 C2
3016 C3
3017 C2
3018 C3
3019 B5
3020 C5
5001 E4
5002 E5
5003 C8
5004 E7
5005 E9
5006 D9
5009 E3
5010 B3
5011 B3
5012 A8
5013 B4
5014 B5
5015 B4
5025 B7
5026 C7
6001 F1
6002 E4
6025 B8
7001 E3
7002 F2
7003 E2
7004 C3
7005 B3
7006 C9
7007 E8
7008 A9
7009 E6
7010 A5

6

1SWC

QRS

IPK

OSC

REFERENCE
REGULATOR

1%

+5

LD1086V33

32

2016

100n

16V

2SWE

3TIMC

4GND

7009

OUTIN

COM

1

3V3

2022
1n0

2025

470p

+3V3

7

89

+5

5012

I015

LM317D2

3

I2O

7008

2V5

+2V5

I016

A

I009

2015

5025
220u

470u

25V470u

2026

25V

5004

1

3011

2017

100n

6025
SS14

LD1117D25

16V

7007

COM

+3V3

I014

5003

2005

100n

OUTIN

1

12V

F026

10u5026

(0.4A)

2027

25V

470u

+5

I010

32

2003

47u

16V

100n

2004

I019

16V

1V3

560R

3012

560R

7006

LD1086D2T18

1

16V

1V8

2013

47u16V

5006

5005

32

OUTIN

COM

16V

I011

2V5

2012

100n

(1)

(2)

+1V8

+2V5I

+2V5II

2018

I013

2006

47u

16V

2011

10V10u

I012

2014

10u 10V

16V47u

0122

HEATSINK

12

F008 = 5V DC
F026 = 12V DC
I009 = 3V3 DC

I012 = 2V5 DC
I013 = 1V8 DC
I016 = 2V5 DC

CL 36532023_015.eps

061003

F001 A1
F002 A1
F003 A1
F005 B3
F006 A2
F007 A2
F008 E5
F026 C8
I001 F1
I002 F2
I003 F2
I004 B4
I005 E3
I006 D3
I007 E4
I008 E4
I009 E7
I010 E8
I011 E9
I012 E9
I013 C9
I014 C8
I015 A8
I016 A9
I017 B3
I018 C3
I019 A9

23" W screen

Item#

15"/17"W screen

2001 -- CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 100N P8020 R

V

2001 -- CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL
2002 -- CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 100N P8020 R

V

2002 -- CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL

V

2009 -- ELCAP 25V S 470U PM20 COL B
2009 -- ELCAP 35V S 470U PM20 COL B
2010 -- ELCAP 35V S 470U PM20 COL B
2020 -- CER2 0603 X7R 50V 4N7 COL

V

2024 -- ELCAP 25V S 470U PM20 COL B
2024 -- ELCAP 35V S 470U PM20 COL B
2025 -- CER1 0603 NP0 50V 470P COL
2026 -- ELCAP 25V S 470U PM20 COL B
2027 -- ELCAP 25V S 470U PM20 COL B
3009 -- RST SM 0603 1R PM5 COL
3010 -- RST SM 0603 1R PM5 COL

V

3014 -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL
3015 -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL
3016 -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL
3016 -- RST SM 0603 1R PM5 COL

V

3019 -- RST SM 0603 RC22H 1K4 PM1 R
3020 -- RST SM 0603 RC22H 12K PM1 R
5010 -- IND FXD 1206 EMI 100MHZ 120R R

V

5011 -- IND FXD 1206 EMI 100MHZ 120R R

V

5013 -- IND FXD 1206 EMI 100MHZ 120R R
5014 -- IND FXD 1206 EMI 100MHZ 120R R
5015 -- FXDIND S 8MM 33U PM10 COL A
5025 -- IND FXD LHL08 S 220U PM10 A
5026 -- FXDIND S 8MM 10U PM10 COL A

V

6001 -- DIO REG SM BZX384-C15 COL R
6001 -- DIO REG SM BZX384-C27 COL R
6025 -- DIO REC SS14 COL R

V

7005 -- FET POW SM SI9433DY
7005 -- FET POW SM SI4431DY
7010 -- IC MC34063AP1 (MOTA) L

Component type

V
V

V
V
V

V
V
V
V
V
V

V
V

V
V

V
V

V
V
V

V
V

V
V

TEG0) R
VISH) R

1 234567

89

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Scaler Panel: I/O & Interface

I/O & INTERFACE

96LC03U 7.

Personal Notes:

A

B

C

D

1 2 3

C10

C10

C1

C7

C7

C8

C8

C8

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

PC_HDAUDIO-L

PC_HDAUDIO-R

POW-CON-SCALER

PC-HSYNC

PC-VSYNC

SDA-1

TV-IRQ

SCL-1

VS-OSD

HS-OSD

AV-CVBS

B-Pb

G-Y

R-Pr

F681

F682

F683

F684

F685

F686

F687

F688

F689

F690

F691

F692

F693

F694

0V

0V

2V9

0V

0V

4V8

5V

4V8

0V

0V5

0V6

0V6

0V6

0V6

MAIN_GND

22
21
20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

1681

9
8
7
6
5

TO 1010 OF LCD-TV BOARD

4

3

2
1

F689

1V / div DC

5ms / div

F690

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F691

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F692

200mV / div DC

10µs / div

F693

200mV / div DC

10µs / div

F694

200mV / div DC

10µs / div

A

B

C

D

1681 A3
F681 A2
F682 A2
F683 A2
F684 B2
F685 B2
F686 B2
F687 B2
F688 B2
F689 C2
F690 C2
F691 C2
F692 C2
F693 D2
F694 D2

3139 123 5680.3

1 2 3

CL 36532023_016.eps

061003

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Scaler Panel: Video Decoder

VIDEO DECODER

97LC03U 7.

A

C9

B

C2

C

C2

C2

C2

D

C2

E

I304 = 3V3 DC

F

3139 123 5680.3

123

SOFT-RESET

AV-CVBS

G-Y

B-Pb

R-Pr

MAIN_GND

VS-OSD

3304

150R

MAIN_GND

I327

1V / div DC

2µs / div

3305

150R

MAIN_GND

3320

2304

2308 47n

2305 47n

2315 47n

3306

150R

RES

47n

2318

MAIN_GND

100R3307

3308

47n

MAIN_GND

(R)

2319

47n

MAIN_GND

2317
47n

MAIN_GND

SAA7118E

0V7

1V

0V9

1V

0V8

1V

0V9

1V

2316
47n

7302

NC
NC

NC
NC

NC
NC

NC

NC
NC

NC

NC
NC

I306

MAIN_GND

N6

CLKEXT

FSWM13
A|11J2
A|12K1
A|13K2
A|14L3
A|1DK3
A|21G4
A|22G3
A|23H2
A|24J3
A|2DH1
A|31E3
A|32F2
A|33F3
A|34G1
A|3DF1
A|41B1
A|42D2
A|43D1
A|44E1
A|4DD3

AOUTM1

AGNDC2AGNDA

L2

4567

5303

2331

I303

D13

C14

TEST1

TEST2

Y

CB
CR

RAW

CB
CR

XTAL

XTAL

XTALIB4XTOUT

A3

1V5

1V6

+5

7301

LM1117MPX-3.3

3

IN OUT

4V9

ADJ

1

MAIN_GND MAIN_GND

P3

A13

B12

A12

B2

B13

B14

RES1

RES2

TEST3

Y

S

A2

2335

TEST4

TEST5

XPD0A8XPD1B8XPD2A9XPD3B9XPD4

XRDY

A6

RES3

EXMCLR

S

YCBCR

YCBCR

DECODER OUTPUT CONTROL

XPD5

A10

B10

A11

2

I304

4

3V3

C13

N2

C12

RES7

RES8N1RES9

RES4C3RES5C4RES6

IIC REGISTER MAP

RAW

YCBCRS

CBCR

XDQ

XPD6

XPD7

XRHC7XRV

XCLK
A7

B7

D8

C11

1V6

0V5

1V7

5304

2325

10u

10V

MAIN_GND

3V3

B3

N13

N14

P2

RES10N3RES11

FIR-PREFILTER

VXDD

RES12

RES13

PRESCALER

BCS-SCALER

H-PORTX-PORT

XTRI

HPD0

HPD1

HPD2

HPD3

B11

E11

E13

E12

D14

100n
2332

100n

I305

10V

10u

2326

L1

J1

M3

G2

E2

VDDA1A

VDDA2A

VDDA3A

VDDA4A

LINE FIFO BUFFER

CBCR

HPD7

HPD4

HPD5

HPD6

F14

F13

E14

G13

2329

100n
2327

100n

MAIN_GND

K4

H4

F4

VDDA VDDE VDDI

BOUNDARY

SCAN

TRSTN

TDIB5TDO

A5

C6

I346

I345

I347

+3V3

3314
3K3

3V3

N4

P6

P5

P13

R
G
B

C

Y
S

VIDEO

CLK

LLCP4LLC2

1V7

SWITCH

CHROM

COMB

N5

CE

TEST0

RESON

CONTROL

FAST

DELAY

COMP
PROC

PROC

FIL

LUM

PROC

S

SYNC

GPO

RST0

RST1

RTCO

L10

N10

M10

0V

1301

AT-51CD2

24M576

2334
15p 15p

ADP0N8ADP1P8ADP2M7ADP3L7ADP4P7ADP5N7ADP6L6ADP7M6ADP8

AD-PORT

+ ADC1

ANALOG1

+ ADC1

ANALOG1

+ ADC1

ANALOG1

ANALOG INPUT CONTROL

+ ADC1

ANALOG1

VSSA VSSE VSSI

VXSS

J4

A4

E4

C1

H3

M2

MAIN_GND

MAIN_GND

5302

I302

2324

100n
2333

100n

3V3

C9

D12

H12M4M8

D4

C5

M11C8C10

I301

F12

1ST TASK IIC REG MAP SCALER
2ST TASK IIC REG MAP SCALER

SCALER EVENT CONTROLLER

VIDEO FIFO

HORIZONTAL FINE-

(PHASE-) SCALING

VERTICAL SCALING

VBI DATA

SLICER

TMS

TCK

B6

D6

I348

I349

D5

D9

0V

VIDEO/TEXT

ARBITER

L4

L8

L11

D11

G11

D7

8910

+3V3

5301

3V3

J12M5M9

TEXT

FIFO

F11

D10

J11

2323

100n
2328

100n

2V1

P10

SDA

L5

2321

10u

2V5

N9

P9

SCL

INT_A

K13IGP1

IGP0 L14
IGPV K14
IGPH K12

IDP0 G14

IDP1 G12

IDP2 H11

IDP3 H14

IDP4 H13

IDP5 J14

IDP6 J13

IDP7 K11

ICLK M14

IDQ L13

ITRDY N12

OUTPUT FORMATTER I-PORT

ITRI L12

N11ASCLK

0V

3313

3311

3312

3316 47R

3322

3321
3323

3324-3 3 6

3325-4 47R45
3325-3 47R3
3325-2
3325-1 1 8

AUDIO

L9

ALRCLK P12

AMCLK P11

CLK

AMXCLK M12

3327

100R
3328

100R

3329

RES

4K7

RES

0R05

47R3326

47R3315

100R

47R

RES

45

18

6

47R3324-4
47R
47R3324-2 2 7
47R3324-1

47R27
47R

IICSDA

IICSCL

DA-VSYNC

I316

DA-FID

DA-HSYNC

HS-OSD

DA-CLK

DA-DATA7
DA-DATA6

I321

DA-DATA5

I322

DA-DATA4

I323

DA-DATA3

I324

DA-DATA2

I325

DA-DATA1

I326

DA-DATA0

I327

CL 36532023_017.eps

C8

C8

C9

C9

C9

C2

C9

C9

DA-DAT

061003

A

B

C

D

E

F

1301 E5
2304 C2
2305 C2
2308 C2
2315 D2
2316 D4
2317 D3
2318 D3
2319 D3
2321 A9
2323 A8
2324 A8
2325 B6
2326 B7
2327 B7
2328 A8
2329 A7
2331 A7
2332 A7
2333 A8
2334 E5
2335 E5
3304 D2
3305 D2
3306 D2
3307 E2
3308 E3
3311 D9
3312 E9
3313 D9
3314 A5
3315 E9
3316 E9
3320 B2
3321 E9
3322 E9
3323 F9
3324-1 F9
3324-2 F9
3324-3 F9
3324-4 F9
3325-1 F9
3325-2 F9
3325-3 F9
3325-4 F9
3326 E9
3327 A9
3328 B9
3329 C9
5301 A8
5302 A7
5303 A7
5304 A6
7301 A6
7302 B4
I301 A8
I302 A7
I303 A6
I304 A6
I305 A7
I306 D4
I316 E10
I321 F10
I322 F10
I323 F10
I324 F10
I325 F10
I326 F10
I327 F10
I345 E7
I346 E7
I347 E7
I348 E7
I349 E7

1

2345678910

Scaler Panel: Scaler

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

SCALER

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

3139 123 5680.3

+3V3_ASM

+3V3

(1)

5401

2405

100n

+2V5

+2V5

+2V5II +2V5II

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

+2V5I

1n0

1n0

2401

2402

I461

3V3

100n

2409

2408

2407

100n

5402

5405

10R

3401

10R

3402

100n

10u

2423

100n

2422

2V5

I426

2432

2V5

2436

2V5

I427

I428

2443

I430

5408

+2V5I

100n

2404

2403

100n

2417

100n

2413

2412

100n

100n

2414

2416

100n

100n

2415

+3V3_ASM

10u

2421

2426

100n

2424

2427

100n

I448

+2V5

5403

2428

100n

2431

10u

2437

10u

2442

2V5

2445

I429

5404

100n

+2V5

(2)

10u

2435

+2V5I

2434

I420

+2V5

+2V5I

+3V3

5407

100n100n

2V5

2V5

I604

10R

3403

2447

(1) (2)

I450

+2V5I

I451

150R

3404

2448

100n

100n

2441

10u

2444

100n

2411

100n

PRB, PGB, PBB

C5

PGB4

PGB5

PBB2

PGB7

PBB5

PBB3

PBB1

PBB0

PRB3

PRB4

PRB2

PGB0

PRB6

PRB7

PRB5

PGB2

PGB1

PGB3

100R

100R

100R3442-4

18

27

18

45

36

45

3441-1

3441-2 100R

3444-1 100R

3441-3

3441-4 100R

I463

I469

FG4

FR7

FG0

FG1

FG2

FG3

AF15

AE15

AE16

AC16

AD16

AD17

PD07

PD08

PD09

PD10

PD11

R2N

G2P

G2N

B2P

B2N

A18

A19

A10

A14

A15

PGB6

100R3442-2

6

3

18

27

3442-3 100R

3442-1 100R

I464

FG6

FG5

FG7

AF17

AE17

AC18

PD12

PD13

PD14

PD15

I1I2RREFH

A8

A9

PRB0

PRB1

100R3444-3

100R3443-4

5

4

36

27

45

36

27

18

3444-4 100R

3444-2 100R

3443-3 100R

3443-2 100R

3443-1 100R

I462

FR2

FR3

FR4

FR5

FR6

FR0

7402

JagASM

3V3

AF26

100n

2425

100n

AF21
AF16
AF10

2V5

1n0

2429

100n

I457

AB23

AC20
AC14

AC8

I607

C22

2V5

100n

B22
D20

2V5

C21

5406

2V5

100n

2439

I422

3V3

1n0

10u

2446

(1)

2V3

10u

2449

FR1REDN

AF14

AE13

AE14

AC15

AD13

AD14

AD15

PD00

PD01

PD02

PD03

PD04

PD05

PD06

A5

VDD22

K1

VDD21

AA1

VDD20

A26

VDD19

J26

VDD18

N26

VDD17

U26

VDD16

Y26

VDD15
VDD14
VDD13
VDD12
VDD11

H4

VDD10

R4

VDD9

AB4

VDD8

D23

VDD7

K23

VDD6

T23

VDD5
VDD4

D21

VDD3
VDD2
VDD1
VDD0

VDDP2
VDDP1
PVDD1
GPVDD

D17

BVDD2

D15

GVDD2

D13

RVDD2

D11

IVDD2

D18

BVDD1

D16

GVDD1

D14

RVDD1

D12

IVDD1

D7

XVDD

C9

AVDD4

C8

AVDD3

D8

CVDD2

D9

CVDD1

D10

DVDD

C11

AVDD2

C10

AVDD1

D19

SVDD

R1P

R1N

G1P

G1N

B1P

B1N

R2P

A17

A20

A21

A11

A12

A13

A16

I452

1n0

(1)

REDP

C7C7C7

GREENP

(VGA I/P)

GREENN

BLUEP

C7C7C7C7

BLUEN

PBB4

100R3446-4

100R

45

45

36

27

18

3445-4 100R

3445-3 100R

3445-2

3445-1 100R

FB0

FB1

FB2

FB3

FB4

AF18

AE18

AC19

AD18

AD19

PD16

PD17

PD18

PD19

PD20

RREFL

GREFH

GREFL

BREFH

C14

C15

C16

C17

C19

(1)

PBB7

PBB6

100R3446-2

100R

6

3

27

18

3446-3 100R

3446-1

FB6

FB7

FB5

AC6

AE19

AE20

AD20

AF5

PD21

PD22

PD23

PD24

IREFH

IREFL

BREFL

A6

C12

C13

C18

+3V3

5411

I455

2452

I456

PD25

AD7

PD30

N3

1401

AE7

AF7

PD31

PA03

PA04

M1

M2

4

FXO-31FT

PD32

F405

VDD

AE9

AE8

AC9

AD8

AD9

AD10

AC10

AF9

PD33

PD34

PD35

PD36

PD37

PD38

PD39

PD40

PA05

PA06

PA07

PA08

PA09

PA10

PA11

PA12

L1

L3

L4

L2

K3

K2

M3

M4

1V6

3

OUT

2

GND

OSC

TS

1

AE6

AC7

AD6

AF6

PD26

PD27

PD28

PD29

XIN

PA00

PA01

PA02

P1

P2

N2

100R

3405
100n

2451

100n

3V3

10u

10V

2463
RES

2464
RES

I401

I402

AE10

AE11

AE12

A7

AC12

AD11

AD12

AF11

PD41

PD42

PD43

PD44

PD45

PD46

PD47

XOUT

PA13

PA14

PA15

PA16

PA17

PA18

PA19

PA20

PA21

J1

K4

PA22

J2

J3

J4

H1

H2

H3

G1

3418
10K

3417
10K

3427
22R

C2

HSOUT

PA23

G2

C5

I404

A1

FSHFCLK

5412

I460

3428

47R

1V5

I403

AF12

PNLCLK

CMPOUT

PAHSYNC

F2

G3

HDTV-VSYNC

HDTV-HSYNC

C10

C10

C5C5C5

FDE

3424-4

45

100R

100R 3424-3

I619

I616

2V5

AF20

AE21

AC13

AC21

PDE

PHSYNC

PSHFCLK

PAVSYNC

PACLK

PARHS_PADE

F1

G4
0V

0V

HDTV-SOG

C9

98LC03U 7.

C1

12-24DC-SUP

I423

FVSYNC

FHSYNC

PANEL-PWR-CTL

+5

3424-2100R

3424-1100R 1 8

6

3

27

C6 (SDRAM)

+3V3

10K

3429

1V7

0V6

3V3

3V30V3V3

B1

E2

AF22

AD21

PENBKL

PVSYNC

PENVDD

PWM1_GPIO1

PWM0_GPO0_SCDT

SCALER

MCAD5

MCAD6

MCAD7

MCAD0

MCAD1

MCAD2

MCAD3

MCAD4

B3

B4

B5

B6

A3

A4

C5

D5

MCAD5

MCAD4

MCAD3

MCAD2

MCAD1

MCAD0

MCAD7

MCAD6

(ADDR/DATA BUS)

TO INVERTER PCB J1

1402

8

F401

RES

3423

I605

I613

I620

SD1

SD2

SD3

SD4

SD5

SD6

SD7

SD0

AE22

AE23

AE24

AC23

AC24

AD22

AD23

AD24

SDD0

SDD1

SDD2

SDD3

SDD4

SDD5

SDD6

MCAD8

MCAD9

MCWR#

MCRD#

MCCS#

MCALE

E3

E4

D3

C4

D2

A2

C3

MCALE

JRD#

JWR#

MCINT-ASM

MCA8

MCA9

C8

MCAC8MCAD

C8C8C8C8C7

SDD7

I606

SD8

AF24

SDD8

MCINT

E1

RESET#

Vbri

ON-OFF

3421

7401

I424

SD9

SD10

AC25

AD25

SDD9

SDD10

MCRESET#

TEST

D1
0V

10K

3409

F403

F402

3426

I437

I438

SD11

SD12

AF25

AE25

SDD11

SDD12

PB00

PB01

AA2

AA3

B-U-OUT0

B-U-OUT1

2461

3425

I439

SD13

SD14

AE26

AD26

SDD13

ADD14

PB02

PB03

Y1

Y2

B-U-OUT2

B-U-OUT3

1234567

F404

SD15

SD16

AB24

AB25

SDD15

SDD16

PB04

Y3

W1

B-U-OUT5

B-U-OUT4

2n22466

2n22467

2n2

SD17

AB26

SDD17

PB05

PB06

W2

B-U-OUT6

SD18

AA23

SDD18

PB07

W3

B-U-OUT7

3422
220R

+5

SD19

SD20

SD21

SD22

SD23

AA24

AA25

AA26

Y23

Y24

SDD19

SDD20

SDD21

SDD22

SDD23

PB08

PB09

PB10

PB11

PB12

V1

V2

V3

V4

W4

G-Y-OUT0

G-Y-OUT1

G-Y-OUT2

G-Y-OUT3

G-Y-OUT4

(O/P TO JAG ASM)

3432
4K7

I617

I621

SD25

SD24

W24

Y25

SDD25

SDD24

PB13

U1

U2

G-Y-OUT5

G-Y-OUT6

I614

I601

SD26

W25

W26

SDD26

PB14

PB15

U3

G-Y-OUT7

SD27

SD28

L23

SDD27

SDD28

PB16

T1

U4

R-V-OUT0

R-V-OUT1

3431
4K7

3V3

0V1

I425

3434
47K

SD01 - SD63 (DATA BUS)

I618

I615

SD29

SD30

SD31

SD32

SD33

SD34

K24

K25

K26

J23

L24

L25

SDD29

SDD30

SDD31

SDD32

SDD33

PB17

PB18

PB19

PB20

PB21

PB22

T3

T4

T2

R1

R2

R3

R-V-OUT3

R-V-OUT4

R-V-OUT5

R-V-OUT6

R-V-OUT7

R-V-OUT2

2462

10u

7403
BC847B

3433

47K

I611

SD35

J24

SDD34

SDD35

PB23

I610

J25

C9

SD36

SDD36

I421

H23

SD37

SDD37

P4

1V6

PBCLK

I409

I608

SD38

SD39

SD40

SD41

H24

H25

H26

G24

SDD38

SDD39

SDD40

SDD41

PBVSYNC

PBRHS_PBDE

PBHSYNC

P3

C6

D6

0V

PC-HSYNC-ASM

PC-VSYNC-ASM

C7

C7

SD42

G25

SDD42

AF1

I436

PC00

1401 K6

F405 J7

1402 A9

I401 D8

2401 B2

I402 E8

2402 B2

I403 E8

2403 B2

I404 E8

2404 B3

I405 A13

2405 C1

I406 C15

2407 C2

TSA (TSA0 - 10 ADDR BUS)

I411

I412

I443

I442

I417

I405

I447

I416

I441

I410

I415

I440

TSCKE#

TSCLK

18

47R 3412-1

I458

SD55

SD56

SD57

SD58

B23

C24

C25

C26

SDD55

SDD56

SDD57

SDD58

PC13

PC14

PC15

AC2

AC3

AC4

BA1

3411-4

45

47R

47R 3411-3

5p6

2465

SD59

SD60

SD61

SD62

B24

B25

B26

A24

SDD59

SDD60

SDD61

PCCLK

PCHSYNC

AB3

AA4

AB2

0V

1V6

CLK-S23

HS-S23

C9C9C9

6

3

SD63

A25

SDD62

PCHREF

AB1

VS-S23

SDD63

TSWE#

TSCAS#

TSRAS#

3412-4

3412-2

3412-347R

45

36

27

47R

47R

I603

I602

SD43

SD44

F23

G26

SDD43

SDD44

PC01

AF3

AF2

0R05

PC02

3437

I609

SD45

F24

SDD45

PC03

AF4

SD46

F25

AE1

SDD46

PC04

SD47

E23

SDD47

AE2

PC05

SD48

E24

SDD48

AE3

0R05

PC06

3436

SD49

E25

AE4

I612

E26

SDD49

PC07

SD50

SDD50

AD1

PC08

I434

SD51

D24

SDD51

PC09

AD2

I433

D25

SD52

AD3

I435

SD53

D26

SDD52

PC10

AD4

SDD53

PC11

SD54

C23

SDD54

AC1

PC12

TSBA#

TSDQM

3411-247R

3411-147R

27

T26

R25

SDCAS#

PCVSYNC

PCVREF_GPIO2

PCFIELD_CPIO3

PLLCLKOUT_GPIO4

B2

AE5

AD5

3V3

INT-SCALER

TSA0

3414-4

45

18

47R

22R3416

P23

P24

R23

T24

SDWE#

SDCKO

SDRAS#

SDCKON

SDATA

SCLK

SVSS

F3

F4

B7

B19

3V3

3V3

TSA1

TSA2

3414-2

3414-347R

36

47R

R24

T25

SDCKE

SDCKFB

MEMCLK

XSVSS

AVSS1

AVSS2

IVSS1

C7

B12

C20

10K

3406

10K

3407

10K

3408

TSA3

27

18

47R 3414-1

I431

I432

M26

M23

M24

DQM

BACK

SDCS0#

RVSS1

GVSS1

BVSS1

B14

B16

B18

+3V3

+3V3

+3V3

F405

3413-4

45

47R

I406

I470

I471

V23

V24

M25

DQS

SDA0

SDA1

DVSS

IVSS2

RVSS2

GVSS2

B10

B11

B13

B15

B17

F402 = 3V2 DC
F403 = 4V6 DC

I418

TSA4

47R 3413-3

V25

BVSS2

SDA2

I444

TSA5

3413-247R

6

3

V26

U23

SDA3

SDA4

CVSS1

B8

B9

I419

TSA6

3413-147R

27

18

I407

I408

P25

P26

U25

N24

U24

SDA5

SDA6

SDA7

SDA8

CVSS2

PVSS1

VSSP1

GPVSS

A22

B20

B21

D22

I413

I445

TSA7

TSA8

3415-4

3415-347R

45

47R

N25

SDA9

SDA10

VSS56
VSS55
VSS54
VSS53
VSS52
VSS51
VSS50
VSS49
VSS48
VSS47
VSS46
VSS45
VSS44
VSS43
VSS42
VSS41
VSS40
VSS39
VSS38
VSS37
VSS36
VSS35
VSS34
VSS33
VSS32
VSS31
VSS30
VSS29
VSS28
VSS27
VSS26
VSS25
VSS24
VSS23
VSS22
VSS21
VSS20
VSS19
VSS18
VSS17
VSS16
VSS15
VSS14
VSS13
VSS12
VSS11
VSS10

VSS9
VSS8
VSS7
VSS6
VSS5
VSS4
VSS3
VSS2
VSS1
VSS0

VSSP2

36

MEMCLK

I446

I414

TSA9

TSA10

3415-2

27

18

47R

47R 3415-1

T16
T15
T14
T13
T12
T11
R16
R15
R14
R13
R12
R11
P16
P15
P14
P13
P12
P11
N16
N15
N14
N13
N12
N11
M16
M15
M14
M13
M12
M11
L16
L15
L14
L13
L12
L11
AC11
AC17
AC22
W23
N23
G23
Y4
N4
D4
AF8
AF13
AF19
AF23
AC26
R26
L26
F26
A23
AC5
N1
C1

C4 (SDRAM)

C8

A

B

C

D

E

F

I

G

H

I

J

K

L

1V / div DC

20ns / div

CL 36532023_018.eps

061003

2408 C1
2409 C2
2411 C4
2412 C3
2413 C3
2414 C3
2415 C2
2416 C3
2417 C4
2421 F3
2422 F2
2423 F2
2424 F3
2425 F3
2426 F3
2427 F2
2428 G3
2429 G3
2431 G2
2432 G2
2434 G3
2435 G3
2436 G2
2437 G2
2439 H3
2441 I3
2442 I2
2443 I2
2444 I3
2445 I2
2446 I3
2447 I3
2448 J3
2449 J4
2451 J6
2452 K6
2461 B10
2462 B11
2463 C8
2464 C8
2465 C13
2466 A10
2467 B10
3401 H2
3402 I2
3403 I3
3404 J3
3405 J6
3406 J14
3407 J14
3408 K14
3409 K10
3411-1 B13
3411-2 B13
3411-3 B13
3411-4 B13
3412-1 B13
3412-2 B13
3412-3 B12
3412-4 B12
3413-1 B15
3413-2 B15
3413-3 B15
3413-4 B15
3414-1 B14
3414-2 B14
3414-3 B14
3414-4 B14
3415-1 B16
3415-2 B16
3415-3 B16
3415-4 B15
3416 E14
3417 K8
3418 J8
3421 B10
3422 B10
3423 C9
3424-1 C9
3424-2 C8
3424-3 C8
3424-4 C8
3425 C10
3426 C10
3427 D8
3428 D8
3429 D8
3431 B11
3432 C11
3433 C11
3434 C11
3436 J12
3437 J12
3441-1 D5
3441-2 D5
3441-3 D5
3441-4 D5
3442-1 D5
3442-2 D5
3442-3 D5
3442-4 D5
3443-1 D4
3443-2 D4
3443-3 D4
3443-4 D4
3444-1 D5
3444-2 D5
3444-3 D4
3444-4 D4
3445-1 D6
3445-2 D5
3445-3 D5
3445-4 D5
3446-1 D6
3446-2 D6
3446-3 D6
3446-4 D6
5401 B1
5402 F1
5403 F3
5404 G3
5405 G2
5406 H3
5407 I3
5408 I2
5411 K6
5412 C8
7401 C10
7402 E4
7403 C11
F401 A9
F402 A10
F403 A10
F404 A10

I407 C15
I408 C15
I409 D12
I410 A13
I411 A14
I412 A14
I413 A16
I414 A16
I415 A12
I416 A13
I417 A14
I418 A15
I419 A15
I420 G3
I421 D11
I422 H3
I423 B9
I424 C9
I425 C11
I426 F2
I427 H2
I428 I2
I429 J2
I430 I2
I431 C14
I432 C14
I433 D13
I434 D12
I435 D13
I436 J12
I437 D10
I438 D10
I439 D10
I440 A12
I441 A13
I442 A14
I443 A14
I444 A15
I445 A15
I446 A16
I447 A13
I448 F3
I450 J3
I451 J3
I452 J4
I455 K6
I456 K6
I457 G3
I458 D13
I460 C8
I461 B1
I462 D5
I463 D5
I464 D5
I469 D5
I470 D15
I471 D15
I601 D11
I602 D12
I603 D12
I604 I3
I605 D9
I606 D9
I607 G4
I608 D12
I609 D12
I610 D11
I611 D11
I612 D12
I613 D9
I614 D11
I615 D11
I616 D8
I617 D11
I618 D11
I619 D8
I620 D9
I621 D11

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Scaler Panel: Output (LVDS)

OUTPUT (LVDS)

99LC03U 7.

A

+3LVDS

B

F529

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

C

D

E

F

F531

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F533

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F535

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F537 = 3V3 DC
F538 = 3V2 DC
F539 = 3V DC

F542

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

3139 123 5680.3

3V

2516

3517

10R

+3V3

5517

3516

10R

2517

10n10n

F530

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F532

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F534

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F536

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F541

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

3V2

+3PLL

2518
10n

C4

C4

C4

C4

C4

345678912

PRB, PGB, PBB

PRB0

PRB1

PRB2

PRB3

PRB4

PRB7

PRB5

PGB0

PGB1

PGB2

PGB6

PGB7

PGB3

PGB4

PGB5

PBB0

PBB6

PBB7

PBB1

PBB2

PBB3

PBB4

PBB5

PRB6

+3V3

FHSYNC

FVSYNC

FDE

FSHFCLK

I506

I507

I508

I509

I510

I511

I512

I513

I514

I515

I516

I517

I518

I519

I520

I521

I522

I523

3507

10K
I524

I525

I526

I527

3511

10K

51 TXIN0

52 TXIN1

54 TXIN2

55

56 TXIN4

2 TXIN5

3 TXIN6

4 TXIN7

6 TXIN8

7 TXIN9

8 TXIN10

10 TXIN11

11 TXIN12

12 TXIN13

14 TXIN14

15 TXIN15

16 TXIN16

18 TXIN17

19 TXIN18

20 TXIN19

22 TXIN20

23 TXIN21

24 TXIN22

0V

25 TXIN23

27 TXIN24

28 TXIN25

30 TXIN26

50 TXIN27

31 TXCLKIN

3V3

32 PWRDWN_

LVDS

7501

DS90C385MTDX

TXIN3

5

3V3

9

1

26

VCC

TTL PARALLEL-TO-LVDS TTL PARALLEL-TO-LVDS

PLL

GND

13

21

29

PLL

GND

35

53

PLLVCC

33 34

3V2

3V

44

LVDSVCC

TXOUT0-

LSVD

GND

43

36

R-FB

1506 B9
2501 A7
2512 A7
2513 A8
2516 B1
2517 B1
2518 B2
2521 E9
3507 E4
3511 F4
3516 A2
3517 A1

4506

RES

2501
220n

2512
220n

2513
220n

5501

5512

5513

F537

F538

F539

+3V3

+3PLL

+3LVDS

A

4506 A7
4509 B7
4512 F7

4509

17

4513 F7
5501 A8
5512 A8

48

47TXOUT0+

B

5513 A8
5517 A1
5521 E8
7501 A5
F528 B9
F529 B8

1506
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
42

1453230

C

D

TO LCD MONITOR CONNECTOR

E

41

CLK-

CLK+

F540

F528

0-

0+

1-

1+

2-

2+

3-

3+

2521
220n

F529

1V3

F530

1V1

46TXOUT1-

45TXOUT1+

42TXOUT2-

41TXOUT2+

38TXOUT3-

37TXOUT3+

4513

40TXCLKOUT-

4512

39TXCLKOUT+

PAN-VCC

F531

F532

F533

F534

F541

F542

F535

F536

5521

1V3

1V1

1V2

1V2

1V3

1V1

1V2

1V2

4V8

F530 C8
F531 C8
F532 C8
F533 D8
F534 D8
F535 E8
F536 E8
F537 A8
F538 A8
F539 A8
F540 E8
F541 D8
F542 D8
I506 B4
I507 B4
I508 B4
I509 C4
I510 C4
I511 C4
I512 C4
I513 C4
I514 C4
I515 C4
I516 D4
I517 D4
I518 D4
I519 D4
I520 D4
I521 D4
I522 E4
I523 E4
I524 E4
I525 E4
I526 E4
I527 E4

F

49

CL 36532023_019.eps

061003

1234 9

5678

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Scaler Panel: SDRAM (Scaler)

SDRAM (SCALER)

100LC03U 7.

A

B

C

D

100n

2485

TSA0
TSA1
TSA2
TSA3
TSA4
TSA5
TSA6
TSA7

(ADDR BUS)

TSA8
TSA9
TSA10

TSBA#
BA1

TSDQM

TSCLK
TSCKE#

TSWE#
TSCAS#
TSRAS#

2487

2486

100n

7471
K4S643232E-TC50

100n

25
26
27
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
24

22
23

16
71
28
59

68
67
20
17
18
19

14
21
30
57
69
70
73

2488

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

0
1

0
1
2
3

CKE
CS
WE
CAS
RAS

NC

+3V3

DQM

CLK

10u

BA

2

31

4567

89

2471 A3
2472 A4
2474 A4
2475 A3

+3V3

+3V3

+3V3

2476 A4
2477 A3
2478 A4
2480 A9
2481 A9

5474

I474

I473

5473

5472

I472

I475

5471

A

2482 A9
2483 A9
2484 A8
2485 A1
2486 A1
2487 A1

2475

100n

2471

100n

2477

100n

2474

100n

2478

100n

2472

100n

2476

10u

2491

100n

2489

100n

2495

100n

2493

10u

2494

100n

2490

100n

2492

100n

2484

100n

2481

100n

2480

100n

2483

100n

2482

10u

2488 A1
2489 A5
2490 A8

3V3

3V3 3V3 3V3

2491 A5
2492 A8
2493 A6

35

41

49

55

75

1

15

29

43

3

9

VDD

VDDQ

SDRAM
2M x 32

0

A

2k-1

81

TSA

C4

2

0

4

1

5

2

7

3

8

4

10

5

11

6

13

7

74

8

76

9

77

10

79

11

80

12

82

13

83

14

85

15

D

31

16

33

17

34

18

36

19

37

20

39

21

40

22

42

23

45

24

47

25

48

26

50

27

51

28

53

29

54

30

56

31

SD0
SD1
SD2
SD3
SD4
SD5
SD6
SD7
SD8

SD9
SD10
SD11
SD12
SD13
SD14
SD15
SD16
SD17
SD18
SD19
SD20
SD21
SD22
SD23
SD24
SD25
SD26
SD27
SD28
SD29
SD30
SD31

(DATA BUS)

SCALER

(ADDR BUS)

TSA0
TSA1
TSA2
TSA3
TSA4
TSA5
TSA6
TSA7
TSA8
TSA9
TSA10

TSBA#
BA1

TSDQM

TSCLK
TSCKE#

TSWE#
TSCAS#
TSRAS#

7472
K4S643232E-TC50

1

15

29

43

VDD

25

0

26

1

27

2

60

3

61

4
5
6
7
8
9
10

0
1

0
1
2
3

CKE
CS
WE
CAS
RAS

NC

DQM

CLK

0

A

2k-1

BA

62
63
64
65
66
24

22
23

16
71
28
59

68
67
20
17
18
19

14
21
30
57
69
70
73

3

9

SDRAM

2M x 32

35

41

49

55

75

VDDQ

81

SD0 - SD63

2

0

4

1

5

2

7

3

8

4

10

5

11

6

13

7

74

8

76

9

77

10

79

11

80

12

82

13

83

14

85

15

D

31

16

33

17

34

18

36

19

37

20

39

21

40

22

42

23

45

24

47

25

48

26

50

27

51

28

53

29

54

30

56

31

SD32
SD33
SD34
SD35
SD36
SD37
SD38
SD39
SD40
SD41
SD42
SD43
SD44
SD45
SD46
SD47
SD48
SD49
SD50
SD51
SD52
SD53
SD54
SD55
SD56
SD57
SD58
SD59
SD60
SD61
SD62
SD63

SCALER

(DATA BUS)

C4

B

C

D

2494 A7
2495 A5
5471 A7
5472 A6
5473 A3
5474 A2
7471 B1
7472 B5
I472 A6
I473 A2
I474 A2
I475 A7

E

3139 123 5680.3

VSS VSSQ

44

58

1

6

72

86

12

32

38

46

52

78

84

2

43

5

VSS VSSQ

44

58

6

72

86

12

32

38

46

52

78

84

678

I472 = 3V3 DC
I473 = 3V3 DC
I474 = 3V3 DC
I475 = 3V3 DC

CL 36532023_020.eps

061003

9

E